Agenda Document Pack - Planning and Climate Change Policy Board - 04/11/2025
Renfrewshire Council · 4 November 2025
Back to Planning and Climate Change Policy Board — 4 November 2025 and its agenda
Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.
Some pages contain no extractable text. They may be blank, graphics or scanned pages. OCR has not been applied.
Page 1
27/10/2025 Notice of Meeting and Agenda Planning and Climate Change Policy Board Date Time Venue Tuesday, 04 November 2025 13:00 Council Chambers (Renfrewshire), Council Headquarters, Renfrewshire House, Cotton Street, Paisley, PA1 1AN Membership Councillor Jim Paterson (Convener): Councillor Bruce MacFarlane (Depute Convener): Councillor Jennifer Adam: Councillor Alison Ann-Dowling: Councillor Andy Doig: Councillor Chris Gilmour: Councillor Edward Grady: Councillor Neill Graham: Councillor Anne Hannigan: Councillor Kenny MacLaren: Councillor Marie McGurk: Councillor John McNaughtan: Councillor Iain Nicolson: Councillor John Shaw: Councillor Ben Smith: Further Information This is a meeting which is open to members of the public. A copy of the agenda and reports for this meeting will be available for inspection prior to the meeting at the Customer Service Centre, Renfrewshire House, Cotton Street, Paisley and online at http://renfrewshire.cmis.uk.com/renfrewshire/CouncilandBoards.aspx For further information, please email democratic-services@renfrewshire.gov.uk Members of the Press and Public Members of the press and public wishing to attend the meeting should report to the customer service centre where they will be met and directed to the meeting. Hybrid Meeting Please note that this meeting is scheduled to be held in the Council Chambers. However, it is a hybrid meeting and arrangements have been made for members to join the meeting remotely should they wish. MARK CONAGHAN Head of Corporate Governance
Page 2
27/10/2025 Webcasting of Meeting This meeting will be filmed for live or subsequent broadcast via the Council’s internet site – at the start of the meeting the Convener will confirm if all or part of the meeting is being filmed. To find the webcast please navigate to https://renfrewshire.public-i.tv/core/portal/home
Page 3
27/10/2025 Items of business Apologies Apologies from members. Declarations of Interest and Transparency Statements Members are asked to declare an interest or make a transparency statement in any item(s) on the agenda and to provide a brief explanation of the nature of the interest or the transparency statement. 1 Revenue and Capital Budget Monitoring 2025/26 as at 19 September 2025 Joint report by Chief Executive and Directors of Finance & Resources and Environment, Housing & Infrastructure. 1 - 10 2 Public Bodies Climate Change Duties Reporting 2024/25 Report by Director of Environment, Housing & Infrastructure. 11 - 68 3 Development Plan Update Report by Chief Executive. 69 - 90 4 Renfrewshire Council Play Sufficiency Assessment Report by Chief Executive. 91 - 118 5 Planning Appeals Report by Chief Executive. 119 - 124 6 Permitted Development Rights - Consultation Report by Chief Executive. 125 - 134 7 Section 75 Agreements - Update Report by Chief Executive. 135 - 140 8 Service Standards - Planning Report by Chief Executive. 141 - 148 9 Planning Applications Planning applications to be determined by the Policy Board.
Page 4
27/10/2025 9(a) 25/0370/PP - Erection of 8 holiday cottages with associated landscaping and infrastructure works at Site 350 Metres Northeast of Fodstone Farm, Kilmacolm Road, Bridge of Weir by Mr Douglas Lyle 149 - 160 9(b) 22/0481/PP - Erection of residential development comprising 64 dwellings with associated road and drainage infrastructure at Former St Brendans Social and Recreation Club, Stirling Drive Linwood by McTaggart Construction 161 - 180 9(c) 25/0365/PP - Change of use of land and proposed expansion of van and sales centre (Sui Generis), with associated shed for use as workshop, office and welfare facilities, siting of containers for use as storage (Class 6), installation of prefabricated units for business use (Class 4) and associated access, hardstanding, SuDS basin and landscaping at 4 Linwood Road, Paisley, PA1 2TN by Classic Land and Property Ltd 181 - 196 9(d) 25/0510/PP - Erection of new-build 3 storey Teaching Annex Building and 2 storey P.E. Annex Building, single- storey Dining Extension to existing School building courtyard. Associated landscape works including canopy over amphitheatre steps, canopy to external courtyard dining area and seating. Alteration and extension of bus parking area and car parking. New electrical substation with GRP enclosure adjacent to existing Energy Centre at Renfrewshire Council, Main Building, Park Mains High School 197 - 212
Page 5
27/10/2025 9(e) 25/0405/LB - Demolition of listed building at Speirsfield House Residential Home, 34 Stevenson Street, Paisley by Mr Lakhbir Sidhu 213 - 222 9(f) 25/0643/PP - Treeworks comprising of crown reduction of 5 trees, removal of 2 trees and associated maintenance works at Ground Between Normandy Hotel and Blythswood Industrial Estate, West Lodge Road, Renfrew by Mr Ewan Mackay. 223 - 228 9(g) 25/0724/PP - Demolition of single storey commercial units and redevelopment of yard to form a single storey office and storage facility with associated access, parking and fencing at 108 Hawkhead Road, Paisley, PA2 7BA by Mr Greg Chalmers Lambert + Son Properties Ltd 229 - 238
Page 6
No embedded text on this page.
Page 7
PUBLIC ___________________________________________________________________ To: Planning and Climate Change Policy Board On: 4 November 2025 ___________________________________________________________________ Report by: Chief Executive, Director of Finance and Resources and Director of Environment, Housing & Infrastructure ___________________________________________________________________ Heading: Revenue and Capital Budget Monitoring 2025/26 as at 19 September 2025 ___________________________________________________________________ 1. Summary 1.1 At the close of reporting Period 6 on 19 September 2025, the projected revenue outturn at 31 March 2026 for those services reporting to the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board was an underspend position of £0.015m (1.8%) against the revised budget for the year. 1.2 The projected capital outturn at 31 March 2026 for projects reporting to the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board, is a break-even position. 1.3 This is summarised in the table below and further detail is provided in the report and appendices. Revised Annual Budget £000 Projected Outturn £000 Budget Variance (Adv)/Fav £000 Budget Variance % Revenue Chief Executive’s Service (Planning Services) 643 628 15 2.3% Environment, Housing & Infrastructure (Climate) 214 214 0 0.0% Total 857 842 15 1.8% Capital Climate 875 875 0 0.0% Item 1 PACC041125 Page 1 of 238
Page 8
PUBLIC 2. Recommendations 2.1 Members are requested to: a) Note the projected Revenue outturn underspend position of £0.015m; and b) Note the projected Capital outturn break even position. 3. Revenue Budget Projection – underspend of £0.015m by 31 March 2026 3.1 The tables in Appendix 1 present the projected year-end position for all services reporting to this board, by both subjective analysis (what the budget is spent on) and objective analysis (which division is spending the budget). Significant variances affecting the projected position are analysed further below. 3.2 It should be noted that the projected outturn position reported here is based on the latest information available, which is subject to change during the financial year. The impact of any change on this projection will be updated at each board cycle until the close of reporting Period 10. 4. Objective Analysis – Significant Variances 4.1 There are no significant objective analysis variances to report at this stage in the financial year. 5. Subjective Analysis – Significant Variances 5.1 Employee Costs – £0.058m underspend by 31 March 2026 The underspend, mainly within Planning Services, reflects an increased level of turnover in the second quarter of the financial year. Recruitment is ongoing to ensure teams operate at full capacity. 5.2 Income – £0.035m overspend (under-recovery) by 31 March 2026 This reflects the impact of a projected under-recovery in Planning Services income of £0.035m (2.0%). Due to the very demand-led nature of the income stream, which is impacted by the current economic and financial climate, the level of Planning and Building Standards income can vary over the course of the financial year, which can make it challenging to determine trends for income projection. At the mid-point of the financial year, Planning income continues to return a break-even position with Building Standards income projecting a marginal under-recovery of £0.035m (3.2%) by the end of the financial year. This reflects a reasonable forecast at this stage in the financial year. Page 2 of 238
Page 9
PUBLIC 6. Revenue Budget Virements 6.1. Under the Council’s financial regulations, Directors and their nominated officers, in consultation with the Director of Finance and Resources, have certain delegated authority to transfer sums between subjective budget headings within a service division to enable budget management throughout the financial year. This is known as ‘budget virement’. 6.2. Transfers between divisions of the same service / department in excess of £100,000, and transfers between services / departments must be authorised by the respective service Director/Chief Executive and the Director of Finance and Resources for submission to the relevant policy board for approval. Future reports may therefore ask the board to approve budget adjustments that are deemed necessary for good budget management. 6.3. The budget adjustments processed since the previous report to board reflect the allocation of centrally held budgets already approved. 7. Capital Budget Projection – break-even position by 31 March 2026 7.1. The approved Capital Investment Programme 2025/26 to 2029/30 for Planning and Climate Change is £0.875m. Further information on the projects listed in Appendix 2 was reported to the Board in May 2025. 7.2. The in-year Capital budget is forecast to break even by 31 March 2026. There are no budget adjustments to report. Page 3 of 238
Page 10
PUBLIC Implications of the Report 1. Financial The projected budget outturn position for the Planning and Climate Change Revenue budget is an underspend position of £0.015m (1.8%) at 31 March 2026. Income and expenditure will continue to be monitored closely for the rest of the financial year and as far as possible, steps will be taken to mitigate any overspend. The projected outturn position for the Planning and Climate Change Capital budget is break-even. 2. HR & Organisational Development While staffing budgets form a significant proportion of the Council’s revenue budgets, there are no direct implications arising from the recommendations in this report. 3. Community/Council Planning Community Plan Our Renfrewshire is thriving The Council’s revenue and capital spend ensures that its facilities are fit for purpose and safe for the community, to maximise accessibility. Our Renfrewshire is well Our Renfrewshire is fair Our Renfrewshire is safe Council Plan Reshaping our place, our economy, and our future The Council’s revenue and capital spend ensures that its facilities are fit for purpose and safe for the community, to maximise accessibility. Building strong, safe, and resilient communities Tackling inequality, ensuring opportunities for all Creating a sustainable Renfrewshire for all to enjoy Ongoing revenue and capital budget monitoring is a tool to enable good financial management so that the Council has resources now and in the future for continued service delivery. Working together to improve outcomes 4. Legal There are no direct implications arising from the recommendations in this report. Page 4 of 238
Page 11
PUBLIC 5. Property/Assets There are no direct implications arising from the recommendations in this report. 6. Information Technology There are no direct implications arising from the recommendations in this report. 7. Equality & Human Rights There are no direct implications arising from the recommendations in this report. 8. Health & Safety There are no direct implications arising from the recommendations in the report. 9. Procurement While Procurement is an important consideration prior to the Council incurring any revenue or capital spend, there are no direct implications arising from the recommendations in this report. 10. Risk The potential financial risk that the Council will overspend its approved revenue budgets for the year is managed at a Council-wide level by the Chief Executive and Directors. 11. Privacy Impact There are no direct implications arising from the recommendations in this report. 12. Cosla Policy Position N/a 13. Climate Change The establishment of the Sustainability Team and the Climate related capital projects noted in Appendix 2 will contribute to the Council’s target of reducing its carbon and other emissions to net zero by 2030. 14. Children’s Rights There are no direct implications arising from the recommendations in this report. Page 5 of 238
Page 12
PUBLIC List of Background Papers • Revenue Budget and Council Tax 2025/26, Council 27 February 2025 • The Capital Investment Programme 2025/26 to 2029/30, Council 27 February 2025 • Update on Renfrewshire’s Climate Change Action, Planning and Climate Change Policy Board 20 May 2025 Authors: Revenue - Valerie Howie, Finance Business Partner and Lisa Dickie, Finance Business Partner Capital - Linsey McGregor, Capital Accountant Page 6 of 238
Page 13
PUBLIC Appendix 1 RENFREWSHIRE COUNCIL REVENUE BUDGET MONITORING STATEMENT 2025/26 1 April 2025 to 19 September 2025 POLICY BOARD: PLANNING AND CLIMATE CHANGE Objective Summary Annual Budget at Period 3 Budget Adjustments Revised Annual Budget at Period 6 Projected Outturn Budget Variance (Adverse) or Favourable Previous Projected Outturn Variance Movement £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 % £000 £000 Chief Executive's Service (Planning Services) 575 68 643 628 15 2.3% 22 (7) Environment, Housing and Infrastructure (Climate) 203 11 214 214 0 0.0% 0 0 NET EXPENDITURE 778 79 857 842 15 1.8% 22 (7) Subjective Summary Annual Budget at Period 3 Budget Adjustments Revised Annual Budget at Period 6 Projected Outturn Budget Variance (Adverse) or Favourable Previous Projected Outturn Variance Movement £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 % £000 £000 Employees 1,932 80 2,012 1,954 58 5.9% 22 36 Premises Related 1 0 1 1 0 0.0% 0 0 Transport Related 15 0 15 15 0 0.0% 0 0 Supplies and Services 221 (1) 220 228 (8) (29.6%) 0 (8) Third Party Payments 0 0 0 0 0 0.0% 0 0 Transfer Payments 92 0 92 92 0 0.0% 0 0 Support Services 317 0 317 317 0 0.0% 0 0 Depreciation and Impairment Losses 0 0 0 0 0 0.0% 0 0 GROSS EXPENDITURE 2,578 79 2,657 2,607 50 1.9% 22 28 Income (1,800) 0 (1,800) (1,765) (35) (2.0%) 0 (35) NET EXPENDITURE 778 79 857 842 15 1.8% 22 (7) Page 7 of 238
Page 14
PUBLIC Appendix 1 RENFREWSHIRE COUNCIL REVENUE BUDGET MONITORING STATEMENT 2025/26 1 April 2025 to 19 September 2025 POLICY BOARD: PLANNING AND CLIMATE CHANGE - CHIEF EXECUTIVE'S SERVICE (PLANNING SERVICES) Objective Summary Annual Budget at Period 3 Budget Adjustments Revised Annual Budget at Period 6 Projected Outturn Budget Variance (Adverse) or Favourable Previous Projected Outturn Variance Movement £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 % £000 £000 Planning Strategy & Place 575 19 594 571 23 3.9% 25 (2) Development Management 255 24 279 284 (5) (1.8%) 1 (6) Building Standards (255) 25 (230) (227) (3) (1.3%) (4) 1 NET EXPENDITURE 575 68 643 628 15 2.3% 22 (7) Subjective Summary Annual Budget at Period 3 Budget Adjustments Revised Annual Budget at Period 6 Projected Outturn Budget Variance (Adverse) or Favourable Previous Projected Outturn Variance Movement £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 % £000 £000 Employees 1,690 68 1,758 1,708 50 2.8% 22 28 Premises Related 1 0 1 1 0 0.0% 0 0 Transport Related 15 0 15 15 0 0.0% 0 0 Supplies and Services 193 0 193 193 0 0.0% 0 0 Third Party Payments 0 0 0 0 0 0.0% 0 0 Transfer Payments 91 0 91 91 0 0.0% 0 0 Support Services 317 0 317 317 0 0.0% 0 0 Depreciation and Impairment Losses 0 0 0 0 0 0.0% 0 0 GROSS EXPENDITURE 2,307 68 2,375 2,325 50 2.1% 22 28 Income (1,732) 0 (1,732) (1,697) (35) (2.0%) 0 (35) ET EXPENDITURE 575 68 643 628 15 2.3% 22 (7) Page 8 of 238
Page 15
PUBLIC Appendix 1 RENFREWSHIRE COUNCIL REVENUE BUDGET MONITORING STATEMENT 2025/26 1 April 2025 to 19 September 2025 POLICY BOARD: PLANNING AND CLIMATE CHANGE - ENVIRONMENT, HOUSING & INFRASTRUCTURE (CLIMATE) Objective Summary Annual Budget at Period 3 Budget Adjustments Revised Annual Budget at Period 6 Projected Outturn Budget Variance (Adverse) or Favourable Previous Projected Outturn Variance Movement £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 % £000 £000 Climate 203 11 214 214 0 0.0% 0 0 Subjective Summary Annual Budget at Period 3 Budget Adjustments Revised Annual Budget at Period 6 Projected Outturn Budget Variance (Adverse) or Favourable Previous Projected Outturn Variance Movement £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 % £000 £000 Employees 242 12 254 246 8 3.1% 0 8 Premises Related 0 0 0 0 0 0.0% 0 0 Transport Related 0 0 0 0 0 0.0% 0 0 Supplies and Services 28 (1) 27 35 (8) (29.6%) 0 (8) Third Party Payments 0 0 0 0 0 0.0% 0 0 Transfer Payments 1 0 1 1 0 0.0% 0 0 Support Services 0 0 0 0 0 0.0% 0 0 Depreciation and Impairment Losses 0 0 0 0 0 0.0% 0 0 GROSS EXPENDITURE 271 11 282 282 0 0.0% 0 0 Income (68) 0 (68) (68) 0 0.0% 0 0 NET EXPENDITURE 203 11 214 214 0 0.0% 0 0 Page 9 of 238
Page 16
PUBLIC Appendix 2 Prior Years Approved Budget Revised Projected Total Approved Projected Expenditure Budget Adjustments Budget Outturn Budget Outurn Project Title to 31/03/2025 2025-26 since previous 2025-26 2025-26 to 31-Mar-30 to 31-Mar-30 Board report £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 CLIMATE PROJECTS 0 35 0 35 35 0 0% 327 327 0 0% Airgon Units Implementation 0 35 0 35 35 0 0% 35 35 0 0% Electric Vehicle Fleet Expansion 0 140 0 140 140 0 0% 140 140 0 0% EV Infrastructure Improvements/Expansion 0 140 0 140 140 0 0% 140 140 0 0% Linwood Moss Solar Farm 0 50 0 50 50 0 0% 50 50 0 0% Marketing and Communications 0 50 0 50 50 0 0% 50 50 0 0% Set Up Costs for Recycling Related Projects 0 25 0 25 25 0 0% 25 25 0 0% Solar PV(Photovoltaic) Expansion 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 0 0 0 0% Windfarm Feasability 0 100 0 100 100 0 0% 100 100 0 0% Building Management Systems(BMS) 0 300 0 300 300 0 0% 300 300 0 0% TOTAL PLANNING AND CLIMATE CHANGE BOARD 0 875 0 875 875 0 0% 1,167 1,167 0 0% *Rolling programmes have a prior year year expenditure of £0 as the expenditure is not directly linked from one year to the next as a singular project. Budget Variance (Adverse) or Favourable Budget Variance (Adverse) or Favourable RENFREWSHIRE COUNCIL CAPITAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY - NON-HOUSING SERVICES 1st April to 19th September 2025 POLICY BOARD: PLANNING & CLIMATE CHANGE Current Year 2025-26 Full Programme - All years Page 10 of 238
Page 17
PUBLIC To: Planning and Climate Change Policy Board On: 4 November 2025 Report by: Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure Heading: Public Bodies Climate Change Duties Reporting 2024-25 1. Summary 1.1 The Climate Change (Emissions Reduction Targets) (Scotland) Act 2019 committed Scotland to become net zero by 2045, with the Public Bodies Climate Change Reporting Duties placing a legal requirement on public bodies to set target dates for zero direct emissions and indirect emission reductions; report on how spending and resource will contribute to these targets; and report on the body’s contribution to Scotland’s Climate Change Adaptation Programme. 1.2 To comply with the requirements of the Climate Change (Duties of Public Bodies: Reporting Requirements) (Scotland) Order 2015 as amended by the Climate Change (Duties of Public Bodies: Reporting Requirements) (Scotland) Amendment Order 2020, Renfrewshire Council is required to prepare an Annual Report detailing progress in mitigation and adaptation to climate change. 1.3 The Scottish Government completed a consultation with public bodies from February 2025 to May 2025 to gain views on the new draft statutory guidance for public bodies climate change duties reporting. Considerations will be made to the points raised around practical support: funding and capacity; proportionality; and alignment with other relevant policies for the final version. Renfrewshire Council responded to the consultation as outlined within the report to the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board on 20 May 2025. 1.4 Reporting year 2024-25 outlines total emissions for Renfrewshire Council were 18,079.104tCO2e – a decrease of 807.23tCO2e from 2023-24 (a 4.27% reduction). There was a reduction in scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions from the previous year. The total emissions for 2024-25 was made up of 11,007.58tCO2e of Scope 1 emissions; 5,269.64tCO2e of Scope 2 emissions; and 1,801.89tCO2e of Scope 3 emissions. 1.5 Overall, Renfrewshire Council’s total annual emissions have reduced by 35,449.9 tCO2e since the baseline year of 2012-13 – a reduction of 66.23%. Item 2 PACC041125 Page 11 of 238
Page 18
PUBLIC 1.6 The Council’s climate change report for 2024-25 is due to be submitted to the Scottish Government by 30 November 2025. This is a statutory requirement for all public bodies. 1.7 Renfrewshire Council’s Public Bodies Climate Change Duties Report for 1 April 2024 to 31 March 2025 is attached as Appendix 1 for approval by Board members, outlining details on the Council’s emissions; activities, plans and strategies undertaken in 2024-25 in relation to climate change and adaptation; and priorities for the year ahead in relation to climate action. 2. Recommendations It is recommended that the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board: 2.1 approves the content of Renfrewshire Council’s Public Bodies Climate Change Duties report for 2024-25 as appended to this report, and 2.2 notes this will be submitted to Scottish Government by 30 November 2025 deadline. 3. Background 3.1 The Climate Change (Emissions Reduction Targets) (Scotland) Act 2019 committed Scotland to net zero by 2045, with the Public Bodies Climate Change Reporting Duties placing a legal requirement on public bodies to set target dates for zero direct emissions and indirect emission reductions; report on how spending and resource will contribute to these targets; and report on the body’s contribution to Scotland’s Climate Change Adaptation Programme. 3.2 All 32 local authorities in Scotland are signed up to Scotland’s Climate Change Declaration, acknowledging the importance of climate change and the key role Scottish local authorities play in helping to tackle the challenges of climate change. Signatories are committed to: • providing leadership on climate change, • reducing the local authorities’ own greenhouse gas emissions from their estate, services and operations and taking action to reduce emissions from the local authority area as a whole, • assessing the risks of climate change and working with others to take the steps to adapt to the unavoidable impacts of a changing climate, and • developing effective partnerships with communities and stakeholders to respond to climate change. 3.3 To comply with the requirements of the Climate Change (Duties of Public Bodies: Reporting Requirements) (Scotland) Order 2015 as amended, Renfrewshire Council is required to prepare an Annual Report detailing progress in helping to mitigate and adapt to climate change. Detailed information about the Council’s emissions is submitted annually to the Scottish Government through the Public Bodies Climate Change Duties Report. Page 12 of 238
Page 19
PUBLIC 3.4 The Scottish Government developed the reporting framework to assist in providing accurate and consistent performance information across all public organisations. It provides an important mechanism for the public sector to lead by example in addressing climate change, but also a mechanism to inform the future direction and development of policy, legislation, funding and support services. 3.5 The Council’s climate change report for 2024-25 is due to be submitted by 30 November 2025 and is a statutory requirement of all public bodies. The Report is intended to assist with monitoring Public Bodies Duties compliance and encourage continuous improvement. 3.6 Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net Zero Plan aligns with the updated statutory public bodies reporting requirements. The Plan outlines the strategic direction in Renfrewshire and highlights the importance of working together across the Council and beyond to ensure projects, programmes and approaches complement each other; optimise expertise and experience; and maximise resources while closely aligning with our Council and Community Plans, and national and local policies and strategies. 3.7 Targets within Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net Zero which are relevant to Public Bodies Climate Change Duties are outlined in the report in line with reporting requirements. 4. Renfrewshire Council’s Annual Report 2024-25: Key Highlights Corporate Emissions, Targets and Project Data 4.1 In the reporting year running from 1st April 2024 to 31st March 2025 the total emissions for Renfrewshire Council were 18,079.104tCO2e – a decrease of 807.23tCO2e from 2022-23 (a 4.27% reduction) compared with 2023-24. The total emissions for 2024-25 was made up of 11,007.58tCO2e of scope 1 emissions; 5,269.64tCO2e of scope 2 emissions; and 1,801.89tCO2e of scope 3 emissions. 4.2 Overall, Renfrewshire Council’s total annual emissions have reduced by 35,449.9tCO2e – a reduction of 66.23% - when comparing the baseline year of 2012-2013 with 2024-25. 4.3 Scope 1 emissions are from sources owned or controlled by the Council (e.g. natural gas use; petrol and diesel in Council fleet); Scope 2 emissions are indirect emissions from purchased electricity (including electricity for buildings, streetlights, CCTV and electric vehicle fleet); and Scope 3 emissions are those emissions that the Council is indirectly responsible for as a consequence of our activities, but sources are not owned or controlled by the organisation (e.g. business travel, electricity transmission and distribution losses and household and waste collection and disposal). 4.4 Hybrid working was introduced during the covid-19 pandemic and continues to be part of normal council operations. Emissions from homeworking are reported as part of Scope 3 emissions. 4.5 The annual reporting looks at the Council’s consumption across key reporting areas, considering changes in emissions factors for these reporting areas. Emissions factors are updated annually at a national level, quantifying the environmental impact of different activities, and are key in calculating the Council’s annual carbon footprint. Page 13 of 238
Page 20
PUBLIC 4.6 Of the 25 sources of emissions featured in the report for 2024-25, Renfrewshire Council saw a decrease in emissions in 20 sources. As with all data, context is important in the case of both the increases and decreases in the emissions sources. Scope 1 Emissions: 4.7 There was a 0.98% decrease in natural gas consumption in 2024-25 compared with 2023-24. This led to a reduction of 80.44tCO2e emissions. Gas use continues to be monitored at building level to identify potential areas to improve efficiency and enable reductions. 4.8 2024-25 saw a 2.43% decrease in litres of diesel consumed compared with 2023- 24. Despite an increase in emissions factor for diesel, there was a decrease of 71.411tCO2e. There has also been a decrease in the consumption of litres of petrol (from 54,897 litres in 2023-24 to 52,870 litres in 2024-25. This is a 3.69% reduction) but still higher than 2020-21, 2021-22 and 2022-23 where the number of site visits were reduced. It should be noted that consumption in 2024-25 is 43.91% lower than 2019-2020 (the last ‘normal’ year prior to the disruption caused by the pandemic). 4.9 The Council continues to replace small fleet vehicles with EV and low emission alternatives where possible, thus reducing emissions from petrol consumption. 4.10 There was a decrease in Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) consumption in 2024-25 compared to 2023-24 (decreased from 1,054 litres to 61 litres) resulting in a decrease in emissions. This is likely to have been due to some LPG vehicles having been replaced. 4.11 The decrease in natural gas emissions of 80.44tCO2e; diesel emissions of 71.411tCO2e; petrol emissions of 4.94tCO2e; and LPG emissions of 1.55tCOee has meant there has been an overall decrease in scope 1 emissions of 160.11tCO2e in 2024-25 compared with 2023-24 (a 1.43% decrease). Scope 2 Emissions: 4.12 Scope 2 emissions decreased by 69.2tCO2e (1.3%) in 2024-25 compared with 2023-24 due to decreased consumption and a decrease in emissions factor for reporting electricity emissions. The Council’s electricity consumption in scope 2 decreased from 25,782,258kWh in 2023-24 to 25,451,058kWh in 2024-25. 4.13 The UK’s electricity emissions factor changed to represent the fuel mix consumed in UK power stations and the proportion of net imported electricity changes year to year. This is because the percentage of renewable energy generated fluctuates resulting in changes in fossil fuel generation/imported and exported electricity. Scope 3 Emissions: 4.14 In 2024-25, Scope 3 emissions decreased by 577.91tCO2e in comparison to 2023-24 (a 24.28% reduction) for the scope 3 reporting areas that the Council currently report on - grid electricity transmission and distribution losses; water supply and treatment; waste and recycling collection and disposal; business miles; and homeworking. Page 14 of 238
Page 21
PUBLIC 4.15 The significant decrease in Scope 3 emissions was waste and recycling - a reduction of 727.43tCO2e compared with 2023-24 (a 57.94% reduction). This was largely due to a decreased emissions factor for waste. A UK Government report outlining the major changes to the emissions factors for 2024, stated this reduction is due to an error affecting the transport emissions for recycling and EfW (Energy from Waste)- these factors have been corrected. The transport emissions associated with these disposal approaches were reduced. A methodology for reporting on this has been updated. 4.16 There has been a decrease in business miles - 340,945 miles in 2024-25 compared to 381,450 miles in 2023-24 (a decrease of 10.62%). This has resulted in a decrease of emissions by 10.71tCO2e. The Council continues to promote sustainable travel by increasing methods of travel options including electric pool cars and bikes for employees with the aim of reducing business miles and emissions from petrol consumption. A relaunch of the Sustainable Travel Initiative was a key focus for the Council during Scotland’s Climate Week in September. Future staff incentives and initiatives are also being explored as part of the project with the aim of further reducing emissions both for business duties and commuting. 4.17 As set out in 4.13, the council’s overall electricity consumption decreased in 2024- 25 but there was an increase in emission factor for transmission and distribution losses, under Scope 3. This has resulted in an increase in emissions for this reporting area by 3.86tCO2e. 4.18 There was a decrease in scope 3 emissions for water supply and treatment- both saw a decrease in m3 in 2024-25 compared with 2023-24 (by 23.1%). There have been some water saving interventions implemented, such as urinal controls which have aided this reduction in consumption. Scope 3 Emissions Reporting: Ongoing Work and Progress Update 4.19 The Greenhouse Gas Protocol outlines 15 distinct categories of Scope 3 emissions. Renfrewshire Council (and the wider public bodies across Scotland) currently report some categories of Scope 3 emissions, such as grid electricity transmission and distribution losses; water supply and treatment; waste and recycling collection and disposal; business miles; and homeworking. However, there are some categories of Scope 3 emissions which are not currently included in mandatory Public Bodies Climate Duties Reporting- some of the categories are not relevant for public bodies, while others there are huge complexities of methodology and accounting. 4.20 Mandating Scope 3 emission reporting for local authorities requires consultation under the 2009 Act and an Amendment Order to enact the change. Indications are that the mandatory reporting for Scope 3 emissions is likely to be from the 2026- 2027 reporting year. 4.21 The Scottish Government completed a consultation with public bodies from February 2025 - May 2025 to gain views on the new draft statutory guidance for public bodies climate change duties reporting. Considerations will be made to the points raised around practical support; funding and capacity; proportionality; and alignment with other relevant policies for the final version. Renfrewshire Council responded to the consultation as outlined in the report to the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board on 20 May 2025. Page 15 of 238
Page 22
PUBLIC 4.22 Scope 3 emissions are categorised into 3 groups based on practicality and feasibility of reporting; the need for collaboration and further work to develop data collection methodologies; and the likelihood of specific categories of Scope 3 emissions not being applicable to local authorities at this time. This was to ensure a focus on mandating those categories which local authorities were already reporting on and those that required further work with regards to methodologies and sifting out those that were not applicable or that don’t have accurate reporting methodologies. 4.23 Group 1 - Practical and Feasible: reasonably simple to collect data and report and would have a positive impact on monitoring and reducing emissions: • Fuel and Energy Related Activities not in Scopes 1 or 2 (e.g. transmission and distribution losses): Renfrewshire Council currently report this. • Waste Generated in Operations: Renfrewshire Council currently report this. • Business Travel, including overnight stays: Renfrewshire Council currently report business miles only. • Employee Homeworking: Renfrewshire Council currently report homeworking. Difficulties highlighted in estimating commuting data. 4.24 The Sustainability Team have been liaising with colleagues from People and OD and Procurement to develop a process for Scope 3 reporting of wider business travel including train and bus travel, flights and hotel stays. There are some limitations with current data recording and multiple systems used for business travel which makes reporting these emissions challenging. Work is underway to develop a methodology and process for collecting and reporting data for business travel for calculating Scope 3 emissions on future reports. It is anticipated that the transition to a new procurement system will support this. 4.25 Group 2 – Collaboration and Resource: this group are not as easy as Group 1 but produce significant amounts of carbon emissions and so are equally important. Additional work is needed to set out standardised approaches and robust methodology. 4.26 The key Group 2 category is Purchased Goods and Services: currently this is largely spend-based, which brings limitations and advice states that this means it should not be used for target setting. The aim is to move to hybrid methodology combining spend-based with supplier specific data. This category is anticipated to have a significant impact due to levels of public sector spending. 4.27 Other categories in Group 2 are Upstream Leased Assets; Downstream Leased Assets; and Investments (including equity and debt investments and project finance). 4.28 Group 3 – Need Further Research: The remaining Scope 3 categories were determined unlikely to be relevant to local authorities, but further research would be undertaken to confirm this. The Scottish Government is commissioning research on the Scope 3 group 3 categories in response to the Environmental Standards Scotland improvement report on local authority climate action. Renfrewshire Council have volunteered to join the Research Advisory group for this research. Adaptation 4.29 Renfrewshire Council has a proactive approach to managing current and future risks associated with climate change. Page 16 of 238
Page 23
PUBLIC Climate related risks and vulnerabilities are recorded in the Corporate Risk Register as well as being reflected within the relevant service plans. 4.30 The Council has a range of adaptation strategies and projects outlined within the Public Bodies report in 2024-25, including: • Renfrewshire Biodiversity Duty Report, which highlights a variety of biodiversity activities and nature-based solutions which contribute positively towards Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net Zero and the Renfrewshire Biodiversity Action Plan. This includes landscape scale projects from creation of new woodland habitats and peatland restoration to the creation of biodiversity areas and local conservation activities. • Restoration of more than 200 hectares of peatland at Clyde Muirshiel Regional Park, a feasibility study considering potential enhancements to the Candren Burn, Paisley in partnership with SEPA and a range of conservation activities developed by the Friends of Jenny’s Well, Paisley such as a new amphibian pond at the Local Nature Reserve in partnership with Froglife. • Renfrewshire Council has received £350,000 from the Scottish Government Nature Restoration Fund to stop invasive non-native plant species from damaging Renfrewshire’s riverbanks. The project is known as Restoring Renfrewshire’s Rivers. The project focuses on the headwaters of the Calder Burn, Dargavel Burn, Locher Water, Old Patrick Water and Seargent Law Burn, and aims to remove rhododendron, Japanese knotwood, giant hogweed, Himalayan balsam and American skunk cabbage. • Delivery of biodiversity area sites following consultation, using species-rich grassland and semi-natural woodland to sequester carbon. The Council has now delivered a total of 6.8 hectares of native species-rich wildflower meadow as part of the biodiversity areas project, using species-rich grassland and semi- natural woodland to sequester carbon. Procurement 4.31 Renfrewshire Council as a contracting authority has developed a range of policies and strategies to ensure compliance with the Sustainable Procurement Duty under section 8 (2) of the Procurement Reform (Scotland) Act 2014, the Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009 and the Climate Change (Duties of Public Bodies: Reporting Requirements) (Scotland) Order 2015. The Sustainable Procurement Strategy (approved on 23 November 2023 by the Finance, Resources, and Customer Services Policy Board) aligns to statutory requirements as well as the key strategic priorities of the Council including the Council Plan and Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net Zero. 4.32 The Council’s Sustainable Procurement Strategy sets out a clear process map for embedding sustainability into contracts at each stage of the procurement process and aligns to the Council’s aspiration to contribute to reducing our impact on climate change to make Renfrewshire's economy and communities as sustainable as possible. Our policies take account of the Programme for Government’s recognition that public procurement in Scotland can drive change and build responsible supply chains, helping to tackle the climate emergency, reduce emissions, minimise waste and allow for re-use or recycling wherever appropriate. Page 17 of 238
Page 24
PUBLIC 4.33 The range of policies and procedures adopted by Renfrewshire Council’s Corporate Procurement Unit make a significant positive contribution to compliance with climate change duties by actively considering the reduction of greenhouse emissions, energy efficiency and recycling responsibly. Procurement work with key stakeholders to develop strategies which carefully consider the impact of what the Council buys and takes account of all opportunities to promote sustainable procurement. 5. Climate Emergency UK Scorecard 5.1 Climate Emergency UK are a charity who aim to inspire and provide tools for local authorities to act on the climate emergency. They have created a Climate Action Scorecard where all UK local authorities are scored and ranked on 7 different categories; buildings and heating; transport; planning and land use; governance and finance; biodiversity; collaboration and engagement; and waste reduction and food. This scorecard assessment has been carried out in 2021, 2023 and 2025 with the process likely to be repeated in 2026 with publication in 2027. 5.2 As part of the 2025 scorecard, published on 17th June 2025, Renfrewshire Council was ranked 5th in Scotland, with an overall score of 46%, for the Council’s work on climate action. The Council scored above the national average for Scotland of 39%. 5.3 Renfrewshire Council’s highest scoring category was waste reduction and food with a score of 69%, above the average score of 52%. 5.4 Renfrewshire Council will use the Climate Emergency UK Scorecard as a tool to help inform climate action priorities and to share best practice with neighbouring local authorities. 6. Next Steps 6.1 Following approval, Renfrewshire Council’s annual Public Bodies Climate Change Duties report for 2024-25 will be submitted to the Scottish Government ahead of the 30th of November 2025 deadline as per statutory requirements. 6.2 Renfrewshire Council are already working on several projects and interventions which aim to further reduce the overall emissions for next year’s report such as the development of a Carbon Management Plan, expansion of Building Management Systems; solar array across the Council’s buildings; and expansion of the Council’s electric vehicle fleet infrastructure. Page 18 of 238
Page 25
PUBLIC Implications of the Report 1. Financial – None directly arising from this report. 2. HR & Organisational Development – None directly arising from this report. 3. Community/Council Planning – The report details a range of activities which reflect the refreshed community planning themes and the Council Plan 2022-2027. 4. Legal - None directly arising from this report. 5. Property/Assets – Section 3 within the report in Appendix 1 details carbon emissions related to the Council estate. 6. Information Technology – None directly arising from this report. 7. Equality and Human Rights - The recommendations contained within this report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’ human rights have been identified arising from the recommendations contained in the report because it is for noting only. If required following implementation, the actual impact of the recommendations and the mitigating actions will be reviewed and monitored, and the results of the assessment will be published on the Council’s website. 8. Health and Safety – None directly arising from this report. 9. Procurement – Section 5 within the report in Appendix 1 highlight the important role of sustainable procurement practice in helping to meet the organisation’s climate ambitions. 10. Risk – As noted in section 4.28 climate related risks and vulnerabilities are recorded in the Corporate Risk Register as well as being reflected within the relevant service plans. 11. Privacy Impact – None directly arising from this report. 12. Climate Risk – This report details progress made by Renfrewshire Council in response to the climate emergency during 2024-25. 13. Children’s Rights - None directly arising from this report. 14. COSLA Policy Position – This work aligns with COSLA’s current work alongside the Scottish Government in response to the climate emergency. Appendix 1: Renfrewshire Council Public Bodies Climate Change Duties Report 2024-25 List of Background Papers: None Author: Danielle Leggett, Sustainability Lead Officer (Strategy) Page 19 of 238
Page 26
PUBLIC RENFREWSHIRE COUNCIL’S PUBLIC BODIES CLIMATE CHANGE DUTIES (2024-25) This report has been produced in accordance with the Climate Change (Duties of Public Bodies Reporting Requirements) (Scotland) Order 2015, as amended by the Climate Change (Duties of Public Bodies: reporting Requirements) (Scotland) Amendment Order 2020. Page 20 of 238
Page 27
PUBLIC Profile of Body PART 1: PROFILE OF REPORTING BODY 1(a) Name of reporting Body Renfrewshire Council 1(b) Type of body Local Government 1(c) Highest number of full-time equivalent staff in the body during the report year 8,500 1(d) Metrics used by body Metric Units Value Population size served Population 186,540 1(e) Overall Budget of the body: Specify approximate £/annum for the report year. Budget Budget Comments £562,381,000 Unaudited Accounts 1(f) Report Type: Specify the report year type Report Type Report Year Comments Financial 1st April 2024 to 31st March 2025 1(g) Context: Provide a summary of the body’s nature and functions that are relevant to climate change reporting. The Climate Change (Emissions Reduction Targets) (Scotland) Act 2019 committed Scotland to become net zero by 2045, with the Public Bodies Climate Change Reporting Duties placing a legal requirement on public bodies to set target dates for zero direct emissions and indirect emission reductions; report on how spending and resource will contribute to these targets; and report on the body’s contribution to Scotland’s Climate Change Adaptation Programme. The climate change report submitted in November 20245for 2024/25 will be the eleventh mandatory submission by Renfrewshire Council, as required by public bodies. Renfrewshire Council recognises the importance of leadership in the response to the climate emergency. The Council is a large employer in the area and owns a large number of assets – made up of land and a large property portfolio, including around 12,500 housing stock – and the Local Authority area has a rising population. While the emissions baselining work that was carried out in 2021-22 highlighted that the Council makes up only 2.5% of the area’s total emissions, we recognise that as a local authority we can influence emissions in areas including planning, buildings, housing, education, energy, transport and waste. It is estimated that local authorities can influence around 33% of an area’s emissions through sectors that are directly shaped by local authority practice, policy or partnerships. Renfrewshire Council provides a range of high quality public services that are relevant to climate change reporting. Policy decisions made by the Council have the ability to build resilience against the impacts of climate change across the whole area through adaptation as well as shaping Renfrewshire’s future emissions reductions on our journey to net zero through mitigation, with work programmes including: Page 21 of 238
Page 28
PUBLIC • publication of our Plan for Net Zero, outlining how we will work towards net zero by 2030 and how the Council will lead and enable a just transition under 5 key themes (clean energy; sustainable transport; circular economy; connected communities; and resilient place) • publication of Renfrewshire’s Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy and Delivery Plan - built upon a robust evidence base of data and stakeholder engagement and takes a place-based, locally led and tailored approach to set out a vision for improving energy efficiency and heat decarbonisation • The Council is delivering a £1.167m programme in 25/26 to support projects which reduce our carbon emissions. Several projects have been identified which are considered to be most impactful in terms of the associated benefits balanced with the investment required to implement. The projects are outlined as part of a proposed three-year delivery plan, detailing the indicative investment and the projected benefits. Projects include expansion of Building Management Systems (BMS) and solar array across the Council’s buildings and the expansion of the Council’s electric vehicle fleet and infrastructure. • working with our local communities, community planning partners and stakeholders to prioritise climate action based on local needs, identify barriers to taking action in order to find solutions; and identify opportunities for partnership working • planning policies and guidance that strategically sets out how the Renfrewshire area will be developed in the future and ensuring people can easily access goods, services and social connections easily; and building standards inspections to ensure regulations are being adhered to • Local Housing Strategy and Strategic Housing Investment Plan to ensure energy efficient housing and affordable warm homes, met increasingly by renewable heat and power • Local Transport Strategy including development of active travel networks to increase walking, wheeling and cycling; working with public transport partners to enhance public transport provision; and implementing low carbon infrastructure including electric vehicle charging infrastructure to assist the modal shift to low carbon vehicles • a comprehensive waste and recycling collection service for residential and commercial customers to enable increased recycling and initiatives to divert waste from landfill and increase reuse and recovery • large-scale investment in demonstrator projects, e.g. a district heating network, providing low carbon heating to local businesses at the Advanced Manufacturing Innovation District Scotland (AMIDS) • a strategic review of all the buildings we own to ensure more efficient use: minimising energy consumption; reducing energy waste; and maximising energy efficiency • investing in energy programmes across our assets, e.g. LED streetlight conversion; solar PV and biomass systems; and energy efficiency programmes • low carbon travel opportunities for staff, including an EV fleet replacement programme of pool cars and light vans and a cycle to work scheme to encourage active travel • increasing biodiversity, reforestation and natural flood management across the area In addition to our climate change duties, Renfrewshire Council has made clear commitments to climate action across the 5 themes of the Plan for Net Zero, which embeds climate change within organisational decision making. Page 22 of 238
Page 29
PUBLIC We have and will continue to carry out extensive stakeholder engagement to ensure everyone can be involved in the design and delivery of the Plan for Net Zero, with a commitment from the Council to lead by example and to increase accountability and transparency; and raise awareness to make it easier for the public to track progress and monitor the actions Renfrewshire Council is taking to reduce emissions and the impacts of these actions, as part of Renfrewshire’s collective journey to net zero. PART 2: GOVERNANCE, MANAGEMENT & Governance and management 2(a) How is climate change governed in the body? Council and Boards April 2024 to March 2025 The Council’s agreed framework for decision making and policy development is based on a series of Policy Boards. In addition to Full Council; Leadership Board; Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board; Regulatory Functions Board; Community Asset Transfer Review; and Cross-Party Sounding Board, the Council also operates the following thematic Policy Boards that reflect policy priorities rather than Council service structures. The policy boards during 2024/25 were: - Communities & Housing Policy Board - Economy and Regeneration Policy Board - Education and Children’s Services Policy Board - Emergencies Board - Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy Board - Infrastructure, Land and Environment Policy Board - Investment Review Board - Planning and Climate Change Policy Board Each of these Policy Boards has initiatives and strategies that contribute to the Council’s target of working towards net zero by 2030. All climate related activity falls under the remit of the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board. As part of the RenZero delivery programme, to enhance delivery and monitor/update on progress made, a RenZero Oversight Group meets quarterly and is the decision-making forum for delivery of the Council’s Strategic Plan for Net Zero where potential programme risks, oversight of specific projects, funding and agreement of priorities is discussed; and a RenZero Focus Group meets every 8 weeks and is the key communications forum for RenZero at a senior manager level. Key Partnerships April 2024 to March 2025 In addition to the Council's policy boards, the Councils in the Glasgow and Clyde Valley area work together with the City Region to prepare the Regional Spatial Strategy; and the Renfrewshire Health and Social Care Integration Joint Board assumes responsibility for the planning and delivery of integrated services. Renfrewshire Council also works closely with Community Planning Partners to bring together the collective talents and resources of public services and communities to drive positive change on local priorities. Page 23 of 238
Page 30
PUBLIC It focuses on where partners’ collective efforts and resources can add most value for local communities, with a particular focus on reducing inequalities. Renfrewshire Council is part of the largest collaboration of a joint waste processing facility in Scotland, as part of the Clyde Valley Residual Waste Project (partnering with North Lanarkshire, East Dunbartonshire, East Renfrewshire and North Ayrshire Councils), with contractual responsibilities for residual waste tonnages and energy from waste built in as part of this project. As part of Climate Ready Clyde, we work collaboratively in partnership with 13 member organisations to create a shared vision, producing Glasgow City Region’s Adaptation Strategy and Action Plan which will build a more resilient, prosperous and just Glasgow City Region. Renfrewshire is part of the Strathclyde Partnership for Transport, the largest of Scotland's seven regional transport partnerships. 2(b) How is climate change action managed and embedded in the body? Renfrewshire Council has developed strong governance to lead by example and take action to tackle climate change. The Planning and Climate Change Policy Board remit includes matters relative to Climate Change; Building Standards; Development Management; Development Planning; Planning and the Strategic Development Plan. The Board provides oversight and scrutiny of the Council’s response to the climate emergency and specifically the progress being made towards net zero carbon emissions for both the Council as an organisation and the Renfrewshire area. The Council's Corporate Management Team (CMT) is comprised of senior staff from all service areas and meets on a weekly basis. Although matters relating to climate change adaptation and mitigation are not the sole focus of this group, operations, projects, programmes, policies and strategies from across the collective areas of responsibility contribute to the Council's overall emissions and performance in relation to the Council Plan; Community Plan; and the Plan for Net Zero are considered by the CMT. Baselining and monitoring of emissions (for both the Council as an organisation and the Renfrewshire area as a whole) and the contributions across service areas to emissions reductions are also considered at CMT, alongside the financial implications. Specific officers whose remit includes climate change adaptation and mitigation are outlined below. As part of enhancing the Council’s structure in response to the climate challenge, a centralised Sustainability Team has been established in the Environment, Housing and Infrastructure Service. The team will lead on the climate responsibilities the Council has and advance our net zero aspirations further. This will involve working across the Council with the aim of decarbonising our public buildings and ensuring our fleet and travel behaviours are as sustainable as they can be. The Sustainability Team consists of a Head of Climate, Public Protection Roads; Climate and Public Protection Manager; Sustainability Manager; Sustainability Lead Officer (Strategy); Sustainability Lead Officer (Stakeholder Engagement). In addition, there are 2 Biodiversity Officers (to support enhancement and promotion of biodiversity across Renfrewshire supporting the Council’s commitment to the Edinburgh Declaration on Biodiversity), and Energy Management Unit to support LHEES, utilities and energy advocacy. Page 24 of 238
Page 31
PUBLIC Additional roles which focus on environmental issues include: • a Green Economy Officer (in the Economy and Development team within the Chief Executive's service) with a focus on developing the response to the climate emergency from an economic development point of view and helping Renfrewshire’s businesses develop a just transition to greener ways of working • Two tree and Woodland Officers to support woodland management across Renfrewshire including contributing to the Clyde Climate Forest partnership programme. • a Transport Infrastructure Officer, with a focus on active travel projects • a dedicated Climate Emergency Advisor within the Council’s procurement team, ensuring sustainable procurement practice is embedded in the procurement team and across services to guide all future activities and exploring opportunities for procurement to support with the delivery of our climate goals and our community wealth building aspirations for our local economy, and working with internal stakeholders and colleagues in the wider public sector to help establish a clear framework for monitoring progress and for managing contracts to demonstrate the delivery of our sustainability outcomes • Project Management Unit Programme Manager with a focus on climate projects and interventions • Clyde Muirshiel Regional Park staff and Gleniffer Braes Country Park staff enhance, maintain and monitor diverse habitats within their park boundaries and communicate conservation messaging to volunteers, school groups and the wider community of recreational visitors to these sites. • Placemaking Team- 1 manager and 1 officer. Activities include supporting environmental decision- making within a range of Renfrewshire Council processes including development planning; coordinating the Renfrewshire Biodiversity Action Plan and associated partnership, and delivering peatland restoration projects through the Peatland Action Fund. • Renfrewshire Youth Services- 1 Community Learning and Development Officer promotes active involvement of young people in environmental learning and activism including climate network events and volunteering at Local Nature Reserves to manage habitats and gain biodiversity skills including bird ringing under the supervision of a licensed bird ringer. The climate emergency is included in the Council’s Risk Register with a Risk Owner allocated (with both Likelihood and Impact combining to give a High risk score evaluation). The Risk Statement, Controls and Actions are all monitored at each Board cycle. Carbon Literacy training has also been rolled out, with 70 Council managers, team leaders and officers completing the Carbon Literacy Project training, as well as sessions for Elected Members. The structure of the training is being re-developed for wider roll out across the council. Page 25 of 238
Page 32
PUBLIC Strategy 2(c) Does the body have specific climate change adaptation objectives in its corporate plan or similar document? Wording of Objective Name of Document Document Link "Renfrewshire Council Plan 2022-2027: provides organisational direction, ensuring that the key strategic priorities of the Council translate into specific actions within service improvement plans. This provides a ‘golden thread’, illustrating the role all Council services play in delivering these objectives. The Plan sets out the vision of “Creating a fairer Renfrewshire built on innovation, wellbeing and opportunity” with 5 strategic outcomes (with strategic outcome 4 directly relating to the climate emergency and the Council’s related activity at a local level). There is also a cross cutting theme, improving outcomes for children and families which underpins each of the 5 strategic outcomes: • Place: working together to enhance wellbeing across communities • Economy: building an inclusive, green and resilient economy • Fair: nurturing bright, happy and healthy futures for all • Green: leading Renfrewshire to Net Zero • Living Our Values: making a difference together" Renfrewshire Council Plan: Creating a fairer Renfrewshire built on innovation, wellbeing and opportunity 2022-2027 Renfrewshire Council Plan 2022-2027 Service Improvement Plans: Each Council service has Service Improvement Plans which contain a range of actions and activities which align with reducing corporate emissions and help the Council meet it climate change targets, with key actions grouped under the 5 themes of the Council Plan as outlined above. Service Improvement Plans Environment and Infrastructure Service Improvement Plan 2025-2028 Chief Executive's Service Improvement Plan 2025-2028 Page 26 of 238
Page 33
PUBLIC Finance and Resources Service Improvement Plan 2025-28 Children's Services Improvement Plan 2025- 2028 The Community Plan’s aim is: "working together to make Renfrewshire a fairer, more inclusive place where all our people, communities and businesses thrive". Addressing the climate emergency on a partnership basis, is a key area of focus identified within the refreshed Community Plan. There are 3 key areas of focus for the remainder of the Plan to deliver 12 priority actions. The 3 x focus areas are supporting low-income families; tackling health inequalities; and addressing the climate emergency, under the themes Thriving; Well; Fair; and Safe. Renfrewshire’s Community Plan 2017-2027 (2022 refresh at mid-point) Renfrewshire's Community Plan 2017-2027 2(d) Does the body have a climate change plan or strategy? Yes. Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net Zero: Working towards net zero by 2030 for both the Council as an organisation and the Renfrewshire area. The Plan for Net Zero sets out objectives and actions required to end Renfrewshire’s contribution to climate change within a generation to ensure a safer, healthier, greener and fairer place for everyone to live, work and spend time in. The design and development of the Plan took a grassroots approach, with extensive engagement combined with our emissions baselining to produce a robust evidence base that led to the 5 key themes: clean energy; sustainable transport; circular economy; connected communities; and resilient place. Each of the themes has priority areas as well as actions that the Council will undertake to lead and enable change. https://www.renfrewshire.gov.uk/article/12759/Renfrewshires-Plan-for-Net-Zero Page 27 of 238
Page 34
PUBLIC 2(e) Does the body have any plans or strategies covering the following areas that include climate change? Topic area Name of document Time period covered Comments Adaptation Glasgow City Region’s Adaptation Strategy and Action Plan 2020-2025 As part of Climate Ready Clyde, we work collaboratively in partnership as 12 member organisations to create a shared vision, strategy and action plan. This has produced Glasgow City Region’s Adaptation Strategy and Action Plan which will build a more resilient, prosperous and just Glasgow City Region. Renfrewshire are planning to develop its own adaptation plan. Renfrewshire Local Development Strategic Environmental Assessment 2021-2026 A Strategic Environmental Assessment was prepared alongside the Renfrewshire Local Development Plan. Its purpose was to assess how the Plan might have positive or negative effects on the environment and to consider how potential environmental impacts could be avoided, reduced, mitigated or enhanced. The process ensured that the environment was given the same level of consideration as social and economic factors when preparing the Plan. A post adoption strategic environmental assessment statement was published that at the end of the plan preparation process that set out the responses to the consultation process, the effects of these responses on the decision-making process and highlights the ongoing monitoring and review procedures. A Strategic Environmental Scoping Report has been prepared alongside the Evidence Report which is the 1st stage in preparing the next Local Development Plan for Renfrewshire. The Proposed Plan will be accompanied by an environmental report which will ensure the next Plan encourages, promotes and facilitates development that helps address the global climate emergency and nature crisis. Civil Contingencies Service Ongoing Civil Contingencies Service: a proactive approach to managing current and future risks associated with climate change. Joint service with Renfrewshire, East Renfrewshire, Inverclyde and West Dunbartonshire council areas. Clyde and Loch Lomond Local Plan District Flood Risk Management Strategy 2022-2028 The Strategy describes an agreed ambition for managing flooding and the priority of actions to be taken forward to deliver this. An updated Flood Risk Management Plan was published in December 2021 and covers the period 2022-2028. The Flood Risk Management Plan identifies the Potentially vulnerable areas based on potential or future risk from all sources of flooding. 4 of these potentially vulnerable areas are within Renfrewshire (White Cart Water Catchment; Black Cart Water Catchment; Gryffe Catchment; and Clyde South and Bishopton). Page 28 of 238
Page 35
PUBLIC Business Travel Sustainable Travel Planning Ongoing Sustainable Travel Planning Project: strategy to encourage staff to consider the Sustainable Travel Hierarchy to reduce the impact on the environment, increase the use of electric vehicles, promote active travel for shorter staff journeys and encourage more efficient ways of travel. Includes Sustainable Travel Staff Guidance to encourage and support more efficient travel by employees to reduce corporate emissions. Actions, targets and metrics also included in the Plan for Net Zero under Sustainable Transport theme. The project supports several key objectives including decreased carbon emissions through sustainable practices, reduced spend on annual business miles claims and enhanced employee accessibility to shared transport options. Staff Travel Sustainable Travel Planning Ongoing "Sustainable Travel Planning Project: strategy to encourage staff to consider the Sustainable Travel Hierarchy to reduce the impact on the environment, increase the use of electric vehicles, promote active travel for shorter staff journeys and encourage more efficient ways of travel. Includes Sustainable Travel Staff Guidance to encourage and support more efficient travel by employees to reduce corporate emissions. Actions, targets and metrics also included in the Plan for Net Zero under Sustainable Transport theme." The project supports several key objectives including decreased carbon emissions through sustainable practices, reduced spend on annual business miles claims and enhanced employee accessibility to shared transport options. Energy efficiency Renfrewshire's Plan for Net Zero 2022-2030 Actions, targets and metrics included in the Plan for Net Zero under Clean Energy theme. Fleet transport Renfrewshire's Plan for Net Zero 2022-2030 Actions, targets and metrics included in the Plan for Net Zero under Sustainable Transport theme. Local Transport Strategy consultation has been undertaken for the development of the updated LTS. A Fleet Decarbonisation Strategy aligning with targets within the Plan for Net Zero developed in 2024-25. ICT Renfrewshire’s Digital Strategy 2020-2025 • Green Print Project o Delivery of the Green Print project in 2024, procuring and implementing a new Managed Print Service Contract. The council significantly reduced the number of printers leased over the duration of the contract, removing 940 printers deployed across council buildings (including schools) and replacing with 555 printers. o The Green Print project contributes to the RenZero key theme, Circular economy: we will make Renfrewshire a circular economy society: minimising waster and maximising reuse, recycling and recovery of resources rather than treating them as waste. The 40% reduction in the printer estate makes more effective use of our printers and in doing so reducing the use of raw materials and water at source. • Migration of Data Centre Services, reducing the amount of carbon emissions our service create • Roll out of public wifi across 180 Council buildings and 3 town centres • Migration of Council systems to the cloud Page 29 of 238
Page 36
PUBLIC o Direction of travel for council systems is to move to the cloud, reducing our data centre / IaaS footprint (eg) Implementation of Brightly Confirm Asset Management System in Dec 2024 . • Implementation of Millie, the Council’s AI Customer Services telephone assistant • Roll out of Digi-Zones, a key deliverable as part of our Digital Inclusion Strategy Planned for delivery in 2025/26 Renfrewshire Council’s new Digital Strategy 2025-2030 was approved in April 2025. The Digital Strategy will deliver a substantial programme of work built around six strategic themes and delivered over the next five years. Some of these projects include: • P2P. Introducing a new Purchase to Pay Operating Model and launching Business World Procurement Module • Delivery of a new council website. Phase 1 has been delivered with phase 2 focused on a new intranet site • AI Innovation Assessment and deployment • Implementation of an integrated Housing Management System • Continue work on delivering against our Digital Inclusion aspirations Renewable energy Renfrewshire's Plan for Net Zero 2022-2030 Actions, targets and metrics included in the Plan for Net Zero under Clean Energy theme. Sustainable/ renewable heat Renfrewshire's Plan for Net Zero 2022-2030 Actions, targets and metrics included in the Plan for Net Zero under Clean Energy theme. Waste Management Renfrewshire Council Waste Policy Ongoing Household Waste and Recycling Policy. Actions, targets and metrics also included in the Plan for Net Zero under Circular Economy theme. Circular Economy Strategy aligning with targets within the Plan for Net Zero is being developed. Water and sewerage Renfrewshire's Plan for Net Zero 2022-2030 Actions, targets and metrics being developed as part of Phase 2 of Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net Zero. Land Use Renfrewshire Council Food 2020-2025 Renfrewshire Council Food Growing Strategy 2020-25: includes actions and objectives that align with reducing area-wide emissions associated with food production and transport of food. Actions, targets and metrics related to land use also Page 30 of 238
Page 37
PUBLIC Growing Strategy 2020-25 included in the Plan for Net Zero under Connected Communities and Resilient Place themes. Work is currently progressing to review the Renfrewshire Food Growing Strategy. Renfrewshire Biodiversity Action Plan 2023-2027 The 2nd Renfrewshire Biodiversity Action Plan, covering the years 2024 – 2027, was produced in partnership with a range of local biodiversity organisations and reflects a shared vision for enhanced biodiversity across Renfrewshire. The plan sets out a positive and ambitious approach to biodiversity conservation and promotion, alongside a continued commitment to partnership working and increased community involvement in order to successfully deliver and achieve the outcomes for biodiversity. Actions, targets and metrics related to land use also included in the Plan for Net Zero under Connected Communities and Resilient Place themes. Renfrewshire Local Development Plan 2 2021-2026 The Renfrewshire Local Development Plan (2021) promotes and supports measures to reduce and mitigate the effects of climate change area-wide. The Plan includes objectives and actions on climate change mitigation and adaptation in the design of new development, incorporating renewable or low carbon energy technology into the development to assist in tackling climate change through reductions in carbon emissions. The Plan has a specific Policy I4: Renewable and Low Carbon Energy Developments which supports development of renewable and low carbon energy generating technologies to help achieve the Scottish Government’s renewable energy targets in relation to electricity and heat demand. Renfrewshire Local Development Plan 3 2028-2038 Work is progressing to prepare a new Local Development Plan for Renfrewshire which once adopted will replace the existing LDP2. An integral part of the plan preparation process is the Strategic Environmental Assessment which will ensure that climate and biodiversity considerations are central to the new plan. National Planning Framework 4 2023-2045 The National Planning Framework 4 (2023) forms part of the development plan for Renfrewshire and sets the context for the next Local Development Plan. It is based on the spatial principles’ pf sustainable, liveable and productive places to help achieve net zero by 2045. Actions, targets and metrics related to land use also included in the Plan for Net Zero under Connect Communities and Resilient Place themes. Forestry and Woodland Strategy for Glasgow City Region 2020-2040 The Forestry and Woodland Strategy for Glasgow City Region aims to guide woodland expansion and management of woodlands in the Glasgow City Region area, providing a policy and spatial framework to optimise benefits for the local economy, communities and the environment. The strategy covers a 10-year period from 2020-2030 and sets a 20-year vision of where by 2040, the aim is for expanded networks of woodland in the Glasgow City Region area that will contribute to climate change mitigation and adaptation, healthy and empowered communities living in a high quality place rich in biodiversity with a resilient environment, and a competitive, inclusive and successful economy. The strategy sets the following themes/aims: • Climate change – Maximise the contribution that the Glasgow City Region area’s existing and future woodlands can make to achieving carbon neutrality in line with the Scottish Government targets and adapting to the impacts of climate change. • Expand and manage: Expanding Glasgow City Region’s woodland resource and improving its management. • Economy: Building and supporting the forest and woodland economy. • Community: Empowering communities and enhancing quality of life. • Environment: Promoting and enhancing the quality of the environment Page 31 of 238
Page 38
PUBLIC Vacant and Derelict Land Strategy 2022 2022-2024 The Renfrewshire Vacant and Derelict Land Strategy (2024) uses the information gathered from annual monitoring and analysis of land supply. The Vacant and Derelict Land Strategy focuses on the efficient use of vacant and derelict land and sustainable development that enhances existing places and creates opportunities for communities with local living and the creation of 20- minute neighbourhoods. Re-using vacant sites also provides opportunities to support nature restoration and recovery through enhanced biodiversity, flora and fauna and assists in mitigating and adapting to the effects of the climate emergency. Opportunities exist for maintaining VDL sites as “open mosaic habitats on previously developed land”, a lowland habitat listed on the Scottish Biodiversity list (https://www.nature.scot/scotlands-biodiversity/scottish-biodiversity-strategy/scottish- biodiversity-list) Other (please specify in comments) Renfrewshire Council Sustainable Procurement Strategy 2023/24 to 2025/26 Renfrewshire Council Procurement Strategy: supporting net zero by 2030 and a drive towards sustainability is at the heart of strategic goals and reflected in our sustainable procurement policy. Actions also included in the Plan for Net Zero under Circular Economy and Connected Communities themes. Appendix 2 includes Renfrewshire’s Sustainable Procurement Strategy. Other (please specify in comments) Renfrewshire Cycling Strategy 2016-2025 2016-2025 Sustainable Transport: to increase active travel and get people cycling more often to cut emissions area-wide. Actions, targets and metrics for active travel (and reduction in car miles) also included in the Plan for Net Zero under Sustainable Transport theme. The new Local Transport Strategy includes a proposed Active Travel network with priority links identified. It also includes actions around lighting and maintenance of the active travel network. Other (please specify in comments) Local Transport Strategy 2017 Update Updated LTS to follow 2025 Sustainable Transport: Our Local Transport Strategy sets out our vision for transport and travel in Renfrewshire, aiming to provide a range of transport options and actions to assist with tackling climate change, with a focus on reduction in carbon emissions on an area-wide basis. Initial consultation for the updated Local Transport Strategy has been concluded, and the new LTS is being developed called Travel Renfrewshire 2035 in line with national and regional strategies and RenZero’s climate change commitments. Actions, targets and metrics also included in the Plan for Net Zero under Sustainable Transport theme. Pending board approval, the new Local Transport Strategy is due to be published in November 2025. Other (please specify in comments) Renfrewshire Core Paths Plan 2022 2022 onwards Sustainable Transport: to provide opportunities for active travel, particularly to schools and places of employment and reduce emissions on an area-wide basis. Actions, targets and metrics for active travel and core paths (as well as reduction in car miles) also included in the Plan for Net Zero under Sustainable Transport theme. Other (please specify in comments) Renfrewshire Council Strategic Housing Investment Plan 2025-2030 The Renfrewshire Strategic Housing Investment Plan sets out how investment in building new affordable housing will be targeted to meet the strategic priorities of the Local Housing Strategy. This includes ensuring new homes are built to be energy efficient and fuel poverty is minimised; using innovative energy efficient development; actively target reduced carbon emissions from development activity and all newbuild affordable homes with a building warrant post April 2024 will meet the Scottish Government New Build Heat Standard. Page 32 of 238
Page 39
PUBLIC The Strategic Housing Investment Plan is updated on an annual basis, with the final Renfrewshire Strategic Housing Investment Plan for 2026-31 to be presented to the Communities and Housing Policy Board in late October 2025. Other (please specify in comments) Renfrewshire Local Housing Strategy 2023-2028 The Local Housing Strategy 2023-2028, approved in October 2023, contains 5 Strategic Priorities: • Strategic Priority 1: The supply and delivery of housing is increased across all tenures to meet the housing needs of different groups and create attractive and sustainable places • Strategic Priority 2: People live in high quality, well-managed homes in sustainable neighbourhoods • Strategic Priority 3: Address the challenges of the climate emergency, delivering homes that are warm, energy efficient and fuel poverty is minimised • Strategic Priority 4: Prevention of homelessness and providing support for those in housing need • Strategic Priority 5: People can live independently for as long as possible in their own home and the different housing needs of people across Renfrewshire are being met. Annual updates are prepared to monitor the delivery of actions set out in the Local Housing Strategy. Carbon Management Plan 2025-2030 Renfrewshire Councils 4th Carbon Management Plan (CMP). This CMP is a strategic document that outlines Renfrewshire Councils, including OneRen’s approach to reducing its carbon emissions. The plan is currently in development, pending approval November 25. Page 33 of 238
Page 40
PUBLIC 2(f) What are the body’s top 5 priorities for climate change governance, management and strategy for the year ahead? 1. Delivering on multiple projects as part of an approved three-year climate capital programme aimed at reducing the council’s carbon emissions. Several potential projects have been identified which are most impactful in terms of the associated benefits balanced with the investment required to implement. Projects include the expansion of building management systems, and solar PV array across the council estate, expansion of the Council’s EV fleet and infrastructure as well as testing feasibility of potential solar and wind farms in the area. These projects will be key to decarbonising Renfrewshire Council buildings and ensuring fleet and travel behaviours are as sustainable as they can be. 2. Renfrewshire Council is currently developing processes and tools in relation to ensuring climate change considerations are mainstreamed across the organisation and that climate change systemically informs strategic investment planning and decision-making processes – through development a carbon budget, further roll out of carbon literacy training as well as the development and piloting of Climate Change Impact Assessments. 3.Continuing to work alongside Scottish Climate Intelligence Service: we will quantify the impact of the phased actions, to inform future targets and present data in an interactive way using Climate View. Good quality data is key to track proportional progress to net zero. Updating data in line with the road map as projects are implemented or as new technologies arise will give a running total of carbon savings within each phase, correlating with amounts of sequestration required to work towards net zero by 2030. It will also enable us to measure the impacts of implementing different projects so we can prioritise using agreed weightings. 4. As part of Renfrewshire’s Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy (LHEES) Renfrewshire Council is developing outline business cases for potential heat networks in Paisley Central and an extension of the Advanced Manufacturing Innovation District Scotland (AMIDS) district heating network. Scottish Government grant funding has been successfully secured to take completed feasibility studies through to business case development. 5. Developing key supporting plans for net zero including an adaptation plan, circular economy strategy, and carbon management plan for Renfrewshire. The plans will set out Renfrewshire’s strategic approach to reduce carbon emissions, address the local impacts of climate change and accelerate more sustainable use of resources. Running concurrently with these actions, consultation with all stakeholders is essential across all phases in the design and delivery of the Plan for Net Zero. Two-way communication channels will remain in place as projects and activities are implemented to ensure everyone is informed of progress and can provide feedback on our collective journey to net zero. This will include: • focused engagement to identify barriers for our citizens and local businesses in order to find solutions and ensure everyone benefits from the transition to net zero; • stakeholder engagement with key groups, such as housing developers, energy companies and network providers; transport providers; land management agencies; and education and training providers, not only to understand their influence but also their role in progressing to net zero; and • internal engagement to identify and optimise opportunities, identify gaps and overlaps and to prioritise actions collectively. Page 34 of 238
Page 41
PUBLIC 2(g) Has the body used the Climate Change Assessment Tool (a) or equivalent tool to self-assess its capability / performance? Yes. In recognition of the importance of robust evidence base and to identify our highest areas of emissions to prioritise action and the key areas we need to focus on to reach net zero, Renfrewshire Council worked with external technical expertise to complete an emissions baseline and trajectory to 2030 for Renfrewshire Council as an organisation, and Renfrewshire area as a whole. 2014-15 was used as the baseline year (used due to it being the pilot year of PBCCD reporting to enable the same reporting format/data for the whole time period to date). This will also ensure we can measure progress to net zero in an open and transparent way. The baselining evidence showed that Renfrewshire Council makes up 2.49% of the area’s total emissions. Renfrewshire Council emissions are dominated by buildings that we are responsible for (67%). The most significant emissions source is school buildings (47%) which is also the largest element of our estate, with community buildings at 13%, operational buildings (5%) and other buildings (2%). For Renfrewshire area, emissions were broken down by sector (transport, residential, etc.) and by fuel type (electricity, gas, road fuel) to identify our key emission sources and so we can model the impact of decarbonisation actions we take. Data showed that transport is currently the biggest source of emissions in the Renfrewshire area at 34%, with residential fuel use at 29% (residential electricity makes up 7% of the area’s total emissions; gas/other fuels is 22%) and commercial and industrial fuel use 29% (commercial and industrial electricity makes up 13% of the area’s emissions; commercial and industrial gas/other fuels at 16%). Baselining our area emissions and estimating the trajectory of future emissions using both a business as usual (worst case) and a tailwind (best case) scenario to 2030, provided clarity on the challenges; the key areas and activities that we need to focus on; as well as the scale of action needed in order to work towards net zero by 2030. This increased understanding of our climate targets will also help to inform current and future policy and ensure that the climate emergency is at the forefront of decision making. More recently, we have also been working collectively with all of Scotland’s local authorities with the Scottish Climate Intelligence Service (SCIS) to build capacity and consistency and sharing skills, knowledge and common approaches alongside standardised tools to drive climate action at a local level and deliver change at the scale and pace required to deliver local and national targets. As part of the work with SCIS an annual emissions inventory report for Renfrewshire for the year 2021 was produced. This provides more recent data in relation to Renfrewshire’s area wide greenhouse gas emissions. This data alongside any other reliable sources will be used to inform future local climate activity. 2(h) Supporting information and best practice In developing Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net Zero, the Council worked with residents and communities, local public, private and third sector and community planning partners to identify priority areas of focus; barriers to making changes; and solutions to enable action. In developing the Plan, the Council gathered different views and ideas via a Climate Survey, and a Business Survey. This subsequently led to the Page 35 of 238
Page 42
PUBLIC establishment of a Climate Panel, made up on a representative sample of Renfrewshire citizens, to discuss climate issues and how they affect people locally. The Panel also helped to identify what interventions are needed and what actions can be taken to collectively support Renfrewshire’s drive towards net zero by 2030. Engagement is an iterative process and have now completed another round – which started with a Community Climate Conversation (June 2023) to hear more on community priorities and project ideas, what they would like to see in local areas as well as challenges they face. This was followed by a key stakeholder organisation event - with local, regional and national organisations including community planning partners, local housing associations, Scottish Power, Scottish Gas, Scottish Water, Transport Scotland, UWS and all 8 Glasgow City Region local and neighbouring authorities to understand their influence and their role in progressing to net zero as well as partnership working opportunities. The final event was an internal workshop, with attendance from 70 officers across all Services, linked to the information from the previous 2 events. We are continually looking to combine carbon reduction with other strategic priorities such as social renewal as well as identifying how embed new ways of working and positive behaviour changes to reduce emissions in our daily operations and this event identified additional opportunities to work collaboratively to continue to deliver services high quality local services in a way that helps us towards net zero, as well as projects and interventions that could work towards a range of co-benefits. As part of Renfrewshire’s newly established Sustainability Team, a Sustainability Lead Officer (Stakeholder Engagement) has been recruited. The Stakeholder Engagement Lead will drive the development of a Net Zero Engagement Plan for both internal and external stakeholders. Strategic Housing Investment Plan: As part of the Affordable Housing Supply Programme process, local authorities are required to prepare and update a Strategic Housing Investment Plan which sets out how investment in newbuild affordable housing will be targeted to meet the strategic priorities of their Local Housing Strategy and supporting the delivery of the right homes in the right places. Renfrewshire’s Strategic Housing Investment Plan reflects this ambition within its programme of affordable housing developments, maximising the use of grant funding from the Scottish Government. The Strategic Housing Investment Plan is updated on an annual basis, with consultation on the draft Renfrewshire Strategic Housing Investment Plan for 2026 to 2031 ending on 19th September 2025. The final Plan will be presented to the Communities and Housing Policy Board in October 2025, in advance of submission to the Scottish Government. The Renfrewshire Strategic Housing Investment Plan supports the development of safe, energy efficient homes that meet people’s needs and contributes to the creation of sustainable, thriving communities. New build homes within the Strategic Housing Investment Plan, will be built to maximise energy efficiency and actively target carbon emissions through the inclusion of greener measures at house design stages, supported by additional ‘quality measures’ funding benchmarks as applicable. A key element of the delivery of the Renfrewshire Council Housing Regeneration and Renewal Programme is to upgrade and retrofit existing homes as well as delivering new build homes to replace old, non-viable Page 36 of 238
Page 43
PUBLIC Council stock with modern, high quality, energy efficient, low carbon Council homes across sites including: Howwood Road area, Johnstone; Thrushcraigs area, Paisley; Gallowhill area, Paisley; Broomlands area, Paisley; Springbank area, Paisley; and Foxbar area, Paisley. Page 37 of 238
Page 44
PUBLIC PART 3: CORPORATE EMISSIONS, TARGETS AND PROJECT DATA EMISSIONS 3a Emissions from the start of the year which the body uses as a baseline (for its carbon footprint) to the end of the report year Reference Year Year Year Type Scope 1 Scope 2 Scope 3 Total Units Comments Baseline Year 2012-13 Financial 19,749 19,521 14,259 53,529 tCO2e Year 1 Carbon Footprint 2013-14 Financial - - - - tCO2e The year 2013/14 was the final year of our old Carbon Management Plan (CMP). Therefore, no data included Year 2 Carbon Footprint 2014-15 Financial 16,955 19,441 9,579 45,975 tCO2e This was the first year of the CMP 2014/15 to 2019/20, using 2012/13 as the baseline year Year 3 Carbon Footprint 2015-16 Financial 14,473 15,317 11,299 41,089 tCO2e Year 4 Carbon Footprint 2016-17 Financial 11,843 13,346 2,112 27,301 tCO2e Year 5 Carbon Footprint 2017-18 Financial 12,258 7,555 1,557 21,370 tCO2e Year 6 Carbon Footprint 2018-19 Financial 11,826 7,434 1,225 20,485 tCO2e Year 7 Carbon Footprint 2019-20 Financial 11,755 6,412 3,544 21,711 tCO2e Year 8 Carbon Footprint 2020-21 Financial 11,832 5,553 5,790 23,175.40 tCO2e Year 9 Carbon Footprint 2021-22 Financial 11,642.4 5,404.1 6,518.1 23,564.60 tCO2e This figure was made up of a larger property portfolio including: door entry systems for houses, landlord supplies, sheltered housing, launderettes, multi use games areas & floodlighting. This equated to an additional 395 tCO2e. Year 10 Carbon Footprint 2022-23 Financial 11,879.35 5,112.76 2,543.43 19,535.54 tCO2e Error in business miles data identified in 2022-23. Figures amended October 2024. Year 11 Carbon Footprint 2023-24 Financial 11,167.69 5,338.84 2,379.80 18,886.33 tCO2e Year 12 Carbon Footprint 2024-25 Financial 11,007.58 5,269.64 1,801.89 18,079.10 tCO2e Page 38 of 238
Page 45
PUBLIC 3b Breakdown of emissions sources: Emissions Factor Year: 2023 Emission Type Emission Source Scope Consumption Data Units Emission Factor Units Emissions (tCO2e) Emissions Compared with 2023-24 Comments Electricity Electricity: UK Scope 2 19,996,157 kWh 0.20705 Kg CO2e/kWh 4140.20431 Buildings and EV charging points Electricity Transmission and distribution- electricity: UK Scope 3 19,996,157 kWh 0.01830 Kg CO2e/kWh 365.92967 Buildings and EV Charging points Electricity Electricity: UK Scope 2 5,454,901 kWh 0.20705 Kg CO2e/kWh 1129.43725 Streetlighting Electricity Transmission and distribution- electricity: UK Scope 3 5,454,901 kWh 0.01830 Kg CO2/kWh 99.82469 Streetlighting Fuels Natural Gas Scope 1 43,721,663 kWh 0.18290 Kg CO2e/kWh 7996.69216 Water Water supply Scope 3 191,524 Cubic metres 0.08000 Kg CO2e/cubic metres 15.32192 Water Water treatment Scope 3 181,947 Cubic metres 0.17000 Kg CO2e/cubic metres 30.93099 Fuels Diesel (average biofuel blend) Scope 1 1,154,329 Litres 2.51279 Kg CO2e/litres 2900.58637 Page 39 of 238
Page 46
PUBLIC Fuels Petrol (average biofuel blend) Scope 1 52,870 Litres 2.08440 Kg CO2e/litres 110.20223 Transport- Car Average car- unknown Scope 3 340,945 Miles 0.26860 Kg CO2e/miles 91.57783 Waste Commercial and industrial waste- landfill Scope 3 24 Tonnes 520.33420 Kg CO2e/tonnes 12.48802 Waste Organic: garden waste-composting Scope 3 1,339 Tonnes 8.88386 Kg CO2e/tonnes 11.89549 Waste Batteries- recycled Scope 3 14 Tonnes 6.41061 Kg CO2e/tonnes 0.08975 Waste Paper and board: mixed-recycled Scope 3 3,934 Tonnes 6.41061 Kg CO2e/tonnes 25.21934 Waste WEEE- mixed- recycled Scope 3 454 Tonnes 6.41061 Kg CO2e/tonnes 2.91042 Waste Glass- recycled Scope 3 4,940 Tonnes 6.41061 Kg CO2e/tonnes 31.66841 Waste Plastics: average plastics- recycled Scope 3 1,605 Tonnes 6.41061 Kg CO2e/tonnes 10.28903 Page 40 of 238
Page 47
PUBLIC Waste Metal: scrap metal- recycled Scope 3 1,473 Tonnes 6.41061 Kg CO2e/tonnes 9.44283 Waste Clothing- recycled Scope 3 30 Tonnes 6.41061 Kg CO2e/tonnes 0.19232 Waste Household/ municipal/ domestic waste- combustion Scope 3 31,004 Tonnes 6.41061 Kg CO2e/tonnes 198.75455 Waste Clothing- combustion Scope 3 7 Tonnes 6.41061 Kg CO2e/tonnes 0.04487 Waste Organic: mixed food and garden waste- composting Scope 3 9,665 Tonnes 8.88386 Kg CO2e/tonnes 85.86251 Waste Household/ municipal/ domestic waste- landfill Scope 3 280 Tonnes 497.04416 Kg CO2e/tonnes 139.17236 Fuels LPG Scope 1 61 Litres 1.55713 Kg CO2e/litres 0.09498 Homeworking Homeworking (office equipment & heating) Scope 3 2,008,125 FTE Working Hour 0.33378 Kg CO2e/FTE Working Hour 670.27196 18,079.104 Page 41 of 238
Page 48
PUBLIC 3c Generation, consumption and export of renewable energy: Technology Renewable Electricity Renewable Heat Total consumed by the body (kWh) Total exported (kWh) Body (kWh) Total exported (kWh) Solar PV 169,872 62,850 - - Biomass - - 742,320 - TARGETS 3d Organisational targets: Name of Target Type of Target Target Units Boundary/ scope of target Year used as baseline Baseline figure Units of baseline Target completion year Progress against target Comments Working towards net zero: Renfrewshire Council as an organisation Annual Work towards net zero by 2030 tCO2e reduction All emissions 2012/13 53,529 tCO2e 2030/31 Reduction of 35,449.9 reduced to 18,079.10 total emissions since baseline year Council housing stock energy efficiency Absolute Ensuring all council housing stock has an EPC of B by 2030 where feasible Other All energy used 2021/22 12% of council housing stock EPC A-B Other 2030/31 Currently 6% of council housing stock A-B Units are EPC rating. Currently 6% due as carried out a stock condition survey and a sweep of our data and some of the cloned date is now more accurate. Page 42 of 238
Page 49
PUBLIC This will be changing from EPC to heat demand (120kwhm2 by 2033 and cleaning heating in all homes by 2045) Phase out new petrol and diesel light commercial vehicles Absolute Remove the need for new petrol and diesel light commercial vehicles in the Council fleet by 2025 Other Scope 1 n/a 2025/26 n/a Units would be numbers of new petrol and diesel vehicles in class (should be 0 at target year) Phase out new petrol and diesel vehicles Absolute Phase out the need for new petrol and diesel vehicles in the Council by 2030 Other Scope 1 n/a 2030/31 n/a Units would be numbers of new petrol and diesel vehicles in class (should be 0 at target year) Sustainable waste management Annual Reduce the carbon impact of waste from council operations annually per head of population tCO2e reduction Scope 3 2021/22 Tbc tCO2e 2030/31 n/a Baseline to be measured and verified Sustainable waste management Annual Ensure that all council buildings, including schools, have the facilities for the full recycling collection Tonnes reduction Scope 3 2021/22 Tbc Tonnes n/a School estate has now been completed. Remaining estate to be rolled out Page 43 of 238
Page 50
PUBLIC service to maximise waste diversion from landfill The Scottish Government are due to undertake a consultation on waste targets towards the end of 2026 in relation to the legislation and duties placed on Local Authorities in relation to recycling. Sustainable transport Percentage Reducing car miles by 20% Total % reduction Staff travel 2019/20 Tbc Miles 2030/31 n/a Baseline to be measured and verified Page 44 of 238
Page 51
PUBLIC 3(da) How will the body align its spending plans and use of resources to contribute to reducing emissions and delivering its emission reduction targets? The council is further developing an initial draft carbon budget with interim organisational targets to 2031. Identifying emissions by service area will be key in improving our understanding of how our emissions relate to the services we provide and the reductions we need to aim for to adapt to delivering the same high quality local services in a way that is fit for a resilient, net zero future. It is recognised that delivering the carbon budget will require investment and changes to the way in which resources are deployed but believe that an annual carbon budget and trajectory will contribute to keeping us on track to reaching our net zero target as an organisation and embed climate action into all decision making and enable tracking of spend/resource management against targets. Climate Change Impact Assessments (CCIAs) have been developed and are being piloted across all projects within the Project Management Unit. following the pilot the next steps will be to finalise and embed the process and criteria across council practices. These have been designed as a support tool to demonstrate how policies, plans and proposed projects being developed by the Council will impact wider emissions and the wider environment. They also help to raise awareness around climate action and impacts. The CCIAs are designed to provide value in determining how our decision making will impact emissions, the main climate impacts and benefits of any given decision and measure how these decisions align with our net zero commitment principles in practice and the impact on our targets and progress. CCIAs also go some way to demonstrating the twin statutory requirement within Public Bodies Climate Change Reporting Duties of aligning spending plans and use of resources with emissions targets as well as the Audit Scotland expectation that public bodies ensure future funding and investment decisions are based on their contribution to climate change ambitions. 3(d)(b) How will the body publish, or otherwise make available, its progress towards achieving its emissions reduction targets? Within each of the 5 themes of the Plan for Net Zero, we have organisational targets and metrics of success which can be quantified and measured in isolation as well as combining to measure our journey to net zero in an open and transparent manner. The annual emissions targets within the Council’s proposed carbon budget are designed to measure progress to our net zero target. Once finalised these will be reviewed and updated as required as new technologies or improved reporting practices come on stream during the Plan for Net Zero. Having an open and transparent methodology for monitoring, evaluating and reporting progress such as the Public Bodies Climate Change Duties reporting is key as this ensures that, as Renfrewshire's Plan for Net Zero progresses each year, we can: • track and assess what has changed (both intended and unintended outcomes) • understand the reasons for changes (what factors have facilitated/constrained change) • interpret the changes and compare real versus modelled performance of projects The monitoring and evaluation process of climate action will also enable us to: • provide accountability and proof of impact of actions that are taken • inform decision making processes for the Council and all our stakeholders • learn lessons from successes and challenges which can be shared Page 45 of 238
Page 52
PUBLIC • improve programme design and management through an iterative process The sustainability team take updates quarterly on work achieved to the climate and planning policy board which is publicly accessible. Renfrewshire Council is also working with the Scottish Intelligence Service to use Climate View- a platform where climate action is publicly available. The long-term aim of this work is to populate the platform with local interventions and then make these interventions public so everyone can view Renfrewshire’s progress. Page 46 of 238
Page 53
PUBLIC PROJECTS AND CHANGES 3(e) Estimated total annual carbon savings from all projects implemented by the body in the report year: Emissions source Total estimated annual carbon savings (tCO2e) Comments Electricity 50 Completion of LED light replacement Natural gas 80 Installation and control of new BMS Water and Sewerage 18 Urinal Controls Total 148 3(f) Detail the top 10 carbon reduction projects to be carried out by the body in the report year: 1. Energy Efficiency: BMS Upgrade and expansion across the Council’s non-domestic estate: upgrades at various buildings. 2. Implementation of air reduction technology across a small number of Council buildings as a pilot to reduce maintenance of heating systems and increase energy efficiency. If the pilot proves to be a success and sufficient funding is available, this will be expanded across additional buildings. 3. Renewable Energy: Solar PV Array expansion across 15 existing building systems and one new Solar system at a primary school. 4. Decarbonisation of Heat: AMIDS District Heating Network: AMIDS District Heating Network provides low carbon heating, cooling and hot water via a district heating network to businesses at the Advanced Manufacturing Innovation District site in Paisley, with a carbon reduction of over 95% over the 40 years lifecycle of the project and potential to connect other buildings locally. Became operational in May 2023 and continues to contribute to the Renfrewshire area’s emission targets. The Council are now developing Outline Business Cases following feasibility, for a potential expansion of the AMIDS DHN and an additional network in the Paisley Central area. 5. Hydro-treated vegetable oil in large fleet: Piloting HVO to replace diesel in large fleet, resulting in 57,623 miles being covered by vehicles using HVO in place of diesel, with a ~90% reduction in emissions when comparing the two fuels 6. LED Installation: Upgrades at various buildings 7. Housing regeneration and renewal programme: Delivering high quality and energy efficient council housing throughout Renfrewshire- creating nicer places to live, reducing carbon emissions, bringing down energy bills and alleviating fuel poverty, with associated health and wellbeing benefit. Follow on works also underway to explore possible district heating options, aligning with the local heat and energy efficiency strategy. Page 47 of 238
Page 54
PUBLIC 8. Biodiversity areas: 15 delivered and 5 partially delivered biodiversity area sites following consultation, using species-rich grassland and semi-natural woodland to sequester carbon. The Council has now delivered a total of 6.8 hectares of native species-rich wildflower meadow as part of the biodiversity areas project, using species-rich grassland and semi-natural woodland to sequester carbon. This work will continue to expand as the next phase is developed. 9. Fleet decarbonisation: EV fleet replacement programme. 10. Sustainable Travel: The Sustainable Travel project focusses on a planning model which encourages a more sustainable travel culture across the council. The project will support several objectives including decreased carbon emissions through sustainable practices, enhanced employee accessibility to shared transport options and reduced spend on annual business miles claims. 3(g) Estimated decrease or increase in the body’s emissions attributed to factors (not reported in this form) in the report year Emissions Source Total estimated annual emissions (tCO2e) Increase or decrease in emissions comments Estate changes Covered in section 3(i) Service provision N/A Staff numbers N/A Other N/A 3(h) Anticipated annual carbon savings from all projects implemented by the body in the year ahead Emissions source Total estimated annual carbon savings (tCO2e) comments Electricity 25 Mixture of projects Natural gas 328 BMS Other heating fuels Waste Water and sewerage 18 Urinal controls Travel Fleet transport Total 371 Page 48 of 238
Page 55
PUBLIC 3(i) estimated decrease or increase in emissions from other sources in the year ahead: Emissions source Total estimated annual emissions (tCO2e) Increase or decrease in emissions Comments Estate changes 35 Decrease Closure of Longcroft Bungalows, Montrose Care Home, numerous Door entry demolitions, opening of Renfrew bridge. Other (please specify in comments) Travel Total 35 3(j) Total carbon reduction project savings since the start of the year which the body used as a baseline for its carbon footprint Total savings Total estimated emissions savings (tCO2e) Comments Total project savings since baseline year 35,449.90 This figure is comparing 2024/25 with 2012/13. It is not a cumulative figure for each of the years in the date range. Page 49 of 238
Page 56
PUBLIC PART 4- ADAPTATION Assessing and managing risk 4(a) Has the body assessed current and future climate-related risks? Yes. Council Risk Statement: The climate emergency brings a risk to Council and its communities in relation to increased extreme weather as well as food insecurity. We need to focus on mitigation and adaptation and ensure a just transition, so no one is left behind and none is disadvantaged in the transition to net zero. The Council would need to act and support those most disadvantaged. A key risk is that the Council is not in control of all the levers, and cannot deliver everything required in isolation, so there is a risk that others do not contribute to meet the 2030 target. Renfrewshire Council are currently piloting climate change impact assessments with the project management unit (all projects completed stage 1, trial of stage 2 where necessary underway) in preparation to roll out across the council. This will allow lead officers and the sustainability team to assess climate-related risks and impacts of current and proposed projects. Climate Related Risk Assessment: The Corporate Risk Management Group meets quarterly to review the Council’s Risk Register and monitor progress being made regarding identified risks. In addition to the quarterly meetings, two special focus meetings are held each year specifically to consider and identify any new emerging potential future risks which would include those relating to weather, climate, flood risk management, business continuity and civil contingencies. A mechanism is in place, therefore, for full consideration corporately of current risks and identification and inclusion of future risk. An action within the Plan for Net Zero is to undertake a climate risk register of all public assets to ensure all our infrastructure and buildings, including historic buildings are resilient to the impacts of climate change. In line with Audit Scotland recommendations, we will also include impacts on service, statutory responsibilities and health and wellbeing of employees. 4(b) what arrangements does the body have in place to manage climate-related risks? Renfrewshire Council has a proactive approach to managing current and future risks associated with climate change. Reducing flooding, flood risk and improving the condition of water bodies in Renfrewshire is crucial in assisting in tackling and mitigating the impacts of climate change. Sustainable flood risk management is considered and addressed in a number of relevant Council policy and plans. For example, through the production of: • Local Development Plan that has been subject to a Strategic Flood Risk Assessment • Land/housing policy • Civil Contingency Plans • Asset management (roads, water courses, buildings) The Council has emergency response arrangements in place for severe weather events and works corporately to protect people and properties across Renfrewshire. Page 50 of 238
Page 57
PUBLIC Scottish Environmental Protection Agency prepare flood hazard maps and update them on a regular basis. SEPA’s Flood Maps (Version 3.0 2025) display current high, medium and low likelihood of flooding from river, coastal, and surface water and small watercourse sources, and future medium likelihood of fooding from the same sources. This up-to-date information is used by the Council to ensure it utilises the latest data available to establish flood risk. Flood Risk Assessment and Resilience: The Council is a member of the Clyde & Loch Lomond Flood Risk Management Local Plan District. This is a partnership involving Scottish Water, SEPA, Scottish Forestry and Forestry and Land Scotland, the National Parks Authority for Loch Lomond and the Trossachs Park and 10 local authorities. Priorities across the area have been set with regard to detailed studies to address flood risk. An updated Flood Risk Management Plan was published in December 2021 and covers the period 2022-2028. The Flood Risk Management Plan identifies the Potentially vulnerable areas based on potential or future risk from all sources of flooding. Four potentially vulnerable areas are within Renfrewshire and this includes: • White Cart Water Catchment • Black Cart Water Catchment – Lochwinnoch to Johnstone • Gryffe Catchment • Clyde South and Bishopton Green Network Blueprint: As a member of the Glasgow and Clyde Valley Green Network Partnership (GCVGNP), Renfrewshire Council has contributed to the publication of a Green Network ‘Blueprint’ document which provides a strategic framework for identifying key access and habitat assets across the area and future opportunities for their protection and enhancement. The Blueprint aligns with proposals in the Renfrewshire Core Path Plan. Encouraging active travel helps contribute to a low carbon economy. Development in Renfrewshire will aim to protect, maintain and enhance the quality and connectivity of green/blue networks as an integral functioning part of the place, increasing accessibility to active travel routes in and around Renfrewshire’s communities. Metropolitan Glasgow Strategic Drainage Plan: The Flood Risk Management (Scotland) Act 2009 encourages a coordinated approach to share services and seek economies of scale when tackling flood risk management. A very good example of putting this coordinated partnership working into practice is through the Metropolitan Glasgow Strategic Drainage Partnership (MGSDP) which is a partnership between public bodies involved in managing surface water, water quality, flood risk, investment planning and economic delivery, with a vision to ‘Sustainably Drain Glasgow’. The Metropolitan Glasgow Strategic Drainage Partnership vision is to transform how the city region thinks about and manages rainfall to end uncontrolled flooding and improve water quality. Page 51 of 238
Page 58
PUBLIC The Metropolitan Glasgow Strategic Drainage Partnership hope to achieve this by integrated drainage plans and local surface water management plans delivering a range of integrated measures across the Metropolitan Glasgow area, which includes Renfrewshire. The MGSDP is entering its next phase where it must respond to the climate and biodiversity emergencies. The National Planning Framework 4 recognises urban sustainable, blue and green drainage solutions as a national development which will continue to build on the benefits of the Metropolitan Glasgow Strategic Drainage Partnership. Climate Ready Clyde: The Climate Ready Clyde project is a cross-sector initiative funded by the Scottish Government and the partners include the eight Glasgow city region local authorities including Renfrewshire Council; University of Glasgow; University of Strathclyde; NHS Greater Glasgow and Clyde; SPT; SEPA; and NatureScot. The project is to create a shared vision, strategy and action plan for an adapting Glasgow City Region. The project aims to develop a clear strategic approach to allow the City Region to become climate ready in response to the future climate changes. Climate Ready Clyde brings the partners together to work strategically to minimise the risks of climate change and build on the opportunities this brings for our economy, society and environment. A City Region Adaptation Strategy and Action Plan was launched in June 2021, and this sets out the processes and early interventions needed to manage climate risks. It also sets out how progress in climate resilience will be monitored, evaluated and learnt from to improve policies, strategies, programmes and projects. One of the targets of the Glasgow City Region Climate Adaptation Strategy and Action Plan is to increase the resilience of over 140,000 people in the regions who are most vulnerable to the impacts of climate change. To help monitor progress against this target a new Glasgow City Region Climate Vulnerability Map has been published. The map shows the postcode areas within the City Region that are most vulnerable to the impacts of climate change and provides a tool that can be used to help target resources towards these vulnerable communities, supporting Climate Ready Clyde’s focus on just resilience. Renfrewshire’s Vacant and Derelict Land Strategy: Renfrewshire Council published its updated Vacant and Derelict Land Strategy in 2024. The strategy focuses on the efficient use of vacant and derelict land and sustainable development that enhances existing places and creates opportunities for communities with local living and the creation of 20-minute neighbourhoods. Re-using vacant sites also provides opportunities to support nature restoration and recovery through enhanced biodiversity, flora and fauna and assists in mitigating and adapting to the effects of the climate emergency. Renfrewshire Local Development Plan: The development plan for Renfrewshire consists of the National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4) and Renfrewshire Local Development Plan 2021. NPF4 sets out the spatial strategy for Scotland up to 2045. NPF4s spatial strategy aims to ensure that Scotland’s future places will be net zero, nature-positive places that are designed to reduce emissions and adapt to the impacts of climate change, whilst protecting, recovering and restoring the environment. NPF4 recognises that to meet the climate ambition that this will require a rapid transformation across all sectors of the economy and society. This means ensuring the right development happens in the right place. Page 52 of 238
Page 59
PUBLIC Policy 1: Tacking the climate and nature crisis and Policy 2: Climate mitigation and adaption both specifically set out how development plans should encourage, promote and facilitate development that addresses the global climate emergency and nature crisis and how they should encourage, promote and facilitate development that minimises emissions and adapts to the current and future impacts of climate change. The Local Development Plan is a statutory document that facilitates and guides the future use of land within Renfrewshire providing a map-based guide for shaping the area over the next ten years. The Renfrewshire Local Development Plan was adopted in December 2021. The Plan was informed by extensive consultation, engagement and collaboration and sets out the ambitious vision, an inclusive spatial strategy, sustainable objectives and the policy framework for Renfrewshire. The Renfrewshire Local Development Plan continues to focus on sustainable inclusive economic growth within Renfrewshire, identifying where there are opportunities for change, regeneration and enhancement, and directing developments to locations that are economically, socially and environmentally sustainable. The Plan also promotes sustainable patterns of development that contribute towards minimising carbon and greenhouse gas emissions and support the adaptions to the likely effects of climate change. The Renfrewshire Local Development Plan seeks to protect and enhance the varied natural assets. The protection and enhancement of woodland, forestry, the green network, varied landscapes will play a key part in Renfrewshire’s transition to a low carbon economy and adapting to climate change. The Renfrewshire Local Development Plan is supported by several documents including the New Development Supplementary Guidance, Strategic Environmental Assessment, Strategic Flood Risk Assessment and Habitats Regulation Appraisal. These documents aim to ensure that the protection and enhancement of the environment is central to the plan and aims to support measures to adapt to the likely effects of climate change. A core principle of the plans spatial strategy is that development proposals will not have a significant negative impact on the environment and aim to enhance Renfrewshire as a Place. The Habitats Regulations Appraisal assesses whether the Renfrewshire Local Development Plan 2021 is likely to have a significant effect on any Natura 2000 (European) sites whether alone or in combination within any other policy or plan. Following the Appraisal process of screening, applying mitigation and rescreening, the Appraisal concluded that the implementation of the policies in the Renfrewshire Local Development Plan will not have any adverse effects on the site integrity of any Natura 2000 sites, either alone or in combination. These documents help ensure that the protection and enhancement of the environment is central to the plan. A Strategic Flood Risk Assessment was also undertaken as part of the preparation of the Local Development Plan 2021. It has informed both the Strategic Environmental Assessment and the Renfrewshire Local Development Plan. The main aim of the Strategic Flood Risk Assessment was to inform the Renfrewshire Local Development Plan by providing a strategic overview of flood risk in Renfrewshire. In undertaking this assessment alongside the preparation of the Plan, it ensures new development should where possible avoid areas affected by flood risk, thereby ensuring that the overall risk of flooding is not increased. The Council has commenced work on its 3rd Local Development Plan and has prepared its Evidence Report which will provide the evidence base to inform the preparation of the new Plan. This Evidence Report will be considered at Council on 25th September 2025 and if approved will be submitted to the Page 53 of 238
Page 60
PUBLIC Scottish Ministers who will appoint a Reporter to conduct a Gatecheck review of the evidence that has been gathered. The next Local Development Plan will reflect NPF4 and be subject to the same assessments as the 2021 LDP which will ensure that proposed developments are designed to reduce emissions and adapt to the impacts of climate change. A Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report and initial Strategic Flood Risk Assessment have been prepared to sit alongside and inform the Evidence Report. These documents ensure the climate change mitigation and adaption are fully considered. Habitats Regulations Appraisal – Appropriate Assessments of Planning Applications Several appropriate assessments have been prepared for specific planning applications that propose development that may impact a protected European Site (Special Protection Areas and Special Areas of Conservation). In Renfrewshire there are three Special Protection Areas: Black Cart, which is a roost site and foraging area for wintering Icelandic whooper swans; Inner Clyde Estuary which is an area of intertidal mudflats and saltmarsh used as feeding grounds by wintering waterfowl; and Renfrewshire Heights which is a breeding area for hen harriers. The Appropriate Assessment considers whether the proposal would have a significant impact on the protected sites and its conservation objectives and what mitigation is required to address any impact. NatureScot are consulted as part of this process, and this ensures that proposed developments do not adversely affect Renfrewshire biodiversity. 4(c) What action has the body taken to adapt to climate change? Training: Officers have worked alongside Adaptation Scotland in the preparation of Climate Ready Clyde, the adaptation strategy and action plan for Glasgow and the Clyde Valley. This provided the opportunity to develop a shared vision with a clear and ambitious commitment of working collaboratively to adapt to the impacts of climate change. Renfrewshire Council is an active member of the Sustainable Scotland Network and officers from relevant services have attended adaptation focused events. Sustainable Scotland network has set up a Local Authority Forum which aims to foster sector specific discussion, to consider the climate challenges and opportunities facing local government in Scotland, including space for valuable networking. Renfrewshire Council are also working with the Scottish Climate Intelligence Service to effectively use Climate View to create meaningful interventions. 70 council staff members have undergone Carbon Literacy Training which has enhanced their knowledge and confidence to incorporate carbon reduction into their roles and decision-making. The sustainability team are currently working on adapting a Renfrewshire specific Carbon Literacy Training to roll out to wider staff and increase uptake to ensure full staff are confident and able to consider climate change impacts within their roles. Policies and Plans: Renfrewshire Council has a strong policy framework in place to help address the climate emergency and support adaptation and mitigation. The Renfrewshire Local Development Plan 2021 and the National Planning Framework 4 provide a policy framework for assessing climate change risks from proposed developments. A Strategic Flood Risk Assessment was undertaken of the adopted Local Development Plan which directs new development to Page 54 of 238
Page 61
PUBLIC sustainable locations and where possible avoid areas of flood risk, thereby ensuring that the overall risk of flooding is not increased. This is an important element of the climate risk assessment for land use within Renfrewshire. All potential development sites in the Local Development Plan have been assessed in terms of their sustainability and any likely climate related impacts have been identified through the Strategic Environmental Assessment. Mitigation and adaptation to climate change and flooding are included in this assessment. The Flood Risk Management Plan for the Clyde and Loch Lomond Local Plan District (2021), which is published by SEPA and approved by the Scottish Ministers, sets out the long-term ambition for flood risk management. It also sets the objectives for tackling flooding in high-risk areas and identifies the actions needed to work towards those objectives. This Plan is complemented by the Clyde and Loch Lomond Local Plan District: Local Flood Risk Management Plan 2022-2028 which sets out how the Flood Risk Management Plan for the Clyde and Loch Lomond Local Plan District will be delivered. The Clyde and Loch Lomond Local Flood Risk Management Plan sets out the short to long term ambition for flood risk management for the Clyde and Loch Lomond Plan District and sets a framework for action for the Council to address flooding in areas at most risk. Renfrewshire Council’s Outdoor Access Strategy 2016-2026 and Core Paths Plan 2022 provide a framework which supports recreational and active travel opportunities, connecting communities, schools and places of work as well as greenspace and the wider countryside. The documents encourage an increase in walking and cycling which not only promotes healthy lifestyles but contribute to mitigation of climate change through a reduction of car based travel. National Planning Framework 4 promotes 20 minute neighbourhoods which support local liveability, reduce the need to travel unsustainably, promote and facilitate walking and cycling, improve access to services, decentralise energy networks and build circular economies. The Renfrewshire Biodiversity Action Plan 2024 provides an update to the previous action plan, reflecting current Scottish Government guidance and legislation which places a strong emphasis on the response to climate change and biodiversity, such as the Scottish Biodiversity Strategy to 2045 and National Planning Framework 4. The plan set out a positive and ambitious approach, identifying a range of principles and actions which reflect the current landscape of active biodiversity partner organisations and their activities. In this context the plan provides a refreshed framework for the conservation, promotion and enhancement of biodiversity across Renfrewshire. The plan provides a framework for partnership initiatives which promote biodiversity across Renfrewshire over the coming years. This includes restoration of more than 200 hectares of peatland at Clyde Muirshiel Regional Park, a feasibility study considering potential enhancements to the Candren Burn, Paisley in partnership with SEPA and a range of conservation activities developed by the Friends of Jenny’s Well, Paisley such as a new amphibian pond at the Local Nature Reserve in partnership with Froglife. Renfrewshire Council has received funding from the Scottish Government Nature Restoration Fund to stop invasive non-native plant species from damaging Renfrewshire’s riverbanks. The project is known as Restoring Renfrewshire’s Rivers. The project focuses on the headwaters of the Calder Burn, Dargavel Burn, Locher Water, Old Patrick Water and Seargent Law Burn, and aims to remove rhododendron, Japanese knotwood, giant hogweed, Himalayan balsam and American skunk cabbage. Page 55 of 238
Page 62
PUBLIC Renfrewshire Council have an ongoing project to create biodiversity areas. Eight areas have already been created including wildlife corridors, wildflower areas and new native tree planting. Planning is underway to create an additional eleven areas, in which wildflower, grasses and trees have been planted and will be managed for the benefit of biodiversity. The Renfrewshire Food Growing Strategy 2020-25 provides a positive framework for increasing the quality and quantity of growing opportunities across Renfrewshire. The strategy supports the enhancement of existing spaces and creation of new opportunities in line with community aspirations, assisting the reuse vacant and derelict land in a sustainable manner. Partnership Working: The Council works in partnership with organisations and individuals on specific projects, for example: The Renfrewshire Growing Grounds Forum supports local residents and groups to maintain and increase of the quantity and quality of growing opportunities for people across Renfrewshire. Managed jointly by Renfrewshire Council and Renfrewshire Health and Social Care Partnership, the Forum represents more than 50 organisations including allotment and community garden associations, development trusts and voluntary sector bodies. The Forum has created a valuable support and guidance network for members, including assistance in securing leases, funding advice and specialist growing advice. The Council continues to support the Local Outdoor Access Forum which meets to discuss access related matters. It is comprised of access users such as cyclists and walkers, landowners and managers, community groups and local or national organisations. The role of the Forum is to advise on matters of access rights, disputes and supporting the preparation of access strategies and Core Paths Plans. Through the partnership approach of the Metropolitan Glasgow Strategic Drainage Partnership, being a member of Clyde and Loch Lomond Local Plan District along with the Clyde Area Advisory Group for River Basin Management, Renfrewshire Council aim to support improvements to drainage infrastructure and reduce flooding and flood risk whilst improving the condition of water bodies, improving habitats and enabling development. Work is currently underway, led by SEPA, on the Candren Burn and how the Burn could potentially reduce flooding in the Ferguslie Park area whist creating a new habitat for wildlife. 4(d) Where applicable, what contribution has the body made to helping deliver the programme? Biodiversity: The Biodiversity Action Plan 2024 provides a framework for partnership initiatives which promote biodiversity across Renfrewshire over the coming years. This includes restoration of more than 200 hectares of peatland at Clyde Muirshiel Regional Park, a feasibility study considering potential enhancements to the Candren Burn, Paisley in partnership with SEPA and a range of conservation activities developed by the Friends of Jenny’s Well, Paisley such as a new amphibian pond at the Local Nature Reserve in partnership with Froglife. Renfrewshire Council has received £350,000 from the Scottish Government Nature Restoration Fund to stop invasive non-native plant species from damaging Renfrewshire’s riverbanks. The project is known as Restoring Renfrewshire’s Rivers. The project focuses on the headwaters of the Calder Burn, Dargavel Burn, Page 56 of 238
Page 63
PUBLIC Locher Water, Old Patrick Water and Seargent Law Burn, and aims to remove rhododendron, Japanese knotwood, giant hogweed, Himalayan balsam and American skunk cabbage. Renfrewshire Council has continued to play a lead coordinating role in the cross-border Local Biodiversity Action Plan Steering Group. The Nature Conservation (Scotland) Act 2004 created a duty on public bodies to further the conservation of biodiversity. In addition, the Wildlife and Natural Environment (Scotland) Act 2011 requires public bodies to publish a report every three years on the actions taken to meet biodiversity duty. The report highlights that an important achievement during this period has been the variety of biodiversity activities and nature-based solutions which contribute positively towards Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net Zero and the Renfrewshire Biodiversity Action Plan. This includes landscape scale projects such as the creation of new woodland habitats and peatland restoration to the creation of biodiversity areas and local conservation activities. Biodiversity Areas: 15 delivered and 5 partially delivered biodiversity area sites following consultation, using species-rich grassland and semi-natural woodland to sequester carbon. The Council has now delivered a total of 6.8 hectares of native species-rich wildflower meadow as part of the biodiversity areas project, using species- rich grassland and semi-natural woodland to sequester carbon. Restoring Renfrewshire’s Rivers: Several invasive non-native species (INNS) of plants can cause annual riverbank erosion by creating monocultures which shade out communities of native plant species then leave riverbanks as exposed bare soil in winter. Soil washing into watercourses releases carbon and the resulting sedimentation leads to a reduction in aquatic biodiversity. A community based funded project will reduce carbon by controlling 5 key invasive non-native species from riverbanks of 5 watercourses across Renfrewshire, beginning at headwaters, and where appropriate restoring native riparian vegetation. Hiring of the Biodiversity Officer for the Rivers Project took place in 2023, and the community/training and control work began in the Summer of 2024. The control and monitoring work, and volunteer recruitment and training continued throughout 2025, plus a story map with watercourse information and photos was created. Beyond 2025, ongoing control work will help restore more riverside sites while continuing monitoring work will identify new INNS plant locations plus prevent recolonisation of previously treated sites. Forestry and Woodland Strategy: Renfrewshire Council worked with the other Clydeplan authorities to develop the Forestry and Woodland Strategy for the Glasgow City Region. The aim of the Strategy is to guide woodland expansion and management of woodlands in the Glasgow City Region providing a policy and spatial framework to optimise the benefits for the local economy, communities and the environment. The Strategy aims to maximise the contribution that the Glasgow City Region area’s existing and future woodlands can make to achieving carbon neutrality in line with the Scottish Government targets and adapting to the impacts of climate change. The Strategy sets the context for forest management and Page 57 of 238
Page 64
PUBLIC expansion across Renfrewshire. The Council are currently working on preparing a Renfrewshire Forestry and Woodland Strategy. The Council published a new Renfrewshire Planning and Development Tree Policy in 2022 which aims to protect and enhance areas of trees and woodland in line with the Scottish Government’s Control of Woodland Removal Policy and Clydeplan’s Forestry and Woodland Strategy. Work is also progressing to prepare a forestry and woodland strategy for Renfrewshire which will build on the Glasgow city region strategy. The 30th of August 2023 Infrastructure, Land and Environment Policy Board considered a Proactive Tree Management Policy for the Council’s existing tree stock in a bid to counteract the deleterious effects of spreading tree diseases and to promote a safe environment for residents and visitors. This policy included a commitment to increased tree planting by the Council to compensate for inevitable felling works to control disease spread. REVIEW, MONITORING AND EVALUATION 4(e) what arrangements does the body have in place to review current and future climate risks? National Planning Framework 4: The development plan for Renfrewshire consists of the National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4) and Renfrewshire Local Development Plan 2021. NPF4 sets out the spatial strategy for Scotland up to 2045. NPF4’s spatial strategy aims to ensure that Scotland’s future places will be net zero, nature-positive places that are designed to reduce emissions and adapt to the impacts of climate change, whilst protecting, recovering and restoring the environment. Renfrewshire Local Development Plan 2021: The Renfrewshire Local Development Plan 2021 provides an ambitious vision, an inclusive spatial strategy, sustainable objectives and the policy framework for Renfrewshire. The Renfrewshire Local Development Plan continues to focus on sustainable inclusive economic growth within Renfrewshire, identifying where there are opportunities for change, regeneration and enhancement, and directing developments to locations that are economically, socially and environmentally sustainable. The Plan also promotes sustainable patterns of development that contribute towards minimising carbon and greenhouse gas emissions and support the adaptions to the likely effects of climate change. The Renfrewshire Local Development Plan seeks to protect and enhance the varied natural assets. The protection and enhancement of woodland, forestry, the green network, varied landscapes will play a key part in Renfrewshire’s transition to a low carbon economy and adapting to climate change. Work has commenced on the preparation of Renfrewshire Local Development Plan 3. The first stage of the plan preparation process is to prepare an Evidence Report which provides to provide a robust evidence base to support the development of the Renfrewshire Local Development Plan 3, inform its content and to provide a baseline for future monitoring of the plan. The Evidence Report will be submitted to Scottish Ministers in Autumn 2025. An action within the Plan for Net Zero is to undertake a climate risk register of all public assets to ensure all our infrastructure and buildings, including historic buildings are resilient to the impacts of climate change. In line with Audit Scotland recommendations, we will also include impacts on service, statutory responsibilities and health and wellbeing of employees. Page 58 of 238
Page 65
PUBLIC 4(f) What arrangements does the body have in place to monitor and evaluate the impacts of adaptation actions? Policies and Plans: The policies within the Local Development Plan are monitored regularly. The Local Development Plan was subject to a Strategic Environmental Assessment which includes consideration of the effects of the policies on Climate Change mitigation and Adaptation. As part of the Strategic Environmental Assessment process a post adoption strategic environmental assessment statement was published that at the end of the plan preparation process that set out the responses to the consultation process, the effects of these responses on the decision-making process and highlights the ongoing monitoring and review procedures. A State of the Environment Report is prepared to develop an information base for the Strategic Environmental Assessment of the Renfrewshire Local Development Plan. The State of the Environment Report is updated to ensure that data is relevant. The preparation of the State of the Environment Report is an important step in the monitoring process as trends can be identified and the indicators show if the status of indicators is improving, deteriorating or if there is no change. Flooding data is regularly updated to reflect the addition of new information and improvements in climate modelling. The data is also used to inform other corporate strategies and plans such as the Local Housing Strategy and Strategic Housing Investment Plan. A Strategic Flood Risk Assessment is prepared alongside the Local Development Plan which ensures development is directed away from sites where there is a flood risk. The Plan for Net Zero will deliver multiple outcomes simultaneously (not all of which can be monetised, e.g. impacts on adaptation, mitigation of climate impacts). We will undertake area-based socio-economic impact assessments to identify and evaluate direct and indirect impacts and benefits of the proposed strategic interventions and projects to be implemented through the Plan for Net Zero. A number of KPIs under the theme of Resilient Place will also be monitored and evaluated and progress reported annually. FUTURE PRIORITIES FOR ADAPTATION 4g What are the body’s top 5 climate change adaptation priorities for the year ahead? 1. Development of an Adaptation Plan for Renfrewshire, in addition to the Glasgow City Region Adaptation Strategy, to identify localised solutions based on needs within different areas. 2. Carry out extensive engagement with local communities to support and inform the development of the Council’s local adaptation plan. 3. Carrying out an inventory of all Council land and assets, including vacant and derelict land, to explore how we can store more carbon on our land than we produce – identifying appropriate locations and measures to increase the carbon stored on land we own and increase biodiversity on public land assets 4. Delivery of public realm enhancements that are informed by innovative blue/green infrastructure solutions that support climate resilience and habitat enhancement, such as rain gardens and diverse planting schemes. This will form part of the Council’s local adaptation plan. 5. Developing a climate risk register of all public assets to ensure all our infrastructure and buildings, including historic buildings are resilient to the impacts of climate change, including impacts on service, statutory responsibilities and health and wellbeing of employees Page 59 of 238
Page 66
PUBLIC Further information Provide any other relevant supporting information and any examples of best practice by the body in relation to adaption. Biodiversity Areas in Renfrewshire (BAiR) project: Native species rich grassland can sequester up to 5 times the carbon of short-mown amenity grassland (Plantlife). Deep-rooted species such as Common Knapweed (Centaurea nigra) are particularly effective, and this species is present in all seed mixes used on the 30 current project sites (15 fully delivered publicly consulted sites, 5 partially delivered publicly consulted sites and 10 delivered operationally consulted sites), providing resources for a wide range of pollinating insect species and winter seeds for birds such as Goldfinch. Common Knapweed is also one of the diagnostic species in MG5 grassland – a National Vegetation Classification community which makes up the majority of the 39% of Scotland’s lowland meadows which have disappeared since 1983 (NatureScot) - which the BAiR project is establishing using native Scottish seed mixes customised to Renfrewshire’s local native flora. Project sites currently total 6.8 hectares. Reductions in mowing from a 14-day cycle to a single annual autumn cut-and-lift create further carbon savings from transport and diesel-powered mowing equipment. Field surveys have shown increases in plant species diversity at project sites and increased availability of flowering resources, increasing resilience of local ecosystems - and the wide range of ecosystem services they provide for people - to climate change impacts. A story map with site-by-site information and images is available at https://storymaps.arcgis.com/stories/86b7ab224cce402f8f8e3fa2434c0ac4. Future site selection will be informed by habitat connectivity mapping produced by Glasgow and Clyde Valley Green Network staff. Several sites support large populations of native orchids including Greater Butterfly Orchid, a Renfrewshire Biodiversity Action Plan priority species, with over 1000 of the latter species recorded at a single site in 2025. Biodiversity Duty Report 2021-23: Publication of the Renfrewshire Biodiversity Duty Report 2021-2023, in accordance with accordance with the Council’s statutory duties as set out in the Wildlife and Nature Conservation (Scotland) Act 2011. The next addition of the Renfrewshire Biodiversity Duty Report (2024-2026) will be due for submission January 2026. The report highlights that an important achievement during this period has been the variety of biodiversity activities and nature-based solutions which contribute positively towards Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net Zero and the Renfrewshire Biodiversity Action Plan. This includes landscape scale projects such as the creation of new woodland habitats and peatland restoration to the creation of biodiversity areas and local conservation activities. Renfrewshire Biodiversity Action Plan 2024: Publication of a refreshed Renfrewshire Biodiversity Action Plan 2024. The Plan provides an update to the previous 2018 document, reflecting current Scottish Government guidance and legislation which places a Page 60 of 238
Page 67
PUBLIC strong emphasis on the response to climate change and biodiversity, such as the Scottish Biodiversity Strategy to 2045 and National Planning Framework 4. The Plan set out a positive and ambitious approach, identifying a range of principles and actions which reflect the current landscape of active biodiversity partner organisations and their activities. In this context the plan provides a refreshed framework for the conservation, promotion and enhancement of biodiversity across Renfrewshire. Place Plans: The Planning (Scotland) Act 2019 has introduced the opportunity for communities to produce their own plans as part of the new Scottish planning system. Local place plans offer communities an additional chance to shape their local area. They provide an opportunity for local communities to set priorities for their area and influence planning decisions including supporting community aspirations on the big challenges for a future Scotland, such as responding to the climate issues and tackling inequalities. In preparing the next local development plan, the Council will consider any registered Local Place Plans. An invitation to prepare local place plans was sent to local communities across Renfrewshire in May 2023. Renfrewshire Council launched a Local Place Plan Fund of £100,000 to support communities to prepare and develop a plan for their area. Communities who were interested in the fund were invited to submit a funding application during May 2025. The fund is currently supporting 10 community groups to prepare a Local Place Plan for their area. Flood Operational Plan: The Council’s Flood Operational Plan was approved in November 2024. The aim of this Plan is to ensure an and co-ordinated response by Renfrewshire Council to a flooding incident, focusing on the welfare of those effected, mitigation of property and environmental damage. The development of the Plan included consultation with local groups to enhance knowledge of hot spot flooding areas to ensure priority lists continue to be kept up to date. PART 5: PROCUREMENT 5a How have procurement policies contributed to compliance with climate change duties? Provide information relating to how the procurement policies of the body have contributed to its compliance with climate changes duties: Renfrewshire Council as a contracting authority has developed a range of policies and strategies to ensure compliance with the Sustainable Procurement Duty under section 8 (2) of the Procurement Reform (Scotland) Act 2014, the Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009 and the Climate Change (Duties of Public Bodies: Reporting Requirements) (Scotland) Order 2015. The Sustainable Procurement Strategy (approved on 23 November 2023 by the Finance, Resources, and Customer Services Policy Board) aligns to statutory requirements as well as the key strategic priorities of the Council including the Council Plan and Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net Zero. The strategy contains detail on current practice and procedures as well as planned actions for how the approach to sustainable procurement in Renfrewshire could be refined and progressed. The strategy sets out not only expectations of internal stakeholders but also details expectations of our external stakeholders including our supply base. Page 61 of 238
Page 68
PUBLIC The Council’s Sustainable Procurement Strategy sets out a clear process map for embedding sustainability into contracts at each stage of the procurement process and aligns to the Council’s aspiration to contribute to reducing our impact on climate change to make Renfrewshire's economy and communities as sustainable as possible. Our policies take account of the Programme for Government’s recognition that public procurement in Scotland can drive change and build responsible supply chains, helping to tackle the climate emergency, reduce emissions, minimise waste and allow for re-use or recycling wherever appropriate. The need to ensure compliance and commitment is further reinforced in Renfrewshire Council’s Standing Orders relating to Contracts. This requires sustainable procurement is considered at the outset as part of the development of every contract strategy for regulated and above GPA threshold procurements. The approach adopted supports identifying potential environmental, social and economic aspects requiring to be incorporated within the procurement process through the development of a relevant specification or through the contract Terms and Conditions. This approach also helps to support spending decisions based on sustainable choices. Another example of the procurement policy directly contributing to climate change duties includes the requirement to assess the resource being purchased, consider whole life costing, origins of materials, operating costs and disposal and end of life implications; all contributing to minimising impact on the environment. The five environmental aspects embedded in the contract strategy are: 1. Reduction in emissions to air, water, impact on climate change and the impact on population’s health; 2. Waste reduction in solid wastes, liquids, hazardous packaging and landfill; 3. Reduction in energy use and business travel; 4. Loss of biodiversity and the impact on habitat; 5. Promotion of energy efficient products, renewable energy and sustainable resources. To meet the requirements of the Sustainable Procurement Duty specified in section 9 of the Procurement Reform (Scotland) Act 2014 the council’s procurement process has incorporated the four sustainable tools: 1. Prioritisation tool, which is supporting implement and adopt a standard, structured approach to assessing spend categories and focussing on increasing sustainable economic growth; 2. Sustainability test is embedded and considered as part of the contract strategy development, this helps identify relevant sustainability risks such as climate which can then be considered in the contract strategy and if appropriate relevant climate questions can be built into the tender documentation; 3. The life cycle impact mapping is actively used to help with the identification of sustainable risks and opportunities as part of the procurement process; 4. Utilised and completed the self-assessment using the Flexible Framework and actions identified are being progressed. In order to ensure that Suppliers are fully aware of the commitment to climate change duties, clear instructions and clauses are incorporated in the Invitation to Tender documents. Page 62 of 238
Page 69
PUBLIC 5(b) How was procurement activity contributed to compliance with climate change duties? Provide information relating to how procurement activity by the body has contributed to its compliance with climate changes duties: The range of policies and procedures adopted by Renfrewshire Council’s Corporate Procurement Unit make a significant positive contribution to compliance with climate change duties by actively considering the reduction of greenhouse emissions, energy efficiency and recycling responsibly. Procurement work with key stakeholders to develop strategies which carefully consider the impact of what the Council buys and takes account of all opportunities to promote sustainable procurement. The publishing of the Sustainable Procurement Strategy and the targeted training that has been rolled out has fed the continuous improvement approach that the CPU has in relation to inclusion of climate outcomes in contracts. This year, we launched monthly ‘Sustainability Sessions’ for procurement officers, offering ongoing training across a variety of sustainability-related topics. For example, this year’s sessions covered: • October 2024 – Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net Zero • November 2024– Climate Requirements (launch of Procurement Climate Directory) • December 2024– SPD Question 4C.7 Climate Plan • January 2025 – Waste Hierarchy and Council Waste Targets • February 2025 – Sustainability in Digital/Cloud-Based Procurements • March 2025 – What does an excellent CB response look like? • April 2025 – What does an excellent FWF response look like? • May 2025 – Sustainable Transport and Travel • June 2025 – Climate Literacy Refresher • July 2025 – The future of climate action in procurement • August 2025 – Sustainability in Social Care Procurements (Beyond Staff Travel) • September 2025 - CSM for Sustainable Procurement Renfrewshire Council’s Annual Procurement Report 24/25 demonstrates the inclusion of climate outcomes and includes a snapshot of 14 contracts/projects awarded in the last financial year that included specific climate outcomes. These ranged from requirement of environmental management and sustainability accreditations such as ISO14001 to scored questions on the tenderers approach to sustainability to waste management and circular economy considerations. The evidence-based information/examples below demonstrate the strong approach taken by procurement to contributing to the climate change duties, for example: Renfrewshire Council has entered an Inter Authority Agreement as a key partner on the Clyde Valley Residual Waste Project. The 25-year contract has been awarded to Viridor to design, construct, finance and operate the facilities to treat waste which would otherwise go to landfill. It is anticipated that because of Page 63 of 238
Page 70
PUBLIC the contract Viridor will process approximately 190,000 tonnes of residual waste per year. These measures will make a significant contribution to the national targets for recycling and landfill diversion by 2025. The Clyde Valley Waste Management Project, Treatment & Disposal of Residual Waste commenced operation on 7th January 2020. This will assist the Council in meeting its landfill diversion targets, with over 90% of the Councils' waste becoming refuse derived fuel which will be used to generate renewable energy. To ensure its long-term vision to create a sustainable Renfrewshire for all to enjoy, a wide range of activities are being undertaken by the Council to reduce the volume of waste sent to landfill. These include the collection of many waste-related materials both at the kerbside and from the Councils Household Waste Recycling Centres. Corporate Procurement have supported the Council’s ambitions to reduce waste to landfill and increase recycling by implementing an overarching Waste Strategy to support the ambitious programme to introduce new collection services to over 90,000 households in Renfrewshire. Renfrewshire Council is also part of the Glasgow City Region City Deal (GCRCD) which is an agreement between the UK Government, the Scottish Government and eight local authorities across the Glasgow City Region. The Council is the lead contracting authority on both the Clyde Waterfront & Renfrew Riverside (CWRR) and Advanced Manufacturing and Innovation District Scotland (AMIDS). Both projects have climate ambitions at their heart, and this has been embedded into the project strategies. The AMIDS project includes the procurement of a Joint Venture Private Sector Partner and will assess the bidders on their approach to developing a carbon reduction plan (2% of the tender evaluation). As part of the JV requirements, they will have to update the carbon reduction plan annually and publish it on their website. The AMIDS project has also included the construction of the first 5th generation renewable energy heat network in Scotland at the site. This is now operational and provides anchor tenants with heat, leading to a carbon reduction of 90% compared with a traditional gas boiler. Both the AMIDS and CWRR projects include active travel elements that will make low carbon active travel a more attractive prospect across Renfrewshire and reduce related carbon emissions. The Procurement team are actively supporting the ongoing Council fleet replacement programme with the purchase of new electric light commercial vehicles (30% of the Council fleet is now electric). The procurement team are also helping facilitate the sustainable travel plan with several tenders that focus on active travel solutions and encouraging the public to be more engaged with using these active travel forms of transport. Renfrewshire Council is embarking on an ambitious programme of investment in housing led regeneration and renewal in Renfrewshire. The Housing Regeneration and Renewal Programme will see the investment of at least £100 million over a ten-year period will deliver modern, high quality, energy efficient, affordable housing. Contract requirements will include building of new homes; retrofit and refurbishment of existing properties and associated design services. Climate is at the heart of this project with the works focusing on reducing carbon emissions as well as providing high quality affordable homes. This means an increase in energy efficiency of council owned properties across Renfrewshire. Sustainability and Climate considerations are also key to the project strategy development and will be built into each contract for the programme. The Council received funded consultancy support from Sustainable Procurement Limited for this project, enabling the inclusion of contract specific climate targets where appropriate. Sustainability scorecards were developed and integrated into the contract management process for relevant contracts Page 64 of 238
Page 71
PUBLIC in this programme, helping to monitor progress against agreed sustainability KPIs, including those focused on climate impact. The Council is also engaged in a programme to create a new Paisley Grammar School Community Campus. The school will be of a Passivhaus standard, and the school and community campus will contribute to the improvement in learning and wellbeing outcomes for young people and the wider community, helping to support sustainable and inclusive economic growth in Renfrewshire. The Passivhaus standard of the building means that climate is embedded into the entire project build and therefore the project strategy subsequently has a key focus on sustainability and climate. Renfrewshire Council’s Cultural Infrastructure Programme is another key priority of the council that procurement is helping to deliver, ensuring that climate and sustainability are embedded in the projects and that outcomes are contributing to the Council’s Net Zero targets. 5(c) Further Information Provide any other relevant supporting information and any examples of best practice by the body in relation to procurement: The Corporate Procurement Unit takes a proactive approach towards the legislative and policy requirements which has been developed and embedded within the procurement process. The contract examples above in section 5(b) demonstrate best practice and continuous improvement internally and externally to address the requirements of the Climate Change Duties. The procurement team have all completed the Climate Literacy for Procurers eLearning on the Scottish Government Sustainable Procurement Tools platform and embed this learning, and the use of the tools, into all procurement processes. Additionally, the team have also participated in several specialised sustainability training sessions, both internally and with support from Sustainable Procurement Ltd, to build confidence in including climate, circular economy, and sustainability requirements in tenders and challenging the client service on climate considerations. There is a robust onboarding programme for new procurement officers that includes ensuring that they are up to date on climate literacy and detail on how climate considerations are embedded into the procurement process in Renfrewshire. The prominence of sustainability and climate action across the procurement landscape indicated that a dedicated officer for sustainable procurement would be of benefit to ensure that the Council keeps abreast of best practice, embeds sustainability into all procurement actions and fosters innovation and creative solutions around sustainable procurement practice. As previously reported in February 2022 the Climate Change Sub Committee approved allocation of funding from the Climate Change Action Fund to support the development of a Renfrewshire Sustainable Procurement programme which would strengthen and accelerate the local approach and support Net Zero ambitions across Renfrewshire. In April 2022 the Climate Emergency Advisor for procurement commenced their post with an initial 1-year commitment to funding, funding has subsequently been sourced annually to 2026 to continue this post. Their role is to support procurements response to the Climate Emergency, writing and actioning sustainability policy and practice, running a robust training regime to ensure all officers are confident in building sustainability requirements into strategies and contracts, engaging in cross-functional work across the Council (and beyond) to support the climate response, and actively engage in practice sharing across the Scottish Public Procurement sector. Page 65 of 238
Page 72
PUBLIC The CPU are also actively engaging with the Council’s Climate Emergency Lead Officer and the Green Economy Officer to help maximise the impact of procurement, exploring opportunities for procurement to support with the delivery of our climate goals and our community wealth building aspirations for our local economy. The procurement team requests the advice/support/expertise of these stakeholders where necessary as climate requirements in tenders become more technical and/or specialised in nature to ensure confidence in these requirements. In partnership with Economic Development, the CPU is also engaging in regular events/workshops aimed at SMEs and local businesses as part of the Community Wealth Building agenda, these events include the opportunity for suppliers and stakeholders to receive a variety of advice and support including around climate and sustainability requirements. This includes an annual event designed to support Renfrewshire’s local and SME businesses, providing targeted support to help these companies engage competitively in Council procurement opportunities. The event aims to ensure that the transition to a green economy is inclusive, enabling smaller local suppliers to meet more stringent climate and sustainability requirements. PART 6: VALIDATION AND DECLARATION 6(a) Internal validation process Briefly describe the body’s internal validation process, if any, of the data or information contained within this report. The Sustainability Lead Officer (Strategy) was identified for coordinating data compilation for the report, with data being collated from across all services. The report was reviewed and signed off by the Sustainability Manager, and the Head of Climate, Public Protection and Roads. The Planning and Climate Change Board reviewed, validated and approved this report on 4th November 2025 (pending). 6(b) Peer validation process Briefly describe the body’s peer validation process, if any, of the data or information contained within this report N/A – exploring working with other Local Authorities to create a peer validation network for coming years. (c) External validation process Briefly describe the body’s external validation process, if any, of the data or information contained within this report The emissions data used within the Council's Plan for Net Zero was validated by Aether consultants as part of an emissions baselining and trajectory exercise. Strategic Environmental Assessment: As a responsible authority the Council is required to assess, consult and monitor the likely impacts of its plans, programmes and strategies on the environment. Strategic Environmental Assessment is a key component of sustainable development, establishing important methods for protecting the environment and extending opportunities for public participation in decision making. Strategic Environmental Assessment achieves this by systematically assessing and monitoring the significant environmental effects of public sector strategies, plans and programmes ensuring that expertise and views are sought at various points in the process from NatureScot, Scottish Environmental Protection Agency, Historic Environment Scotland and the public. Page 66 of 238
Page 73
PUBLIC The Local Development Plan and other strategies and plans that have evolved from the Local Development Plan have been the subject of a Strategic Environmental Assessment, where climate change and associated factors such as flooding were specific considerations of the assessment. The Strategic Environmental Assessment ensures that the environment is given the same level of consideration as social and economic factors. 6(d) No validation process If any information provided in this report has not been validated, identify the information in question and explain why it has not been validated. N/A – As outlined at 6b above, this is currently being explored 6(e) Declaration I confirm that the information in this report is accurate and provides a fair representation of the body’s performance in relation to climate change. Name: Gerard Hannah Role in the body: Head of Climate, Public Protection & Roads Date: Page 67 of 238
Page 74
PUBLIC Page 68 of 238
Page 75
PUBLIC ___________________________________________________________________ To: Planning and Climate Change Policy Board On: 4 November 2025 ___________________________________________________________________ Report by: Chief Executive ___________________________________________________________________ Heading: Development Plan Update ___________________________________________________________________ 1. Summary 1.1 This report provides an update on development planning activity. The 2025 Development Plan Scheme, which sets out the timetable for preparing the new Local Development Plan (LDP3), and how stakeholders will be involved in its preparation, is recommended for approval. An update on the preparation of Local Place Plans by communities in Renfrewshire is also provided. ___________________________________________________________________ 2. Recommendations 2.1 It is recommended that the Board: approve the 2025 Development Plan Scheme and Participation Statement set out in Appendix 1 to this report. ___________________________________________________________________ 3. Background 3.1 The current development plan for Renfrewshire comprises the Fourth National Planning Framework (NPF4) prepared by the Scottish Government and adopted on 13 February 2023, and the Renfrewshire Local Development Plan (LDP2), prepared by the Council and adopted on 15 December 2021. Together these documents set out the spatial strategy and policy for the use of land and buildings in Renfrewshire and form the basis for the assessment of planning applications. A new Local Development Plan (LDP3) is currently being prepared under a new system for development planning introduced by the Planning (Scotland) Act 2019. Item 3 PACC041125 Page 69 of 238
Page 76
PUBLIC 4. Development Plan Scheme 4.1 The Council is required to prepare and publish a Development Plan Scheme annually. A Development Plan Scheme is a document setting out the Council’s programme for preparing and reviewing its Local Development Plan and must include proposed timetabling for the preparation of the Local Development Plan, details of what is involved at each stage of the preparation process, and a Participation Statement setting out how stakeholders will be involved in the preparation of the Local Development Plan. 4.2 The 2025 Development Plan Scheme is attached for approval at Appendix 1. It sets out the following timetable for the preparation of the new Local Development Plan (LDP3), and notes changes in the timetable since the preparation of the 2024 Development Plan Scheme. The Evidence Report was approved at Council on 25 September 2025 and submitted to the Scottish Ministers for Gate Check in October 2025. Despite some slippage in the timetable, it is anticipated that the new Local Development Plan will be adopted by May 2028 as expected by the Scottish Government. Key stage Date Publication of Evidence Report and submission for Gate Check October 2025 Publication of Proposed Plan and draft Delivery Programme for consultation January 2027 Submission of Proposed Plan to Scottish Ministers for examination October 2027 Expected adoption of Local Development Plan (LDP3) May 2028 4.3 A draft version of the Participation Statement was published in August 2025 for a 6-week consultation period. Eight responses were received. A summary of the responses received and the Council’s response to these is attached as Appendix 2. Following the consultation, a change has been made to the Participation Statement to add local interest groups (e.g. natural and built environment groups), the development industry and land and property owners/managers to the list of stakeholders we will engage with when preparing the proposed plan. All comments received will be taken into account in shaping future engagement activity and there will also be follow up contact with respondents to discuss their comments further. 5. Local Place Plans 5.1 Local Place Plans are community led plans which can be prepared by a community council, or another community body as defined by the Community Empowerment Act. They are to be focused on proposals for the development and use of land. Page 70 of 238
Page 77
PUBLIC 5.2 An invitation to prepare Local Place Plans was sent to community councils and development trusts across Renfrewshire in May 2023. Information sessions were held for these groups in March 2024, and several one-to-one meetings with interested organisations have been held. Monthly online drop-in sessions have been arranged to allow community groups with an interest in preparing a local place plan to share their experience and progress to date, and an opportunity to ask Council officers questions around process and support. 5.3 The February 2025 Full Council meeting established a Local Place Plan Fund of £100,000 to support local communities prepare local place plans for submission to the Council by 31 March 2026, so that they can inform the preparation of the new Local Development Plan. The following organisations have received funds and are progressing local place plans: Bridge of Weir Community Council; Houston Community Council; Inchinnan Development Trust; Langbank Community Council; Lochwinnoch Community Development Trust; Paisley East & Whitehaugh Community Council; Paisley West and Central Community Council; Ralston Community Council; and Renfrew Development Trust. 5.4 Spateston Development Trust were offered funding but opted not to progress with preparing a local place plan, and Bishopton Community Council have been allocated funding, but additional information has been sought to allow a formal offer to be made. ___________________________________________________________________ Implications of the Report 1. Financial –There are costs associated with the Evidence Report Gate Check, the Proposed Plan Examination and certain studies required to inform the Local Development Plan (e.g. a transport assessment). These costs require to be met by the Council and will be funded from existing Council resources. 2. HR & Organisational Development – None. 3. Community/Council Planning – The local development plan is a wide-ranging document and is considered to support the priorities of the Renfrewshire Community Plan and the Council’s strategic outcomes. 4. Legal – the preparation of a local development plan is a statutory requirement for planning authorities. The Council is following statutory procedures in preparing the plan. Page 71 of 238
Page 78
PUBLIC 5. Property/Assets – None. 6. Information Technology – None. 7. Equality & Human Rights - The recommendations contained within this report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. The impact assessment has highlighted the need to ensure that certain groups with protected characteristics and from areas of socio-economic disadvantage are involved in the local development plan process. Equalities monitoring of the local development plan participant database and engagement processes will be undertaken to monitor and highlight groups or areas where targeted consultation may be required. A full copy of the Equality Impact Assessment undertaken is available from the report author. Following implementation, the actual impact of the recommendations and the mitigating actions will be reviewed and monitored. The results of the assessment will be published on the Council’s website. 8. Health & Safety – None. 9. Procurement – None. 10. Risk – there is a risk that the Council’s Evidence Report may be found to be insufficient at the Gate Check stage, as eight of the thirteen Evidence Reports that have been through Gate Check have been deemed insufficient after their first review. To mitigate this risk, the Council consulted on its draft Evidence Report templates, and is reviewing the Gate Check findings of other Evidence Reports. 11. Privacy Impact – None. 12. Climate Risk – The Local Development Plan will have regard to and support the implementation of the Council’s Plan for Net Zero. 13. Children’s Rights – through engagement with children and young people, the approach being taken by the Council demonstrates compliance with Article 12 ‘Respect for Children’s Views’. 14. Cosla Policy Position – None _______________________________________________________ Appendices Appendix 1 – 2025 Development Plan Scheme and Participation Statement List of Background Papers Renfrewshire Local Development Plan - Development Plan Scheme 2023; Planning and Climate Change Policy Board; 29 Aug 2023 ___________________________________________________________________ Author: Alan Williamson, Strategy & Place Manager, alan.williamson@renfrewshire.gov.uk, 07811 053968 Page 72 of 238
Page 79
1 PUBLIC Appendix 1 Renfrewshire Council Local Development Plan (LDP3) Development Plan Scheme and Par�cipa�on Statement November 2025 Page 73 of 238
Page 80
2 PUBLIC Contents Introduc�on ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 Current development plan in Renfrewshire ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 Preparing the next local development plan for Renfrewshire ......................................................................................................................................................... 3 Timeline for preparing the next local development plan for Renfrewshire ..................................................................................................................................... 5 Associated assessments ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 6 Local place plans .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 6 Par�cipa�on Statement ..................................................................................................................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined. Managing engagement ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 7 Early engagement and evidence report prepara�on ................................................................................................................................................................... 8 Prepara�on of proposed local development plan ..................................................................................................................................................................... 12 Publica�on and consulta�on on proposed local development plan ......................................................................................................................................... 13 Examina�on and adop�on ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 14 Engagement with children and young people – ac�vity up to August 2025 ............................................................................................................................. 15 Media�on ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 15 Contact us and follow us ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 16 Page 74 of 238
Page 81
3 PUBLIC Introduc�on Thank you for your interest in the development plan for Renfrewshire. The development plan sets out policy and strategy for the use of land and buildings, se�ng out how places will change into the future, including where development should and should not happen. The planning system in Scotland is ‘plan-led’, and the development plan is the document the Council uses to make decisions on planning applica�ons and is intended to provide certainty to communi�es and the development industry about where different types of development will be acceptable. This development plan scheme sets out informa�on on current development plan coverage in Renfrewshire, and on the process and �metable for preparing a new local development plan (LDP3) for Renfrewshire, including how we will con�nue to include communi�es and organisa�ons in the prepara�on of the plan. Current development plan in Renfrewshire The development plan for Renfrewshire consists of: The Fourth Na�onal Planning Framework (NPF4) – prepared by the Sco�sh Government and adopted on 13 February 2023, NPF4 is the na�onal spa�al strategy for Scotland. It sets out spa�al principles, regional priori�es, na�onal developments and na�onal planning policies. For more informa�on, please visit Na�onal Planning Framework 4. Renfrewshire Local Development Plan (LDP2) – prepared by Renfrewshire Council and adopted on 15 December 2021, LDP2 sets out the spa�al strategy for Renfrewshire, iden�fying areas for development, improvement and protec�on. LDP2 is complemented by New Development Supplementary Guidance (2022), which also forms part of the development plan. LDP2 is also supported by a Delivery Programme se�ng out how the policies and proposals of the plan will be delivered. For more informa�on, and to view these documents, please visit Renfrewshire Development Plan. Preparing the next local development plan for Renfrewshire The Council is preparing a new local development plan for the Renfrewshire area (LDP3). Following changes introduced by the Planning (Scotland) Act 2019, this plan will be prepared differently and will have a different look from LDP2. The new plan will be place-based, people-centred and delivery-focused. It will be prepared with the inten�on that the spa�al strategy is set out in a collec�on of maps, development briefs and masterplans, instead of lengthy writen text and policy. Local development plans are to be prepared collabora�vely, giving communi�es an opportunity to help shape their local neighbourhoods. Page 75 of 238
Page 82
4 PUBLIC The key stages in preparing the new plan are: Development plan scheme including par�cipa�on statement – the development plan scheme is an important communica�on tool for le�ng stakeholders know when and how they can get involved in the prepara�on of the plan. It is updated annually. Evidence report – the purpose of the evidence report is to support the quality and effec�veness of the local development plan. Its purpose is to front-load the collec�on of evidence that will be used to inform the plan before the plan looks at where development should take place. It should be informed by the views of those who will be affected by the plan. Gate Check – this provides an independent assessment of the evidence report, assessing whether the planning authority has sufficient informa�on to prepare its local development plan. It is carried out by a person appointed by the Sco�sh Ministers, usually a reporter from the Directorate of Planning and Environmental Appeals. Proposed Plan – the proposed plan iden�fies where new development should take place and where it should not, ar�cula�ng the ambi�ons and priori�es for the future development of the area. The prepara�on of the proposed plan is to be informed by community and stakeholder engagement. The proposed plan is published for consulta�on for a minimum 12-week period. The proposed plan can be modified following this period of consulta�on. Delivery Programme – the delivery programme sets out how the Council proposes to implement its local development plan. A proposed delivery programme is published alongside the proposed local development plan. The delivery programme is to set out a list of ac�ons required to deliver the polices and proposals of the local development plan, including an explana�on of how those ac�ons are to be undertaken and the �mescale for conclusion of each ac�on. Addi�onally, it is to include informa�on on the expected sequencing and �mescales for delivery of allocated housing sites. Examina�on – the examina�on is an opportunity for independent considera�on of any issues raised during the formal consulta�on on the proposed plan that have not been resolved through modifica�on. The Sco�sh Ministers will appoint a person to examine the proposed plan, usually a reporter from the Directorate of Planning and Environmental Appeals. Once the examina�on is completed the appointed person will prepare a report se�ng out modifica�ons to be made to the plan. There are limited circumstances for when a planning authority can decline the appointed person’s recommended modifica�ons. Adop�on – adop�on occurs following the examina�on of the plan and the recommended modifica�ons of the examina�on report are received and considered. Page 76 of 238
Page 83
5 PUBLIC Timeline for preparing the next local development plan for Renfrewshire The es�mated �meline for the prepara�on of the new local development plan and the dates for key stages are set out below (this includes reference to financial year quarters as required by legisla�on). A �meline diagram is included in Appendix 1. Key stage Date Change since 2024 development plan scheme Publica�on of evidence report and submission for gate check October 2025 (Q3, 2025/26) The es�mated submission of the evidence report for gate check has been delayed by two quarters. Publica�on of proposed plan and dra� delivery programme for consulta�on January 2027 (Q4, 2026/27) The es�mated submission of the evidence report for gate check has been delayed by three quarters. Submission of proposed plan to Sco�sh Ministers for examina�on October 2027 (Q3, 2027/28) The es�mated submission of the proposed plan for examina�on has been delayed by three quarters. Expected adop�on of local development plan (LDP3) May 2028 (Q1, 2028/29) The es�mated adop�on of the local development plan has slipped by two quarters. The submission of the evidence report for gate check has been delayed by two quarters compared to the �metable set out in the 2024 development plan scheme. The evidence report is a new requirement for local development plan prepara�on and the scale of the task and issues emerging from gate checks of other planning authority evidence reports has led to a delay in the submission for gate check. There is a knock-on effect for the submission of the proposed plan for examina�on, which is delayed by three quarters. This also allows for local place plans submited by 31 March 2026 to be taken account of in preparing the proposed plan. The revised programme s�ll allows for the new local development plan to be adopted by May 2028, which is the date expected by the Sco�sh Government. Page 77 of 238
Page 84
6 PUBLIC Associated assessments The prepara�on of the local development plan will be informed by the following assessments. Equali�es Impact Assessment – local authori�es have a duty to eliminate discrimina�on; advance equality of opportunity; and foster good rela�ons between people who share protected characteris�cs and those who don’t. The equali�es impact assessment will help the Council to consider how people of different characteris�cs are involved in the prepara�on of the plan, and how they are affected by the proposals of the plan. Fairer Scotland Duty Assessment – the Fairer Scotland Duty places a legal responsibility on local authori�es to ac�vely consider how they can reduce inequali�es of outcome caused by socio-economic advantage when making strategic decisions. Strategic Environmental Assessment – this assessment aims to ensure the environment is a primary considera�on in the prepara�on of the plan. It can benefit the prepara�on of the plan by suppor�ng beter understanding of its environmental context and se�ng out steps to avoid, mi�gate or reduce adverse effects, and enhance posi�ve ones. Habitat Regula�ons Appraisal – this assessment is required if the plan is capable of having an adverse effect on a Special Protec�on Area or Special Area of Conserva�on. These are referred to collec�vely as ‘European Sites’ and protect species and habitats. The assessment considers the implica�ons of the plan for such designated sites in order to avoid adverse impacts. Local place plans Local place plans offer communi�es an addi�onal chance to shape their local area. They provide an opportunity for local communi�es to set priori�es for their area and influence planning decisions. In preparing the next local development plan, the Council will take into account any registered local place plans. An invita�on to prepare local place plans was sent to local communi�es across Renfrewshire in May 2023. Communi�es have been asked to express an interest in preparing a local place plan and iden�fy any support that may be needed from the Council and other stakeholders. In March 2025, the Council launched its Local Place Plan fund and invited expressions of interest and applica�ons. Ten groups have been offered funding with another offer pending. Nine of these groups have received funding and have commenced prepara�ons of their Local Place Plans. Although they can be prepared at any �me, local place plans should be completed and submited to the Council by March 2026 so they can be taken into account when preparing the next Local Development Plan. For more informa�on on local place plans, please visit Local Place Plans. Everyone will have an opportunity to get involved in the prepara�on of the next Renfrewshire Local Development Plan. Page 78 of 238
Page 85
7 PUBLIC Par�cipa�on Statement Effec�ve consulta�on and engagement are vital, as the Local Development Plan can affect where people live, work, visit, shop, play and travel in Renfrewshire. Your involvement and feedback can help us understand priori�es for Renfrewshire and deliver a spa�al strategy that addresses the issues important to communi�es. We want to make it as easy as possible for everyone who has an interest to engage in the process. The following pages set out how we intend to manage, facilitate and encourage engagement in the local development plan process. Opportuni�es to become involved in the prepara�on of Local Development Plan 3 (LDP3) will be adver�sed through social media, updates on the Councils website, emails/leters to everyone who has registered interest in the local development plan process, and no�ces in the local newspaper (when required). Those with protected characteris�cs under the Equality Act 2010, including disability, race, age, gender, sex and sexual orienta�on, religion and people from a range of socio-economic backgrounds and their representa�ves will be supported where required to get involved in the prepara�on of the new plan. There are a number of key stages to get involved in the plan prepara�on. The table below sets out the engagement ac�vi�es that will be undertaken at each stage, the purpose of it, progress at October 2025, and future ac�vity. Managing engagement – ongoing engagement ac�vi�es Engagement Ac�vity Purpose Progress at October 2025 Future ac�vity Par�cipa�on statement To inform stakeholders about the local development plan process and involve them by providing an opportunity for stakeholders to shape the engagement process. A consulta�on was undertaken in August 2023 to inform the 2023 development plan scheme and par�cipa�on statement, and in August/September 2024 and 2025 to inform the 2024 and 2025 par�cipa�on statements update respec�vely. A consulta�on will be held on significant changes in future annual updates of the par�cipa�on statement. Par�cipa�on database and diary Maintain a record of par�cipants who have registered an interest in the local development plan process. Maintain a record of engagement events. Par�cipa�on registra�on form created. As of October 2025, there were 1433 par�cipants registered in the par�cipant database. Registra�on form remains open, and all engagement ac�vity will be recorded. Page 79 of 238
Page 86
8 PUBLIC Engagement Ac�vity Purpose Progress at October 2025 Future ac�vity The par�cipa�on diary had recorded 88 engagement ac�vi�es since February 2024, being a mix of mee�ngs/events and survey launches/ no�fica�ons. Local development plan webpages and LDP3 hub Promote engagement in local development plan and make consulta�on informa�on available. Dra� LDP3 Evidence Report and associated mapping uploaded to LDP3 hub for March-April 2025 public consulta�on, and linked from webpage. Keep webpage updated and further develop LDP3 hub pages. Combined equali�es assessment To ensure compliance with the Equality Act 2010 and the United Na�ons Conven�on of the Rights of the Child. An ini�al equali�es assessment focused on consulta�on/engagement was prepared in October 2024. An equali�es assessment focused on the content of the proposed plan will be prepared in conjunc�on with, and published alongside, the proposed plan. Early engagement and evidence report prepara�on – these ac�vi�es took place between January 2024 and August 2025 Engagement Ac�vity Purpose Progress at October 2025 Future ac�vity ‘Have your say on Renfrewshire’s places’ survey (based on the Place Standard) To involve and collaborate with communi�es in the evidence gathering process, enabling them to offer comment on what is good and what can be improved in their local area. The survey was launched on 28 March 2024 and was made available online and in libraries through Renfrewshire. 261 responses have been received. Early engagement to support evidence report prepara�on has been completed. Results of the have your say survey will be reflected in the evidence report consulta�on report. ‘Call for ideas’ survey To involve developers, landowners and communi�es, enabling them to submit ideas and proposals for specific sites in Renfrewshire. The survey was launched online on 28 March 2024, and ac�vely promoted un�l 31 May 2024. 97 responses had been received by July 2025. The ini�al survey is closed and a second stage ‘Call for ideas’ survey will be held during the proposed plan prepara�on period – further details below. Children and young people engagement To involve children and young people in the prepara�on of the evidence report. Working with Youth Services, 8 of Renfrewshire’s secondary schools have been visited to gather views from pupils on what they like and do not like about their communi�es. Over 100 pupils have atended the workshops. Early engagement to support evidence report prepara�on has been completed. Results of engagement with children and young people will be reflected in the evidence report consulta�on report and play sufficiency assessment. Page 80 of 238
Page 87
9 PUBLIC Engagement Ac�vity Purpose Progress at October 2025 Future ac�vity Workshops were also held with children at the Council’s summer holiday camps. These focused on play opportuni�es. 505 children and young people (under 18) responded to surveys during the prepara�on of the play sufficiency assessment. A combina�on of online surveys and teacher-facilitated classroom surveys was used. Local place plans Promote local place plans as an opportunity for communi�es to be involved in the local development plan process and be empowered to decide on the content of their local place plans. Invita�on to prepare local place plans was issued to community councils and development trusts in May 2023 and placed on webpage. Informa�on sessions were held in March 2024, and monthly online drop-in sessions have been held since December 2024. Local place plans can be submited at any point, but only those submited prior to 31 March 2026 will be considered in the prepara�on of LDP3. In March 2025, the Council launched its Local Place Plan fund and invited expressions of interest and applica�ons. Ten groups have been offered funding with another offer pending. Nine of these groups have received funding and have commenced prepara�ons of their Local Place Plans. Early engagement to support evidence report prepara�on has been completed. Support for prepara�on of Local Place Plans will con�nue as part of proposed plan process – further details below. Page 81 of 238
Page 88
10 PUBLIC Engagement Ac�vity Purpose Progress at October 2025 Future ac�vity Engagement with gypsy/ traveller and travelling showpeople communi�es To involve gypsy/traveller and travelling showpeople communi�es in iden�fying accommoda�on needs within Renfrewshire. Engagement with owners of Renfrewshire’s exis�ng private gypsy/travellers site about needs of the wider community. Early engagement to support evidence report prepara�on has been completed. Engagement with gypsy/traveller and travelling showpeople communi�es will con�nue as part of proposed plan prepara�on. Engagement with disabled people To involve disabled people in iden�fying housing needs for disabled people within Renfrewshire. The ‘Have your say on Renfrewshire’s places’ survey collected equali�es data. Of the 261 responses received, 38 respondents (15%) indicated that they had a disability, with some responses referring to issues associated with their disability in their detailed responses. A mee�ng was held with Engage Renfrewshire in August 2025 to iden�fy disabled organisa�ons for focused engagement. Early engagement to support evidence report prepara�on has been completed. Engagement with disabled people will be undertaken as part of proposed plan prepara�on. Engagement with community councils, development trusts and local partnerships To involve communi�es, iden�fying their expecta�ons for the new local development plan and to promote the prepara�on of local place plans. All community councils and development trusts were invited to the March 2024 informa�on sessions on local place plans, 8 atended. Presenta�ons have been given to and informa�on sessions have been atended by fourteen community councils/development trusts since February 2024. Addi�onally, presenta�ons have been given to four local partnerships. Early engagement to support evidence report prepara�on has been completed. Engagement with community councils etc will con�nue as part of proposed plan prepara�on. Engagement with key agencies and government agencies To iden�fy evidence that key agencies will be able to submit to inform evidence report Mee�ngs held with Transport Scotland, Strathclyde Partnership for Transport, Sco�sh Water, NHSGGC, SEPA, Sport Scotland, Historic Environment Scotland, Early engagement to support evidence report prepara�on has been completed. Engagement with key and government Page 82 of 238
Page 89
11 PUBLIC Engagement Ac�vity Purpose Progress at October 2025 Future ac�vity NatureScot, GGCNHS and Sco�sh Enterprise. These stakeholders, as well as Marine Scotland and Forestry Scotland, were consulted on the dra� evidence report and provided feedback which was taken into account when finalising the evidence report. agencies will con�nue as part of proposed plan prepara�on. Engagement with development industry, businesses and landowners To iden�fy the general and site specific ambi�ons of the development industry and landowners. Ini�al ‘call for ideas’ survey produced 97 responses (not all from development industry). Several one-to-one mee�ngs held with developers and landowners. Early engagement to support evidence report prepara�on has been completed. Second ‘call for ideas’ survey and mee�ngs to be held during the prepara�on of the proposed plan. Consult on dra� evidence report templates To test sufficiency of evidence, and iden�fy disputes and gaps Dra� evidence report templates were published in March/April 2025 and views sought on content. Registered par�cipants were no�fied of publica�on. Early engagement to support evidence report prepara�on has been completed. Publish evidence report on council website To make evidence report available to stakeholders Publish finalised evidence report on website. Inform stakeholders when evidence report approved by Council and submited to Sco�sh ministers for gate check. Inform stakeholders of outcome of gate check To advise stakeholders on the outcome of the gate check. Webpage to be updated and email sent to mailing list. Page 83 of 238
Page 90
12 PUBLIC Prepara�on of proposed local development plan – these ac�vi�es are scheduled to take place between November 2025 and November 2026 Engagement Ac�vity Purpose Progress at October 2025 Future ac�vity Support communi�es with finalisa�on of local place plans To ensure as many local place plans as possible are finalised in �me to inform the proposed local development plan. Engage with those communi�es preparing local place plans to encourage and facilitate valida�on and registra�on of local place plans and discuss how local place plan proposals can be included in local development plan. Con�nue to hold monthly drop-in sessions for as long as they are required/ purposeful for local communi�es. Where appropriate, use media�on to address conflicts between local place plans and alterna�ve proposals. ‘Call for ideas’ survey To involve developers, landowners and communi�es, enabling them to submit ideas and proposals for specific sites in Renfrewshire. Publicise second ‘Call for ideas’ survey to all registered par�cipants, and more widely. Make submission form available online. Consulta�on on suggested development sites To allow stakeholders to comment on the Council’s assessment of sites considered for inclusion in LDP3. Consult on proposed LDP3 development sites with key agencies, local communi�es and other stakeholders. Prepara�on of scope/briefs of technical reports required to inform prepara�on of Proposed Plan To provide key agencies with an input to the scope/briefs of technical reports Meet/liaise with relevant key agencies and share proposed scope/briefs for comment. Prepara�on of masterplans and site briefs in To involve stakeholders, providing them with an opportunity for to Work with communi�es and developers to inform and develop area masterplans and development briefs for sites for Page 84 of 238
Page 91
13 PUBLIC Engagement Ac�vity Purpose Progress at October 2025 Future ac�vity collabora�on with stakeholders inform the content of the proposed local development plan. inclusion in proposed local development plan. Ongoing engagement with statutory stakeholders, community councils, children and young people, disabled people, older people, local interest groups (e.g. natural and built environment groups), the development industry, land and property owners/managers and gypsy/travellers and travelling showpeople. To ensure statutory engagement requirements are met and that the proposed plan is informed by involving these groups. Con�nue to engage with all stakeholders through mee�ngs and events. Liaise with organisa�ons who will be responsible for ac�ons included in the Dra� Delivery Programme To ensure that organisa�ons are aware and suppor�ve of their role in delivering the local development plan. Mee�ngs with relevant organisa�ons. Publica�on and consulta�on on proposed local development plan – these ac�vi�es are scheduled to take place between January and April 2026 Engagement Ac�vity Purpose Progress at October 2025 Future ac�vity Publish proposed local development plan for consulta�on, dra� strategic environmental assessment environmental report and dra� habitat regula�ons appraisal To involve communi�es and stakeholders by providing them with an opportunity to comment on the proposed local development plan. Publish proposed local development plan and assessment/appraisal documents for minimum 12-week consulta�on period. Make copy of proposed plan available online, in Council offices and libraries. Page 85 of 238
Page 92
14 PUBLIC Engagement Ac�vity Purpose Progress at October 2025 Future ac�vity Publicise publica�on of plan through social media, press and posters and carry out statutory no�fica�ons. No�fy neighbours of sites proposed for development in the proposed plan. Atend mee�ng and events to publicise publica�on of proposed plan Liaise with stakeholders who are seeking modifica�ons to the proposed local development plan Consult with stakeholders to try and resolve representa�ons/objec�ons that are seeking changes to the proposed plan. Mee�ngs with individuals/organisa�ons that have submited representa�ons/objec�ons. Where appropriate use media�on to resolve different views. Examina�on and adop�on – these ac�vi�es are scheduled to take place between October 2027 and May 2028 Engagement Ac�vity Purpose Progress at October 2025 Future ac�vity Examina�on further informa�on requests The Reporter undertaking the examina�on may consult stakeholders and seek further informa�on to fully understand representa�ons. Where required, facilitate responses to further informa�on requests. Publish modifica�on report To inform par�cipants of recommended changes to the proposed plan. Publish modifica�on report and inform par�cipants. Publish adopted local development plan To inform par�cipants of the adop�on of the local development plan. Publish the plan and make available in Council offices and libraries. No�fy par�cipants and place a press advert. Page 86 of 238
Page 93
15 PUBLIC Engagement with children and young people – ac�vity up to October 2025 The Place Strategy team is working closely with Youth Services colleagues within the Council to facilitate par�cipa�on by children and young people in the prepara�on of the local development plan (LDP3). This has involved several mee�ngs with colleagues from each service, ini�ally to explain the requirement and benefit for children and young people involvement in the process, then to discuss the prac�cali�es of this. The ini�al engagement event was with Renfrewshire Youth Voice (htps://www.ryv.org.uk/about-us/), which includes members of the Sco�sh Youth Parliament. This discussion focused on how par�cipa�on with children and young people should be undertaken, and provided advice such that the place standard tool for children and young people would be a good way to engage, but that online surveys would not be likely to generate many responses. Based on this informa�on, contact with local secondary schools was made and engagement sessions arranged. A session plan based around the young person’s version of the place standard tool was designed in collabora�on with Youth Services colleagues, and delivered jointly to eight secondary schools (Renfrew HS, Johnstone HS, Gryffe HS, St Benedict’s HS, Gleniffer HS, St Andrew’s HS, Linwood HS & Park Mains HS) over this period. Sessions were atended by over 100 secondary school pupils. Informa�on was collected via maps, where par�cipants highlighted places they liked and disliked, via flipchart where place standard ques�ons were answered, and via the place standard wheel. Work is ongoing to digi�se the informa�on collected so that it can be beter recorded and more fully analysed. Engagement has also taken place at the Council ‘Summer of Fun’ camps. This focused on play with ques�ons around closest and favourite play parks, and where else children like to play. Children were engaged with at these sessions which were held in 6 loca�ons in Paisley, Linwood and Johnstone. 505 children and young people (under 18) completed surveys during the prepara�on of the play sufficiency assessment in May-June 2025. A combina�on of online surveys and teacher-facilitated classroom surveys was used, with different surveys made available to account for age and literacy level. Ques�ons included the availability of play opportuni�es, favourite play ac�vi�es, favourite play spaces, feelings of safety, and the a�tude of the community towards children and young people playing out. Media�on The Council will work with all stakeholders to discuss any issues which could lead to poten�al challenges/concerns throughout the plan prepara�on process. One method that can be used to support this is media�on, which can help aid discussions. The prepara�on of the Evidence Report will provide the opportunity for any concerns/disputes in the evidence base to be discussed and nego�ated. Media�on may also be used in the later stages of the plan prepara�on when the proposed plan is published and subject to further representa�ons. The Council will be open to considering any requests from stakeholders to use media�on, taking into account the poten�al benefits in terms of saving �me and cost, and fostering beter rela�onships going forward. This could be on an informal basis or through an independent third party. Page 87 of 238
Page 94
16 PUBLIC Contact us and follow us Mailing list – to be added to the local development plan mailing list, email us at localplanconsulta�on@renfrewshire.gov.uk, call us on 0300 300 0144, or write to us at Place Strategy, Renfrewshire Council, 4th Floor, Renfrewshire House, Paisley, PA1 1BR Social media – we will share updates on the Council’s Bluesky, Instagram and Facebook pages Website – latest updates and documents will be published on the LDP3 webpage Mee�ngs – if you would like a presenta�on or mee�ng on the local development plan, please get in touch via localplanconsulta�on@renfrewshire.gov.uk or 0300 300 0144. Page 88 of 238
Page 95
PUBLIC Appendix 2 2025 draft Participation Statement consultation responses Respondent Summary of comment Council response Renfrewshire resident There should be more consultation with local groups especially those trying to protect Renfrewshire’s green spaces A reference to local interest groups (e.g. natural and built environment groups) has been added to the Participation Statement. Renfrewshire resident Comments relating to concerns about Masterplan Consent Areas. The Development Plan Scheme/Participation Statement does not make reference to Masterplan Consent Areas, nor are any currently proposed in Renfrewshire. The respondent will be contacted to seek further clarity around their concerns. Bridge of Weir Community Council Concern that another ‘call for ideas’ could confuse residents in areas where local place plans are being prepared, as local place plan processes involve effort to generate ideas. The Council has already committed to a second round ‘call for ideas’ which has been welcomed by the development industry. Also, not all areas have a local place plan being prepared and a second ‘call for ideas’ will allow ideas for these areas to be submitted. The Thursday Club community group Concern around limited access that pensioners have to the internet and suggestion that drop-in events should be used. The Participation Statement refers to engaging with older people including through meetings and events. NewRiver REIT plc Important to involve key town centre stakeholders in engagement. Meetings, surveys and events appreciated. A reference to engagement with land and property owners/managers has been added to the Participation Statement. CALA Management Limited The publication of the 2024 call for ideas map added transparency to the process. An updated Development Plan Scheme is required owing to slippage in the programme. Noted An updated development Plan Scheme is submitted to 4 November 2025 Planning and Climate Change Policy Board for approval. Page 89 of 238
Page 96
PUBLIC Respondent Summary of comment Council response The creation of site briefs is useful and provide certainty for developers and landowners It is intended to include site briefs in the new local development plan, and this is referenced in the Participation Statement. Homes for Scotland Support the commitment to publish initial/draft assessments of proposed development sites. This will create a transparent process and generate more engagement. Welcome the commitment to work with communities and developers to inform masterplans and development briefs for sites in the proposed local development plan. Noted Noted Renfrewshire resident Dissatisfaction regarding suggested disregarding of residents’ opinions. Noted. The respondent will be contacted to discuss their concerns. Scottish Water responded to indicate it has no comment to make. Page 90 of 238
Page 97
PUBLIC ___________________________________________________________________ To: Planning and Climate Change Policy Board On: 4 November 2025 ___________________________________________________________________ Report by: Chief Executive ___________________________________________________________________ Heading: Renfrewshire Council Play Sufficiency Assessment ___________________________________________________________________ 1. Summary 1.1 The purpose of this report is to seek approval of the Renfrewshire Council’s Play Sufficiency Assessment. The assessment of the sufficiency of play opportunities in a planning authority area when preparing an LDP evidence report is a requirement of Section 16D of the Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997. 1.2 The Play Sufficiency Assessment set out in Appendix 1 assesses play opportunities in Renfrewshire with regard to quantity, quality and accessibility and considers the results of a consultation on play opportunities undertaken by the Council. ___________________________________________________________________ 2. Recommendations 2.1 It is recommended that the Policy Board: 1) Approve the Play Sufficiency Assessment set out in Appendix 1 of this document 2) Note that on approval by Board, the Play Sufficiency Assessment will be used to inform the preparation of the new Local Development Plan (LDP3). _________________________________________________________ Item 4 PACC041125 Page 91 of 238
Page 98
PUBLIC 3. Play Sufficiency Assessment 3.1 Renfrewshire Council has prepared a Play Sufficiency Assessment (PSA) to inform the preparation of the Council’s Evidence Report for its new Local Development Plan (LDP3). 3.2 The assessment of the sufficiency of play opportunities in a planning authority area when preparing an evidence report is a requirement of Section 16D of the Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997. The Town and Country Planning (Play Sufficiency Assessment) (Scotland) Regulations 2023 set out more detail of what is required in the assessment. 3.3 The Play Sufficiency Assessment assesses play opportunities at a Renfrewshire wide and settlement level. The assessment is based on the Play Sufficiency Assessment - Audit Technical Report that was conducted by consultants Ironside Farrar in 2025 and results from consultation undertaken by the Council, both of which are background papers to this report. 3.4 To assess the sufficiency of play opportunities in Renfrewshire, the Play Sufficiency Assessment considers four main components: Play area quantity assessment Play area quality assessment Play area accessibility assessment Consultation and engagement Summary of assessments 3.5 There are a total of 208 play areas in Renfrewshire, with 134 of these being Council owned and 74 being privately owned/managed. There are 160 equipped children’s play areas and 48 play areas such as MUGAS, outdoor fitness areas, bike/skate parks etc. The assessment concludes that overall, there is a good distribution of equipped play spaces for children and young people across Renfrewshire relative to the size of settlements. 3.6 For the purposes of the play area quality assessment, equipped children’s play areas were assessed against criteria considering place quality/design and play opportunity/experience. Some equipped play areas that sit close to each other were assessed together, meaning 156 sites were assessed. Of these, 96 were considered good provision (scoring 65% or higher in the assessment), 36 were considered to offer acceptable provision (scoring between 50%-64%), and 24 sites were considered to offer poor provision (scoring below 50%). The average quality score for all equipped play areas was 64%. All settlements were found to contain several equipped play areas considered good or acceptable in terms of their quality. 3.7 The accessibility assessment considered walking times to play areas, with different walking times applied based on the size of the play area and what age group it was suitable for e.g. a longer walking time was considered acceptable for larger play areas with equipment suitable for older children. The Play Sufficiency Assessment offers an analysis of the accessibility of play areas for each settlement in Renfrewshire, identifying areas where provision could be added to enhance accessibility. Page 92 of 238
Page 99
PUBLIC 3.8 The assessment also considered accessible/inclusive play equipment. It found 76 play areas include inclusive equipment, but that no one site is fully accessible. All settlements include play areas with inclusive play equipment, apart from Brookfield. Consultation 3.9 The Council consulted with children, parents and carers, community councils and community groups to support the preparation of the Play Sufficiency Assessment. 3.10 The surveys regarding play opportunities in Renfrewshire received a total of 1,334 responses, whilst the survey map for individual play spaces received 208 responses. A consultation report has been prepared as a background report to the Play Sufficiency Assessment and is a background paper to this report. The consultation report considers consultation results at a Renfrewshire level and offers settlement summaries too. It will also be possible to consider the results at a more local level and for particular age groups to inform particular projects if necessary and appropriate. 3.11 Findings of the consultation at a Renfrewshire level included: The majority of children and young people responding to the survey indicated they played outdoors most days or a few days a week. The majority of children and young people responding indicated they could do most or some of their favourite things in their local area. The majority of children and young people responding indicated they usually feel safe when playing in their local area and that most grown-ups in their area think it is ok for children and young people to play outside. 43% of children and young people responding felt that there were some of their favourite places to play in their local area, and 37% felt there were lots of their favourite places to play. For children aged 0-4, however, the largest response indicated there were hardly any of their favourite places to play in their local area. The parent/carer survey offered a different opinion of the availability of favourite places to play in their children’s local area, with the majority of responses (55%) indicating there are hardly any of their children’s favourite places to play in their area. The majority of parents/carers considered their local area usually or sometimes safe for their children to play in. 3.12 The map-based survey allowed for respondents to score specific play areas and offer comments on them. There were 208 responses received, but the majority of play spaces received only one or two responses, meaning it is difficult to draw conclusions from the responses received. The majority of the responses received (70%) ranked the play areas as 1 or 2 out of five, with 30% ranking them 3-5 out of five. This is probably reflective of respondents being more likely to comment on play areas that they have concerns about. This information will be shared with colleagues in Neighbourhood Services. Page 93 of 238
Page 100
PUBLIC Status of the Play Sufficiency Assessment 3.13 As explained above, the Play Sufficiency Assessment is a requirement of the local development plan process, prepared at the Evidence Report stage with the primary purpose of informing the new LDP. The Play Sufficiency Assessment is not a policy document and does not include an action plan or commit the Council to any particular actions. However, it is recognised that the data included within the Play Sufficiency Assessment and the associated audit and consultation report, may be useful for guiding future play area investment by the Council. ___________________________________________________________________ Implications of the Report 1. Financial – there are no direct financial implications arising from this report. 2. HR & Organisational Development – None. 3. Community/Council Planning – preparation of the Play Sufficiency Assessment is considered to support Council Plan priorities, particularly relating to the Place and Fair outcomes. It also contributes towards the Community Plan priorities for 2022-27 of promoting wellbeing and good mental health in our children and young people and addressing inequalities in outcomes for children and young people. 4. Legal – The preparation of a Play Sufficiency Assessment to inform a local development plan evidence report is a statutory requirement for planning authorities under Section 16D of the Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997. 5. Property/Assets – 134 of the play sites assessed are within Council ownership. The Play Sufficiency Assessment outlines the Council’s recent and programmed investment in play sites. 6. Information Technology – None. 7. Equality & Human Rights – The Recommendations contained within this report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’ human rights have been identified arising from the recommendations contained in the report because the Play Sufficiency Assessment is not a policy document or action plan, and any proposals arising from it will be assessed as part of the Local Development Plan (LDP3) equalities and human rights impact assessment. 8. Health & Safety - None. 9. Procurement – None. 10. Risk - None 11. Privacy Impact – None. Page 94 of 238
Page 101
PUBLIC 12. Climate Risk – None 13. Children’s Rights – Through engagement with children and young people, the approach being taken by the Council demonstrates compliance with Article 12 ‘Respect for Children’s Views’. The Play Sufficiency Assessment also supports Article 31 ‘Rest, Play, Culture, Arts’. 14. Cosla Policy Position – None. _______________________________________________________ List of Background Papers Renfrewshire Council Play Sufficiency Assessment – Audit Technical Report Renfrewshire Council Play Sufficiency Assessment – Consultation Report Appendices Appendix 1 – Play Sufficiency Assessment ___________________________________________________________________ Author: Alan Williamson, Strategy & Place Manager, alan.williamson@renfrewshire.gov.uk, 07811 053968 Page 95 of 238
Page 102
PUBLIC Appendix 1 – Renfrewshire Play Sufficiency Assessment Contents Contents .................................................................................................................................................. 6 1.0 Introduc�on ...................................................................................................................................... 7 2.0 The Benefits of Play ........................................................................................................................... 8 3.0 Investment in play across Renfrewshire............................................................................................ 9 Table 1: Renfrewshire Council play area investment programme 2025/26 .................................... 9 4.0 Play sufficiency assessment approach ............................................................................................ 10 Table 2: Categories of play areas considered by the Play Sufficiency Assessment audit .............. 10 5.0 Play space standards ....................................................................................................................... 12 Quan�ty standard ............................................................................................................................. 12 Quality standard ................................................................................................................................ 12 Accessibility standard ........................................................................................................................ 12 6.0 Play area quan�ty assessment ........................................................................................................ 13 Table 3: Summary of equipped play spaces in Renfrewshire by setlement ................................. 13 Table 4: Types of play areas in Renfrewshire by setlement ......................................................... 14 Figure 1: Types of play area in in Renfrewshire by setlement ..................................................... 14 Map 1: The hierarchy of Renfrewshire’s play sites (LAPS, LEAPs and NEAPs) ............................... 15 Table 5: Play area provision summary per Renfrewshire setlement............................................ 15 7.0 Play area quality assessment .......................................................................................................... 17 Table 6: Quality assessment observa�ons .................................................................................... 17 Figure 2: Average quality score for each setlement in Renfrewshire .......................................... 18 Map 2: An extract of the mapped quality assessment ................................................................. 19 8.0 Play area accessibility assessment .................................................................................................. 20 Map 3: Extract of play area accessibility assessment ................................................................... 20 Figure 3: Renfrewshire setlements with all abili�es play equipment .......................................... 23 9.0 Consulta�on .................................................................................................................................... 24 9.1 Community consulta�on surveys ................................................................................................ 24 9.2 Children and young people surveys ............................................................................................ 24 9.3 Parents/carers survey .................................................................................................................. 25 9.4 Community Council/groups survey ............................................................................................. 26 9.5 Survey map for individual play spaces ........................................................................................ 26 9.6 Trends from consulta�on ............................................................................................................ 26 10.0 Conclusion and next steps ............................................................................................................ 27 Page 96 of 238
Page 103
PUBLIC 1.0 Introduction Renfrewshire Council has prepared this Play Sufficiency Assessment to inform the preparation of the Council’s Evidence Report for its new Local Development Plan (LDP3). The assessment of the sufficiency of play opportunities in a planning authority area when preparing an evidence report is a requirement of Section 16D of the Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997.The Town and Country Planning (Play Sufficiency Assessment) (Scotland) Regulations 2023 set out more detail of what is required in the assessment. It is considered that through this Play Sufficiency Assessment, Renfrewshire Council has met the requirements of the Act and associated Regulations. This Play Sufficiency Assessment is based upon the findings of: • the Play Sufficiency Assessment - Audit Technical Report that was conducted by Ironside Farrar consultants in 2025. This can be viewed here. • results from consultation undertaken by the Council in which the views of children (anyone aged under 18), parents and carers, community councils and other community groups and the general public across Renfrewshire’s settlements were sought with regards to how they experience play in their area. A separate consultation report has been prepared which can be viewed here. Page 97 of 238
Page 104
PUBLIC 2.0 The Benefits of Play The Scottish Government Planning Guidance on Play Sufficiency Assessments sets out the following explanation as to why play is important: “The Scottish Government wants Scotland to be the best place to grow up. Scotland’s Play Strategy sets out a vision which values play as a life-enhancing daily experience for all our children and young people – in the home, in nurseries and schools and in the community. Through play, children and young people can explore the world around them in a creative and engaging way. Research shows that children experience a range of health, wellbeing, developmental and educational benefits from outdoor play, and through learning in and connecting with nature. According to the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC), play is a fundamental and vital dimension of the pleasure of childhood, as well as an essential component of physical, social, cognitive, emotional and spiritual development. Ensuring children’s access to play and engaging children in the planning system upholds their right to play and relax; their right to freedom of association and their right for their views to be heard and be given due consideration under UNCRC Articles 31, 15 and 12 respectively.” Page 98 of 238
Page 105
PUBLIC 3.0 Investment in play across Renfrewshire Recognising the benefits of play, since 2021 £3.6m has been invested towards 46 play parks in Renfrewshire. Funding has come from Renfrewshire Council, the Scottish Government and some community fundraising. Most recently, in Spring 2025, £425,000 of the Scottish Government’s Play Area Renewal fund was invested into improving three play areas in Renfrewshire: Braids Road and Laura's Play Park in Barshaw Park, both Paisley and Elm / Maple Drive in Johnstone. Consultation and engagement took place with the local communities which informed the design and the new equipment that was implemented in the play areas. The Scottish Government has confirmed future funding for Renfrewshire of £768,000 for 2025/26. Table 1 sets out the sites identified as part of the Council’s renewal programme in 2025/26. Table 1: Renfrewshire Council play area investment programme 2025/26 Location Play Area Action Date Bishopton Stuart Road Play area renewal 2025 / 26 Linwood East Fulton New play area 2025 / 26 Johnstone Poplar Avenue Play area renewal 2025 / 26 Johnstone Campbell Street Play area renewal 2025 / 26 Paisley Barshaw Park BMX Track upgrade 2025 / 26 Paisley Ferguslie Gardens, bottom play area Play area refurbishment 2025 / 26 Paisley Braehead Road New play area 2025 / 26 Renfrew KGV Playing Fields Play area renewal 2025 / 26 Renfrew Robertson Park - Craigielea Road Upgrade play area with a focus on children with additional support needs, along with a seating area 2025 / 26 Renfrew Robertson Park, main area excluding Robinia Play area renewal 2025 / 26 Page 99 of 238
Page 106
PUBLIC 4.0 Play sufficiency assessment approach To assess the sufficiency of play opportunities in Renfrewshire, this Play Sufficiency Assessment considers: • a play area quantity assessment • a play area quality assessment • a play area accessibility assessment • consultation and engagement The quantity, quality and accessibility assessment were undertaken by Ironside Farrar consultants, with their methodology set out in the Play Sufficiency Assessment - Audit Technical Report. Table 2 provides a description of the various types of play spaces in Renfrewshire and the groupings used for the purposes of the audit. Table 2: Categories of play areas considered by the Play Sufficiency Assessment audit Definition Description Number All Play Spaces All types of formal play spaces including equipped play areas and areas with equipment suitable for children ages 0 - 17 Equipped children’s play areas Individual play areas with play equipment such as swings, slides, frames etc. designed for younger children aged 0-15 approximately Note: Classified as Local Equipped Area for Play (LEAP) or a Local Area for Play (LAP), a set out in section 4.3 below. 160 Equipped teen areas Individual play areas with play equipment such as outdoor fitness area, MUGA, BMX Track etc. designed for older children and teenagers (aged 16-17 approximately) Note: May be individual sites or combined with a play area for younger children forming a Neighbourhood Equipped Area for Play (NEAP) 48 Total 208 Page 100 of 238
Page 107
PUBLIC For the purposes of the equipped children’s play areas quality assessment, some nearby equipped play areas were assessed together meaning a total of 156 equipped play areas were assessed. An appreciation of the hierarchy of play spaces can help understanding of the different functions they perform and distinguish between spaces of strategic, local and neighbourhood importance. The hierarchy used in this assessment is: The Neighbourhood Equipped Area for Play (NEAP) for older more independent children is an area of open space specifically designed, laid out and equipped mainly for older more independent children who go further from home but potentially with play opportunities for younger children or siblings as well. Spaces should provide a wider range of play experiences than a LEAP with age- appropriate play and informal recreational experiences for children and young people. There are likely to be more challenging items of equipment and features that meet the needs of older children and young people (for example, Multi-Use Games Areas, pump track / BMX Track, skate park and outdoor fitness equipment) and sufficient space to play larger group games and seating and shelter to enable young people to socialise with their friends. The Local Equipped Area for Play (LEAP) for young and independent children is an area of open space specifically designed and laid out with features including equipment for children who are beginning to play independently with friends, without accompanying adults, and for adults with young children. Spaces should provide for informal recreation and varied, stimulating and challenging play experiences. For example, equipment or natural landscape features which cater for different play types that test children’s physical capabilities as well as provide imaginative, social and sensory play with natural materials. The Local Area for Play (LAP) for very young children is a small area of open space specifically designed and primarily laid out for very young children to play close to where they live interwoven within the development. A LAP requires no play equipment, relying more on demonstrative features indicating that play is positively encouraged. Page 101 of 238
Page 108
PUBLIC 5.0 Play space standards Setting standards allows for a better understanding of the current status of play assets across an area. UK best practice guidance suggests that standards should contain three elements: • Play quantity • Play quality • Play accessibility The focus of the assessment was the equipped formal play areas, being those play spaces that are specifically for play (equipped play areas / facilities for young people). All equipped play areas, including those in private ownership, were included in the audit. The standards adopted for the purposes of the Renfrewshire Play Sufficiency Assessment are as follows: Quantity standard Provision of a range of formal / equipped play spaces in every town and village, providing play opportunities for children of all ages living within the settlement. Quality standard Provision of good to acceptable quality formal / equipped play areas (acceptable = over 50%, good = over 65% quality score), providing functional, safe, welcoming spaces for children of different ages & ability safe play opportunities for children and young people (ages 0 to 17 years). Further information on how play areas were quality scored is in the Ironside Farrar technical audit. Accessibility standard Provision of a range of formal / equipped play opportunities in every town and village, within reasonable walking, wheeling or cycling distance. • Neighbourhood Equipped Areas for Play within a 10 - 15 minute walk of people’s homes (1,000 metres) • Local Equipped Areas for Play within a 5 minute walk of people’s homes (400 metres) • Local Areas for Play within a 3 minute walk of people’s homes (100 metres) For the purposes of this assessment, straight line distances have been used. Further work using more complex but accurate network analysis (i.e. actual distance by pavement/path) may be undertaken as a later date depending on resources. With regards to accessibility of play spaces for people with disabilities and limited mobility, the PSA has included observations for the play areas with regards to inclusion recommendations and identifies path access and repair / barriers / specialist equipment etc. to ensure safe and ease of access by most. Page 102 of 238
Page 109
PUBLIC 6.0 Play area quantity assessment The assessment identified that there is a total of 208 play spaces in Renfrewshire, which were further grouped into 160 equipped play areas (for children aged 0-15) and 48 teen areas. The teen areas include 21 Multi Use Games Areas, 17 Outdoor Fitness Areas, 1 basketball court, 5 Skateparks and 4 Pump Track / BMX Tracks. (The age categorisation is approximate, and it is recognised children of different ages will use different play spaces from those aligned to the age groups here). The play sites are divided into: • 134 Renfrewshire Council owned sites • 74 privately owned/managed sites. Table 3 summarises the distribution of the 160 equipped play areas spaces across the Renfrewshire settlements. The table also provides information on the number of SIMD data zones (20% most deprived in Scotland) in each settlement, taken from the 2020 Scottish Government SIMD (Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation) data. The table also provides information on disability, using the description of day-to-day activities being limited a little and a lot. Note: the figures in the table are based on 2022 census settlement population. Table 3: Summary of equipped play spaces in Renfrewshire by settlement Settlement Total Population (RC 2022) Equipped Play Areas (No.) Disability* indicators (RC 2022) No. of sites with all abilities play No. of SIMD data zones (20% most deprived) Bishopton 10043 8 1.0% 4 0 Bridge of Weir 4924 3 0.6% 3 0 Brookfield 1246 3 0.6% 0 0 Elderslie 5640 5 1.1% 2 0 Erskine 14880 12 1.5% 5 0 Houston (incl.Crosslee) 6221 5 1.1% 5 0 Howwood 1636 5 1.2% 1 0 Inchinnan 1889 1 1.0% 1 0 Johnstone 16491 16 1.7% 8 8 Kilbarchan 3344 2 0.9% 2 0 Langbank 895 2 0.6% 2 0 Linwood 8400 4 1.4% 3 4 Lochwinnoch 2769 2 1.0% 1 0 Paisley 79369 60 1.2% 22 39 Renfrew 23809 32 1.1% 17 5 Totals 181556 160 (average 1.06%) 76 * Population data on day-to-day activities limited a little + a lot Page 103 of 238
Page 110
PUBLIC Table 4 summarises the percentage of the population aged 0-17 in each of the settlements and the number of equipped play areas (LAPs, LEAPs and NEAPs) in each, and Figure 2 illustrates this data. Table 4: Types of play areas in Renfrewshire by settlement Settlement % population aged 0-17 Equipped play areas Teen facilities 2022 Census LAP LEAP NEAP Bishopton 23% 3 5 1 Bridge of Weir 21% 2 1 2 Brookfield 21% 2 1 1 Elderslie 17% 4 1 2 Erskine 18% 1 9 2 2 Houston (incl.Crosslee) 20% 1 3 1 2 Howwood 16% 1 3 1 1 Inchinnan 15% 1 1 Johnstone 18% 12 4 5 Kilbarchan 14% 1 1 1 Langbank 15% 1 1 1 Linwood 20% 2 2 5 Lochwinnoch 17% 1 1 2 Paisley 17% 7 43 10 16 Renfrew 18% 7 22 3 6 Totals 22 109 29 48 Figure 1: Types of play area in in Renfrewshire by settlement Mapping of the equipped play areas in Renfrewshire is illustrated in Map 1 and can be viewed in detail here. 1 1 2 1 1 1 4 1 1 2 1 10 35 2 1 4 9 3 3 12 1 1 2 1 43 22 3 2 1 1 1 7 7 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Types of play area in each settlement NEAP LEAP LAP Page 104 of 238
Page 111
PUBLIC Map 1: The hierarchy of Renfrewshire’s play sites (LAPS, LEAPs and NEAPs) The link to the full online mapping for the quantity assessment can be found here. The quantity assessment has identified that, overall, there is a good distribution of equipped play spaces for children and young people across Renfrewshire’s localities relative to the size of the settlements. Table 5 provides a summary of play area provision for each settlement in Renfrewshire. Table 5: Play area provision summary per Renfrewshire settlement Settlement Play Area Provision Summary Bishopton Good play provision for Toddler & Junior. However, there is limited provision for older children in Bishopton (limited to an outdoor fitness area). Bridge of Weir Good overall provision. Outdoor Fitness Area and skatepark for older children. Brookfield Good play provision for Toddler & Junior, but limited provision for older children. Elderslie Good play provision. Limited provision for older children (2 outdoor fitness areas), but facilities in Johnstone are nearby. Erskine Good overall provision for all ages. MUGA and skatepark for older children. Houston (incl. Crosslee) Good play provision relative to the size of the village. There is a MUGA and outdoor fitness area for older children. Howwood Good overall provision for all ages, relative to the size of the village. Inchinnan Good overall provision for all ages, relative to the size of the village. Johnstone Good play provision. 3 MUGAs, fitness area and Pump Track / BMX Track for older children. Page 105 of 238
Page 112
PUBLIC Kilbarchan Good overall provision for all ages, relative to the size of the village. Langbank Good overall provision for all ages, relative to the size of the village. Linwood Good play provision for older children (2 MUGA, outdoor fitness area, 2 skateparks). More limited provision for Toddler & Juniors. Lochwinnoch Good overall provision. There is a MUGA, BMX track for older children. Paisley Good overall provision for all ages (range of play areas, 10 MUGA, 3 outdoor fitness, 2 Pump Track / BMX Track). Renfrew Good overall provision for all ages (range of play areas, 3 MUGA, 2 fitness area and skatepark). Page 106 of 238
Page 113
PUBLIC 7.0 Play area quality assessment The assessment of the quality of the play resource has been based on the recommendations included in the Play Sufficiency Assessment Regulations, with reference to Play Scotland's “Getting it Right for Play” toolkit. The scoring system is based on the Characteristics of Play Indicative Tool criteria, that recognises different types and ways to play that are suited and / or preferred by children from different age groups. The toolkit has enabled assessors to carry out a qualitative analysis of the current play area resource, taking into account description of the play opportunity, associated infrastructure, provision for different ages and abilities. Only formal play spaces have been quality assessed using the PSA assessment tool. The Quality Toolkit included a scoring system for the play areas based on the Characteristics of Play and the following criteria: • Place Quality / Design: the open space context, accessibility of the site and other qualities. Location - The location of the play area in context of the open space within which it is set, the path connections providing access to the site, and whether it is overlooked and in a safe location. Design - The overall design of the site has been considered, with regards to its landscape setting, informal play opportunities, paths / seating and condition of the open space. • Play Opportunity / Experience: Characteristics of Play set out in the draft Regulations have been listed, in order to assess: Physical Play Opportunity - for example, space to run, chase, skip, hop and jump Creative Play Opportunity - for example, building dens or structures Social Play Opportunity - for example, places to socialise and meet friends The quality assessment found that 96 play areas offer good quality provision (scoring 65% or above in the assessment), 36 offer acceptable quality provision (scoring between 50% and 64% in the assessment) and 24 offer poor quality provision (scoring less than 50%). Table 6 offers further observation on findings of the quality assessment. Table 6: Quality assessment observations Good Provision Acceptable Provision Poor Provision Score of 65% or more Score of between 50%- 64% Score of below 50% Paisley SE Ward has an average quality score of 71.8%, the highest of all localities. Houston, Crosslee & Linwood Ward has high average quality scores of 68.7%. Johnstone North, Kilbarchan, Howwood and Lochwinnoch Ward has average quality scores of 68.1%. Renfrew North & Braehead and Paisley SW Wards both have average quality scores of 60.3%. Paisley East & Central Ward has the lowest average quality score of 59.9%. The settlements of Erskine, Brookfield, Paisley, Elderslie, Renfrew, Bishopton and The following settlements contain the 24 underperforming sites: 2 in Bishopton 1 in Elderslie 3 in Erskine 1 in Houston 1 in Johnstone 10 in Paisley 6 in Renfrew Of the 24 under performing sites, 13 of these sites are privately owned and Page 107 of 238
Page 114
PUBLIC The settlements of Inchinnan, Johnstone, Bridge of Weir, Howwood, Langbank, Linwood, Kilbarchan, Lochwinnoch and Crosslee have good average quality scores. Houston have acceptable average quality scores. managed (mostly in Paisley and Renfrew), with 11 owned by Renfrewshire Council The lowest quality scored sites include: o Paisley: Alloway Avenue, West Street, Montgomery Road, McKerrell Street and Gleniffer Court o Renfrew: K.G.5 Playing Field, Nethergreen Crescent – East and West o Elderslie: Elderslie West (Old Road) o Erskine: Millfield Meadows The average quality score for a Renfrewshire play area was 64.%. Figure 2 shows the average quality scores for Renfrewshire settlements. Erskine has the lowest average quality score and Crosslee has the highest. Other settlements that fall below the average quality score include: Brookfield, Paisley, and Elderslie. However, all settlements have access to high quality play sites and all settlements offer significantly more acceptable and good quality sites than poor sites. Figure 2: Average quality score for each settlement in Renfrewshire 57.4 61.8 62 63.6 64.2 64.3 64.7 65 66.5 67 72.9 73.5 73.5 73.5 75 79.4 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Average Settlement Quality Score Page 108 of 238
Page 115
PUBLIC Mapping of the quality assessment of the equipped play areas in Renfrewshire is illustrated in Map 2 and can be viewed in detail here. Map 2: An extract of the mapped quality assessment Page 109 of 238
Page 116
PUBLIC 8.0 Play area accessibility assessment Accessibility mapping was prepared using circular distance thresholds, with different distance thresholds applied to the hierarchy of play areas: • 1000 metres applied to Neighbourhood Equipped Areas for Plan (NEAPS • 400 metres applied to Local equipped Areas for Play • 100 metres applied to Local Areas for Play Map 3 provides an illustration of these thresholds applied to different types of play areas. Play area accessibility mapping can be viewed in detail here Map 3: Extract of play area accessibility assessment An analysis of the accessibility of play spaces in each settlement is set out below. Bishopton Churchill Drive is a centrally located well equipped play area and has been recently upgraded. However, the play provision in the rest of Bishopton consists of small play areas with equipment for young children located in private estates. The settlement does not contain a NEAP and facilities for older children are limited. The Wildlife Ponds play area to the south west is a key location with potential to extend as it is next to Dargavel Primary school. There are pockets of residential areas to the south west which are not within easy access of a play resource. Only one play area includes inclusive all abilities play equipment. Bridge of Weir There are three good quality play areas, which are evenly distributed throughout the settlement, providing a range of equipment for a range of ages and abilities. There is a pocket of residential housing to the south west which is not within easy access of a play resource. Page 110 of 238
Page 117
PUBLIC Brookfield Brookfield Park contains a reasonable range of equipment for children of all ages, which is located on the northern edge of the village. The park does not contain all abilities equipment. The other two play areas are in private housing developments and very limited in their play value. Crosslee Crosslee Public Park is a well-appointed park, with a range of play equipment. Its location to the SE of the village will limit access from the residential areas to the west of the settlement but most residential areas are located within 400m of the park. Elderslie There are a number of well appointed play areas and facilities for older children in Elderslie and overall access is good. Queen's Road park and play area is centrally located and well equipped and recently upgraded, with equipment for all ages and fitness equipment. Elderslie West open space has new fitness equipment but has poor access and very limited play offer. The other 3 sites to the south are small and limited in play value and part of private residential estates. Dunvegan Avenue provides a range of play opportunities, but its location on the southern edge of the settlement will limit accessibility from the residential areas to the north. Erskine Erskine is divided into 3 residential area by main roads and Craigsend Hill. The northern area (Bargarran/North Barr/Rashielea) contains 3 equipped play areas providing facilities for a range of ages and abilities, including Barwood Park, Bargarran play area and Barholm Drive. In contrast, the residential areas of Millfield/Linburn to the south and Park Mains/Garnieland/Freelands to the east contain a number of smaller play areas which provide limited play facilities with local catchments, often located at the edge of the residential areas. Millfield/Linburn contains only 1 play area, on the southern periphery, which is very rundown and has limited play opportunity. Park Mains/Garnieland/Freelands provides a limited range of equipped play areas with most of these limited in terms of their size and the range of equipment. A small skate park is also located in the Park Mains area. Houston Houston contains 3 play areas, all with a good provision of play equipment for a range of children’s ages. South Mound play area has been recently installed and Houston Public Park has a reasonable provision, if somewhat dated. Ardgryffe Park provides a wide range of play, sports and recreation facilities located besides sports pitches. Howwood There are a number of small play area in the residential estates and a large park to the east, which provides a recently updated and well used recreational resource. It provides a wide range of outdoor uses, fitness, social and play features and an indoor community centre. Page 111 of 238
Page 118
PUBLIC The park has been recently upgraded through a community led initiative and is an attractive and multi-use open space. Inchinnan Inchinnan Playing Fields provides a range of play, sports and fitness equipment and is located besides a sports facility. However, it is also in a location which is not easily accessible by all areas of the village. Johnstone Johnstone contains a range of play areas, with a number of NEAPs and LEAPs distributed throughout the settlement. All residential areas are within easy distance of a range of facilities for children and young people. The key spaces include: Spateston Park, Sandy flats, Thomas Shanks Park, Benston Place, Elm Drive / Maple Drive, Elm Drive / Sycamore Avenue, Ellerslie Street and Miller Street. Kilbarchan Kilbarchan Park is the only play space in the settlement, but contains a wide range of play, sport and recreational facilities set within an attractive park. There is an area with outdoor fitness equipment and play equipment for older children at a distance to the younger children's play zone. All residential areas are within easy reach of the park. Langbank The village of Langbank contains two high quality, well appointed playspaces providing a range of play, fitness and sports facilities set in attractive open spaces in easy reach of the residential areas. Linwood The play facilities in Linwood are provided in 2 large multi-activity sites at the recently upgraded Kintyre Park and at the ON-X Linwood sports centre. Residents of the town will have to walk or cycle further to the play facilities, but the overall provision of equipment for all ages is very good. There are proposals to install a new play area close to East Fulton Primary School which will provide a further play facility to the west of the town. Lochwinnoch Lochwinnoch Park provides a wide range of play, fitness and sports facilities set in an attractive park close to the village centre. This is the main equipped formal play, sports and recreation open space in the village and is within easy access of the residential areas. There is also a smaller play area in the residential estate to the north at Hunters Way. Paisley The town of Paisley has an overall good provision of play facilities and facilities for older children, within easy distance of the residential areas. Page 112 of 238
Page 119
PUBLIC The key central open spaces providing a range of facilities include: Green Road, Durrockstock Park, Skye Crescent, Braids Road (Brodie Park), Barshaw Park, Ferguslie Gardens and Fountain Gardens. All parts of the town have good access to a range of open spaces and play spaces. There is an area to the north of the town centre, between the White Cart Water and Greenock Road, which is less well provided with play spaces. The area contains Fountain Gardens, but the other play areas are limited in size, located in housing estates and caters for younger children. Renfrew The town of Renfrew contains 3 key parks that contain a range of play and sports facilities for a wide range of ages: Kirklandneuk Park, Knockhill Park and Robertson Park. These open spaces provide well used and attractive open spaces, but the residential areas to the east of the town are not within easy reach of these facilities. There are many LEAPs and LAPs in the surrounding residential areas, but the play opportunity is often limited in size and scope and caters for young children. There may be opportunity to extend the play offer in a centrally located open space to the east of the town to provide play opportunity for older children and young adults. With regards to accessibility of play spaces for people with disabilities and limited mobility, the audit found that 76 of the 156 play areas assessed included inclusive equipment, but that no one site no one site is fully accessible. Figure 5 identifies the number of play areas with inclusive equipment. For context, 2022 Census results identify Erskine, Johnstone and Linwood as having a higher proportion of children whose day-to-day activities are limited owing to disability. All settlements include play areas with inclusive equipment, with the exception of Brookfield. Figure 3: Renfrewshire settlements with all abilities play equipment 4 3 0 1 2 5 4 1 1 8 2 2 3 1 22 17 0 5 10 15 20 25 Settlements with All Abilities Play Equipment Page 113 of 238
Page 120
PUBLIC 9.0 Consultation The Council have consulted with children (anyone aged under 18), parents and carers, community councils and community bodies and the general public across Renfrewshire’s settlements to ensure that people’s views are considered with regards to how they experience play in Renfrewshire. 9.1 Community consultation surveys Surveys were created for the public to tell us about their views on play opportunities across Renfrewshire as a whole, and a survey map was launched through which people could comment on specific play spaces in Renfrewshire. Different surveys were run for different target groups. The surveys were made available online and ran from 15 May to 30 June 2025. - Primary and nursey school pupils survey – 136 responses - Secondary school pupils survey – 30 responses - Survey that was sent directly to schools for pupil completion – 353 responses - Survey sent to schools that was filled out by teachers based on pupils’ responses – 565 responses - Parents/carers survey – 243 responses - Community Councils/groups survey – 7 responses - Survey map for individual play spaces – 208 responses The surveys were based on the Play Scotland “Playing Out Survey” and adapted where necessary. The surveys were made available on the Council’s website and were promoted via emails to the mailing list, social media, and through schools. For schools, the option was given for pupils to complete individually if devices were available, or for a class exercise where the teacher would collate and submit the results. Combined, the surveys regarding play opportunities in Renfrewshire received a total of 1334 responses, whilst the survey map for individual play spaces received 208 responses. Summaries of the consultation results are set out in the section below. Further analysis of the responses including settlement summaries are available in the Play Sufficiency Assessment Consultation Report. 9.2 Children and young people surveys This section summarises the responses from children and young people at a Renfrewshire wide scale. The data is collated from the responses from the following surveys: • Primary school and nursery pupils • High school pupils • Play space survey – teacher completion • Play space survey – pupil completion. The majority of the responses to the surveys came from children and young people aged between 5 and 11 years old (84% of all responses). There was only one response received from young people aged 16-17. Page 114 of 238
Page 121
PUBLIC The way people play in Renfrewshire varies at a local level, however, the vast majority of children and young people in Renfrewshire play or hang out outdoors most days during the week. It was identified that children and young people in Renfrewshire are able to enjoy a lot of their favourite activities when out in their local area. Generally, in Renfrewshire, safety when playing outside is not a major concern for children and young people. Only 7.6% of children and young people surveyed state that they never feel safe when playing out in their local area whilst 59% responded saying they usually feel safe. When considering grown-ups opinions of children and young people playing and hanging out in their local area, the majority (67%) felt that most adults are ok with it. The surveys showed that children and young people in Renfrewshire feel that, in their local area, there are only some of their favourite places to play (43%). 37% of responses feel there are lots of their favourite places to play. Ages 0-4 in Renfrewshire felt there is limited access to their favourite places to play in their local area when compared to other age groups. Across Renfrewshire, ‘a local park or grassy area’ and ‘your garden or a friend’s garden’ were identified as the most popular places to play and hang out by children and young people. ‘Streets and corners near home’ and ‘community centre or leisure centre’ were the most underrepresented response in the children and young people’s surveys- both with under 200 responses. It was identified that children and young people enjoy being active when playing as well as hanging around. ‘Use wheels’ such as cycling, skateboarding and scootering was also identified as a popular way to play for children and young people in Renfrewshire. ‘Be quiet’ and ‘get wet or grubby’ were the only two options to receive fewer than 200 responses. The results from the surveys indicate that there aren’t vast differences between how boys and girls experience play, however boys do generally feel as if there is more of their favourite places to play and hang out in their local area than girls. Both boys and girls in Renfrewshire predominantly feel safe when playing out in Renfrewshire, however there are slightly more boys at each end of the scale, with more suggesting they never feel safe whilst also more usually feeling safe playing out when compared to girls. 9.3 Parents/carers survey The parents and carers survey was created to gather the views of parents and carers on how and where their children or the children they care for play, and how they generally feel about children playing and hanging out in their local area. This survey received a total of 238 responses which covered all of Renfrewshire’s settlements. When asked what the children’s favourite places to play are - their garden/friend’s garden, local parks and play parks were the most frequent responses. The majority of responses (55%) felt that there are hardly any of the children’s favourite places to play and hang out in their area, with only 10 responses stating that there are ‘lots’ of their favourite places. Overall, safety was not viewed as a significant concern for parents and carers across Renfrewshire with 112 responses stating that they felt their area was sometimes safe for children and young people to play outdoors, whilst 109 felt it was usually safe. Page 115 of 238
Page 122
PUBLIC 9.4 Community Council/groups survey The survey was designed for Community Councils and other community groups to gather their views on the opportunities for play in their local area. The survey received 2 responses from Community Councils and 5 responses from various community groups. 3 groups are based in Paisley, one is Renfrewshire wide, and the remaining groups are based in Bishopton, Howwood and Lochwinnoch. There was a common theme that arose that there are very little places for children and young people to play out. All groups suggested that people within their community are generally ok with children and young people playing or hanging out in their area. Similar to the various children and young people’s survey, ‘be active’ and ‘hang out’ where identified as favourite ways of playing. 9.5 Survey map for individual play spaces For this survey, participants were to select a play space (or play spaces) of their choice, rank them on a score from 1 to 5 and make comments on what was good/could be improved. The survey map for individual play spaces survey received a total of 208 responses. The majority of sites that received responses to this survey only received one or two responses therefore there is not many definitive conclusions to be drawn. 30% of responses scored play spaces between 3 and 5, with the remaining 70% receiving 1s and 2s. The play parks that received the most frequent low scores included: • Playpark 30 Metres West Of No 65 Gatehead Crescent Bishopton • Playpark A Clyde View Park King's Inch Road Renfrew • Playpark A King George V Memorial Playing Fields Broadloan Renfrew. A Play Area Quality Assessment took place as part of the technical assessment (Ref: OPS011). In this assessment the play park at Gatehead Crescent, Bishopton received an ‘excellent’ score of above 65%, as did the playpark at Clydeview Park. The park at King George V Memorial Playing Fields, Renfrew scored the lowest (32%) as part of the quality assessment. The highest scoring play parks included: • Playpark A Barshaw Park Glasgow Road Paisley • Playpark A Lochwinnoch Park Lochlip Road Lochwinnoch • Playpark B - Robinia Robertson Park Inchinnan Road Renfrew. All three of the highest rated play parks from the survey map are scored within the ‘excellent’ category of the quality assessment of the technical assessment. 9.6 Trends from consultation There was a wide variety of responses gathered through the different surveys; however, some common themes arose. These include: • Safety was generally not considered a concern for children and young people playing and hanging out – when considering the responses from children and young people and their parents and carers, people feel like playing out in their local area can be considered sometimes or usually safe. • Although children and young people enjoy playing outdoors there is not enough of their favourite places to play – The consultation found Page 116 of 238
Page 123
PUBLIC o Children have some or hardly any of their favourite places to play in their local area o Ages 0-4 have least access to favourite places to play • Children and young people play outdoors in lots of different ways and in different places – most options in the survey were well represented. o Children particularly enjoy being active and hanging out, enjoy local parks and grassy areas, friend’s/ own gardens, and play parks. o Being quiet and getting wet and grubby were least represented for children’s favourite ways to play. 10.0 Conclusion and next steps This Play Sufficiency Assessment, together with the audit technical report and consultation report, is considered to meet the legislative requirements of providing an assessment of play opportunities in the Renfrewshire Council to support the preparation of the Local Development Plan (LDP3) Evidence Report. The audit and consultation data will be further reviewed during the preparation of the LDP3 Proposed Plan to identify where the Proposed Plan can include proposals and suggestions for the improvement of play opportunity quality and distribution throughout Renfrewshire. Page 117 of 238
Page 124
Page 118 of 238
Page 125
2 PUBLIC ___________________________________________________________________ To: Planning and Climate Change Policy Board On: 4 November 2025 ___________________________________________________________________ Report by: Chief Executive ___________________________________________________________________ Heading: Planning Appeals ___________________________________________________________________ 1. Summary 1.1 This report seeks to inform members about planning and other relevant appeals which are currently under consideration and appeal decisions which have been issued by the Directorate for Planning and Environmental Appeals (DPEA) in the past 12 months. ___________________________________________________________________ 2. Recommendations 2.1 It is recommended that the Board: ▪ Note that there are currently no live appeals, in respect of sites located within Renfrewshire, which are currently under consideration by the DPEA; and ▪ Note the decisions issued by the DPEA in respect of recent appeal for development proposals within Renfrewshire. _________________________________________________________ 3. Appeals Lodged 3.1 There are currently no appeals under consideration by DPEA in respect of sites located within Renfrewshire. _________________________________________________________ Item 5 PACC041125 Page 119 of 238
Page 126
3 PUBLIC 4. Appeals Determined 4.1 A number of appeals have been determined in past twelve months. 4.2 Details of the recently determined appeals, from November 2024 to date, are detailed in Appendix 1. 4.3 It is significant to note that of the recent appeal determinations concerning planning applications, one appeal has been allowed and the respective permission granted while another appeal has been dismissed. Other determinations have included the dismissal of an advertisement appeal and enforcement appeal, while a high hedge decision and a compulsory purchase order have been confirmed. In addition a treeworks appeal was allowed and a notified application was refused. _________________________________________________________ 5. Claim for Expenses 5.1 No appeals within the stated timeframe have been the subject of a claim for expenses. ___________________________________________________________________ Implications of the Report 1. Financial – None. 2. HR & Organisational Development – None 3. Community/Council Planning – None. 4. Legal – None. 5. Property/Assets – None. 6. Information Technology – None. 7. Equality & Human Rights - The Recommendations contained within this report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’ human rights have been identified arising from the recommendations contained in the report 8. Health & Safety – None. 9. Procurement – None. 10. Risk – None. 11. Privacy Impact – None. Page 120 of 238
Page 127
4 PUBLIC 12. Climate Risk – None. 13. Children’s Rights – not applicable. 14. Cosla Policy Position – None. ___________________________________________________________________ Author: David Love, Chief Planning Officer. Tel: 07483410182; Email: david.love@renfrewshire.gov.uk Page 121 of 238
Page 128
1 PUBLIC APPENDIX 1: Recently Determined Appeals (November 2024 – to date) Appeal Reference Address Application Reference and Description Current Status Decision Further info PPA-350-2059 Site on northern boundary of Roadhead Forge, Beith Road, Lochwinnoch Erection of petrol filling station, EVC charging points, class 1 retail unit, class 3 (coffee shop), car parking, associated facilities, landscaping, infrastructure works and new junction access Decided Appeal dismissed Decision Notice PPA-350-2058 Land to north east Auchenhean, Auchenhean Road, Lochwinnoch Siting of one managers cabin and formation of 5 touring caravan pitches with water and electrical hook ups, access road, sealed chemical storage tank, chemical emptying point and covered refuse storage area. Decided Appeal allowed Decision Notice ADA-350-2008 100 Harbour Road, Paisley Display of freestanding digital advertising hoarding Decided Appeal dismissed Decision Notice HHA-350-20 The Grange, Park Road, Johnstone Decision to not issue a high hedge notice Decided High Hedge decision confirmed Decision Notice TWCA-350-2003 Dykebar Hospital, Grahamston Road, Paisley Treeworks application to include tree removal and pruning Decided Appeal Allowed Decision Notice Page 122 of 238
Page 129
2 PUBLIC ENA-350-2013 5 Rowan Street, Paisley Unauthorised formation of openings on the front and rear elevations and the installation of cctv cameras to the rear of the property Decided Appeal dismissed Decision Notice NA-350-2013 Lochbarr Services, Newton of Barr, Lochwinnoch Change of use application to create 33 No. serviced caravan pitches on vacant land Decided Application refused Decision Notice CPO-350-4 AMIDS South, Renfrewshire Compulsory purchase order Decided Order Confirmed Decision Notice Page 123 of 238
Page 130
Page 124 of 238
Page 131
2 PUBLIC ___________________________________________________________________ To: Planning and Climate Change Policy Board On: 4 November 2025 ___________________________________________________________________ Report by: Chief Executive ___________________________________________________________________ Heading: Permitted Development Rights - Consultation ___________________________________________________________________ 1. Summary 1.1 The Scottish Government has recently published a consultation seeking views on a potential review of certain categories of permitted development rights. 1.2 This report provides an overview of the topics covered by the review and details the response which was submitted by officers, in liaison with the Convenor, prior to the submission deadline of 27th October 2025. ___________________________________________________________________ 2. Recommendations 2.1 It is recommended that the Board: Note that The Scottish Government published a review of permitted development rights and sought comments on proposed changes from interested parties. Note that Officers reviewed the consultation paper and submitted a response, following liaison with the Convenor, in line with the deadline as set by The Scottish Government. _________________________________________________________ 3. Background 3.1 Scottish Government is currently carrying out a review of permitted development rights. Item 6 PACC041125 Page 125 of 238
Page 132
3 PUBLIC 3.2 A consultation document was recently published and interested parties were invited to make comments on the potential changes to permitted development rights. 3.3 Comments required to be submitted to Scottish Government by 27th October 2025. 3.4 In light of the deadline noted above and given this fell before the meeting of the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board, officers prepared and submitted a response in line with the deadline, following liaison with the Convenor. 4. Proposed Changes 4.1 Permitted development rights and the use class order have the effect of allowing certain works or changes of use to take place without the need to seek full planning permission from the Planning Authority. 4.2 The consultation document sets out and seeks views on proposed changes to permitted development rights. Specifically, the proposals relate to the following: The provision of new homes in rural areas; The provision of new homes in town and city centres; and Domestic air source heat pumps and heat network connections. 4.3 The consultation paper can be viewed at: https://www.gov.scot/publications/permitted-development-rights- support-provision-new-homes-consultation/ 5. Next Steps 5.1 Officers have reviewed the consultation paper and have prepared and submitted a response ahead of the deadline for submissions on 27th October 2025. A copy of the response is detailed in Appendix 1 of this report. 5.2 Unfortunately, given the deadline and the timetable for the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board, it was not possible to present the response for approval prior to submission. 5.3 In light of the above, the response submitted was undertaken following liaison with the Convenor. Page 126 of 238
Page 133
4 PUBLIC __________________________________________________________________ Implications of the Report 1. Financial – None. 2. HR & Organisational Development – None 3. Community/Council Planning – None. 4. Legal – None. 5. Property/Assets – None. 6. Information Technology – None. 7. Equality & Human Rights - The Recommendations contained within this report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’ human rights have been identified arising from the recommendations contained in the report 8. Health & Safety – None. 9. Procurement – None. 10. Risk – None. 11. Privacy Impact – None. 12. Cosla Policy Position – None. 13. Climate Risk – None. Author: Ross Lee, Development Standards Manager. Tel: 07811899920; Email: ross.lee@renfrewshire.gov.uk Page 127 of 238
Page 134
5 PUBLIC APPENDIX 1: Response to Consultation Paper Question 1: We would welcome your views on changing the maximum limit of the cumulative number of homes that can be created by virtue of the PDR in each agricultural unit or forestry building (currently set at five). Do you consider that the maximum limit in Classes 18B and 22A of five residential units per agricultural unit or forestry building should be changed? Yes / No/ Unsure. If so, in what way? Please explain your answer including (if appropriate) how you consider the limit should change. Answer: No - we do not consider that the maximum limit requires to be increased. We consider five is a reasonable threshold and that anything more than this does merit consideration through a formal planning permission application. This would also ensure that any development for more than 5 dwellings is subject to statutory notification and includes provision for interested parties to provide comment. It would also ensure that the infrastructure implications of developments of more than five homes can be taken into account, along with the requirement for any planning obligations. An example would be the potential impact on a local school that is at or near capacity. There could also be implications for school transport services. Question 2: Currently, the floor space of any residential unit developed under Classes 18B or 22A must not exceed 150 square metres. Do you believe the current floor space maximum of 150 square metres in Classes 18B and 22A should be removed or increased? Yes / No / Unsure. Please explain how and why. Answer: No – we do not consider it requires to be either removed or increased. We consider 150 square metres is a reasonable floor limit/allowance before an application for full planning permission would be required. We are of the view that a threshold needs to be in place for this to safeguard against particularly sizeable conversions forming up to 5 dwellings. Larger homes accommodating more people can also have more significant infrastructure implications and have a greater impact on rural services, which are material considerations that can be considered in the assessment of full planning permission applications. Question 3: Do you believe that small extensions and/or separate buildings should be allowed as part of the conversion of an agricultural or forestry building to residential use under PDR? Yes / No / Unsure. Please explain your answer. Answer: Yes – We would consider it reasonable that the same buildings which can be converted without full planning permission should have the ability to make certain alterations, have small extensions and erect ancillary buildings within their curtilage without the need for full planning permission. We would consider it reasonable to apply the same parameters and limitations that relate to householders at present in terms of single storey extensions, alterations and enlargements etc. Question 4: Do you consider that any of the current location-based restrictions (sites of archaeological interest) in relation to Classes 18B and 22A should be removed and if so, which? Yes / No / Unsure. Please explain your answer. Page 128 of 238
Page 135
6 PUBLIC Answer: Unsure – we do not feel we are in an informed position to comment on whether the impact of removing sites of archaeological interest in relation to Class 18B or 22A would be appropriate or not. We would advise that this should be referred to West of Scotland Archaeological Service (WoSAS) to provide expert comment. Question 5: Do you consider the prior notification and approval mechanism (including the relevant matters and fee - £620) associated with Classes 18B and 22A should be changed? Yes / No / Unsure. If so, how? Please explain your answer. Answer: No – we consider the fee set for the prior notification and approval mechanism is reasonable, particularly when you consider the equivalent planning application fee increase and difference for the creation of more than one dwellinghouse compared to the flat rate fee for prior notification and approval which is set at £620.00. Question 6: Do you consider that PDR should allow the change of use of any other buildings on agricultural/forestry land to residential (e.g. equestrian)? Yes / No / Unsure. If so, to which type(s) of building should the PDR be extended, and why? Answer: No – we would have concerns about the potential implications of opening this up to other types of buildings which fall outwith the clearly defined terms of agricultural and forestry, equestrian being one such as example. We consider that such buildings which fall outwith these uses should be subject to assessment and consideration through a full planning permission application and that the process should continue to only apply to agriculture and forestry. Question 7: Do you consider that the PDR under Classes 18B or 22A should be expanded or revised in any other way? Yes / No / Unsure. Please explain your answer. Answer: No – no further comments on this beyond that which is set out in the responses above. Question 8: Do you believe that there should be new PDR for the replacement of agricultural and forestry buildings with new-build homes in particular circumstances? Yes / No / Unsure. If so, in what circumstances? Please explain your answer. Answer: No – we are of the view that the replacement of such buildings with new build homes should require to be subject to a full planning permission application. We consider these developments require to be assessed on their own merits and against relevant policies of the development plan to establish if its acceptable. The planning permission application process also allows the Planning Authority to assess and consider whether replacement as opposed to re-use is the most appropriate option in certain cases. Ensuring these come through the planning permission process also means that such proposals will remain subject to the normal publicity and opportunity for public comment which we consider important given the potential differences between a new build and what is to be demolished. We also refer to previous comments on implications for infrastructure and rural services. Page 129 of 238
Page 136
7 PUBLIC Question 9: Do you believe that there should be new PDR for new-build homes in any particular types of rural areas in particular circumstances? Yes / No / Unsure. If so, in what types of rural areas and in what circumstances? Please explain your answer. Answer: No – see answer to question 8 above. Question 10: Do you consider that proposals to convert the ground floor or entirety of buildings in town and city centres to residential use should benefit from PDR? Please explain your answer. Answer: Yes – we see merit in giving consideration to this. Although we would consider that there has to be some clearly defined parameters to the extent of this allowance. Given town centres host buildings of varying scale, mass height and density, we would have reservations about a situation where an entire building in a town centre is capable of being changed to residential as permitted development without any form of consent. However, there are some reservations around the impact of new development on infrastructure and local services, and how planning obligations could be managed. An example would be the impact on a catchment school or local GP services that are at or near capacity. Question 11: Do you consider that there should be PDR for the change of use of properties above Use Class 1A premises to residential use? Yes / No / Unsure. Please explain your answer. Answer: Unsure – Class 1A properties can be changed to Class 3 (restaurant/café) or Class 4 (Business) without the requirement for planning permission. This could potentially result in conflict in terms of compatibility issues between that use and the residential immediately above it. If these do not require to be subject to a planning permission application, we would raise concern over how safeguarding and mitigation would be secured to ensure these adjoining uses could work in compatibility with one another. If the suggestion would be that this could be covered through prior notification and prior approval, we would recommend that this would be better be managed through a planning permission application. We also refer to previous comments on impact on infrastructure and local services. Question 12: Do you have any comments about the prospect that the PDR would allow a change of use to residential from any existing use? Yes / No / Unsure. Please explain your answer. Answer: Yes – As outlined in the response to Question 10 above, we consider that there is an opportunity to introduce permitted development rights for change of use from residential from an existing use. Notwithstanding this, given the variety of uses that exist in town centres, we would consider it necessary to give careful consideration to putting in place parameters and limitations over when this change can happen as permitted development. This is important to protect the vitality of town centres and in particular established existing noise generating uses. Page 130 of 238
Page 137
8 PUBLIC Question 13: Do you think PDR for the change of use of properties above Use Class 1A premises to residential use should include any limits on the minimum or maximum floorspace, size and/or number of residential units that can be formed? Yes/No/Unsure. Please explain your answer and describe what you think the limits should be, if any. Answer: Yes – as outlined above we consider that introducing permitted development rights in these terms would only work if there were parameters around when and in what scenarios this can take place. Specifically, we feel consideration needs to be given to the fact that a Class 1A premises can be changed to a Class 3 (restaurant/café) or a Class 4 (business) without the requirement for planning permission. Given the broad range of uses which could exist below residential properties in town centre locations, we would recommend that some limitations need to be put in place to ensure that there is a means to secure mitigation in the interest of compatibility between uses. Question 14: What other potential limits, restrictions and exclusions to such PDR should be considered? Answer: Unsure – no further comment beyond those set out above. Question 15: Do you consider that a prior notification and approval mechanism should be required in respect of a PDR for ‘town centre living’ as discussed in this chapter? Yes / No / Unsure. If yes, what matters do you consider should potentially be subject to prior approval? Please explain your answer. • Answer: Unsure – we are inclined to say that we consider that it would be better approach to have defined options that could be undertake as permitted development (e.g. a permitted change of use) or alternative which require full planning permission if they exceed certain limitations. We note that you have provided options that could be considered through the prior approval process and this includes; provision of adequate natural light in all habitable rooms of the dwelling, access to the dwelling, impacts of noise on occupiers of the new dwelling, the risk of flooding of the site or building. We would be concerned that this level of consideration is almost interchangeable with what would be considered by a full planning permission and so if this scope is to be brought forward, it is more appropriate that it is subject to a full planning permission. Question 16: Should any such PDR (permitting the change of use of floors above Use Class 1A premises) also permit certain external alterations of a building to facilitate the conversion to residential use, if so what alterations? Please explain your answer. Answer: Yes – if permitted development rights are going to be introduced to permit change of use of Class 1A to residential, it would seem reasonable to allow for some external alterations as part of this. We would suggest alterations which do not constitute enlargement could be considered as permitted development (addition/deletion of doors/windows etc) and that there is less concern over these being permitted development given the overlooked nature of the majority of the locations in town centres. Page 131 of 238
Page 138
9 PUBLIC Question 17: Please provide any other comments regarding the potential options to introduce PDR for ‘town centre living’ proposals as discussed in this chapter. Answer: No further comments beyond the above. Question 18: Do you consider that any expanded PDR for rural homes (described in chapter 2) should be subject to a condition prohibiting the use of the new units for short- term letting? Yes / No / Unsure. Please explain your answer. Answer: Yes - It would reasonable to condition and prohibit this to ensure the Council can contain a degree of control over this given the differences in the way short term lets and generic residential can operate. This is particularly important for rural locations which more movements, activity etc could be more impactful and consequential. Also, if the purpose of the changes are to address the housing emergency, then this would not be achieved by increasing supply of short term lets. Question 19: Do you consider that any ‘town centre living’ PDR (described in chapter 3) should be subject to a condition prohibiting the use of the new units for short-term letting? Yes / No / Unsure. Please explain your answer. Answer: Yes - It would reasonable to condition and prohibit this to ensure the Council can contain a degree of control over this given the differences in the way short term lets and generic residential can operate. Also, if the purpose of the changes are to address the housing emergency, then this would not be achieved by increasing supply of short term lets. Question 20: Do you consider that it would be appropriate to amend PDR for existing dwellinghouses, to allow homeowners to make better use of their existing properties? Yes / No / Unsure. Please explain your answer. Answer: Yes – we note a number of options are referenced in the consultation paper; increasing the maximum ground area covered by the resulting building (currently restricted to no more than twice the ground area covered by the original dwellinghouse) that can be created, amending the external dimension restrictions (for example in conservation areas), increasing the amount of side and rear curtilage that can be developed under PDR and amending the PDR for alterations to roofs to allow greater use of loft space. We consider these options as reasonable ones to review and could see a scenario whereby these are relaxed but this does not have a significant upon the matters which the Planning Authority requires to consider as part of planning applications. Question 21: Do you consider that the reference in the PDR for domestic air source heat pumps (ASHPs) should be revised to make it clear that the installation must comply with Microgeneration Certification Scheme (MCS) 020 a)? Yes / No / Unsure. Please explain your answer. Page 132 of 238
Page 139
10 PUBLIC Answer: Yes – this is welcomed and will provide clarity for both the Planning Authority and applicants/installers of the standard that must be met. Question 22: Do you consider that air source heat pumps (ASHPs) installed on domestic properties under PDR should be permitted to be used for heating and cooling but not solely cooling? Yes / No / Unsure. Please explain your answer. Answer: Yes – We note that a similar change has been made to English legislation and see no reason why it would not be possible for the PDR to apply to both systems for heating and cooling. Question 23: Do you consider that the PDR for domestic ASHPs in Scotland should be amended to allow for the installation of up to two ASHPs on a detached dwellinghouse? Yes / No / Unsure. Please explain your answer. Answer: Yes – we would agree with the commentary relating to this question in that this would be reasonable for a detached dwellinghouse (with the anticipated offset etc) but that given the communal nature of flats and the shared elements of semi- detached, the limit should be maintained at one. Question 24: Do you consider that proposals that would result in more than one ASHP being installed on flatted buildings or on terraced or semi-detached properties should continue to be assessed on a case-by-case basis by planning authorities? Yes / No / Unsure. Please explain your answer. Answer: Yes – for the reasons outlined in response to Question 23 above. Question 25: Do you consider that any other changes should be made to the existing PDR for the installation of ASHPs in Scotland? Please explain your answer. Answer: No – we consider the proposed changes as set out are sufficient. Question 26: Do you consider that it would be appropriate to have PDR for the installation (and subsequent repair and maintenance) of connections from individual buildings to heat networks? Yes / No / Unsure. Please explain your answer. Answer: Yes – Reading the commentary relating to this in the consultation paper, it would be reasonable to have PDR covering this for the avoidance of any doubt. As set out, the majority of the installation will be internal or underground and so it does not merit planning consideration. Notwithstanding, a PDR with a stipulation that the ground must be restored to its original condition/appearance would be welcomed. Question 27: What are your views on the accuracy and scope of the environmental baseline set out in the environmental report? Answer: We have no comments to make on this. Page 133 of 238
Page 140
11 PUBLIC Question 28: What are your views on the predicted environmental effects of the proposals as set out in the environmental report? Please give details of any additional relevant sources. Answer: We have no comments to make on this. Question 29: What are your views on the assessment of alternatives as set out in the environmental report? Answer: We have no comments to make on this. Question 30: What are your views on the proposals for mitigation, enhancement and monitoring of the environmental effects set out in the environmental report? Answer: We have no comments to make on this. Question 31: Please provide any comments on the partial Business and Regulatory Impact Assessment (BRIA) and information on the potential business or regulatory impacts of any of the options identified in this consultation. Answer: We have no comments to make on this. Question 32: Are you aware of any examples of how any of the options identified in this consultation may affect, either positively or negatively, those with protected characteristics? If yes, please provide further detail. Answer: We have no comments to make on this. Question 33: Please provide any comments or information on the potential impacts on children’s rights and wellbeing of any of the options identified in this consultation. Answer: We have no comments to make on this. Question 34: Do you have any information or comments on the potential impacts on island communities of any of the options identified in this consultation? If yes, please provide further detail. Answer: We have no comments to make on this. Question 35: Are you aware of any examples of potential impacts, either positive or negative, that the options identified in this consultation may have on groups or areas at socio-economic disadvantage (such as income, low wealth or area deprivation)? If yes, please provide further detail. Answer: We have no comments to make on this. Question 36: Do you agree that a Fairer Scotland Duty assessment is not required in relation to the options set out in this consultation? Answer: We have no comments to make on this. Page 134 of 238
Page 141
PUBLIC ___________________________________________________________________ To: Planning and Climate Change Policy Board On: 4 November 2025 ___________________________________________________________________ Report by: Chief Executive ___________________________________________________________________ Heading: Section 75 Agreements - Update ___________________________________________________________________ 1. Summary 1.1 This report seeks to provide an update in respect of Section 75 (S75) agreements which are currently being negotiated by officers following a decision being made in relation to the respective planning application. 1.2 S75 agreements secure planning obligations which seek to mitigate the impacts of a proposed development and make it acceptable in planning terms. They can be used to secure financial contributions to, or in-kind provision of, necessary new social and community infrastructure to support new developments. ________________________________________________________________ 2. Recommendations 2.1 It is recommended that the Board: (i) Note the ongoing negotiations which are taking place in respect of securing planning obligations which will be secured by a Section 75 agreement, in accordance with Section 75 of the Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997. ___________________________________________________________________ 3. Background 3.1 Planning obligations seek to mitigate the impacts of a proposed development and make it acceptable in planning terms. They can be used to secure financial contributions to, or in-kind provision of, necessary new social and community infrastructure to support new developments. Item 7 PACC041125 Page 135 of 238
Page 142
PUBLIC 3.2 Obligations are usually entered into in accordance with Section 75 of Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997, as amended, and are commonly referred to as S75 Agreements. They are often used where a planning condition or another form of legal agreement would not be appropriate to address the impact of the development in question. 3.3 Planning obligations can be entered into between a person with an interest in the land and the planning authority; or via a unilateral undertaking by a person with an interest in the land. S75 agreements run with the land and the obligation continues to be enforceable against any subsequent owner of the land until such time as the details of the agreement are fully discharged by the local planning authority. 3.4 Scottish Government’s policy on Planning Obligations is expressed in Circular 3/2012 (Planning Obligations and Good Neighbour Agreements - Revised 2020). The Circular sets out five tests which must be met when seeking to secure a planning obligation: Necessary to make a proposal acceptable in planning terms (and overcome a barrier to the approval of planning permission); Serve a planning purpose where it is possible to identify infrastructure provision requirements to advance, should relate to development plans; Be related to the proposed development either as a direct consequence of it or arising from the cumulative impact of development in an area; Fairly and reasonably relate in scale and kind to the proposed development (provide or contribute to the provision of infrastructure that would not be necessary were it not for the development, on a proportionate pro-rata basis as appropriate, but not to resolve existing deficiencies); and Be reasonable in all other respects. 3.5 A number of planning applications are approved subject to a Section 75 agreement being put in place. For information, it should be noted that planning consent is not issued until such times as the S75 agreement has been signed and registered as required. 3.6 Further to the report considered at the March 2024 meeting of the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board, no new applications have been granted subject to a Section 75 agreement, while those that have been previously approved subject to an agreement have not yet been concluded. 3.7 In light of the above, the following applications are currently subject to Section 75 negotiations: 22/0178/PP: Residential development comprising 59 dwellinghouses and 24 flats, including access, drainage, landscaping and associated works at a site between Sandieland Wood and Flourish Road, Erskine; and 22/0481/PP: Erection of residential development comprising 64 dwellings with associated road and drainage infrastructure at former St. Brendans Social and Recreation Club, Stirling Drive, Linwood. Page 136 of 238
Page 143
PUBLIC 22/0178/PP: Site between Sandieland Wood and Flourish Road, Erskine 3.8 The above noted application relates to the erection of residential development comprising 59 dwellinghouses and 24 flats, including access, drainage, landscaping and associated works. 3.9 The application was approved subject to conditions and a S75 agreement at the meeting of the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board in November 2022. 3.10 The S75 agreement is required to secure the following: 24 affordable flats; Financial contribution in respect of education provision within the school catchment; and The provision of a formal pedestrian crossing point on Florish Road, Erskine. 3.11 Following the board decision, a draft S75 agreement has been exchanged between all parties concerned however, to date, no agreement has been reached. 3.12 In light of the demise of the applicant, Stewart Milne Homes, CALA Homes have confirmed that they intend to take forward the site and are currently preparing to provide revised plans in respect of the development. 3.13 Any revised layout will be considered and determined at a future meeting of the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board. 22/0481/PP: Former St. Brendans Social and Recreation Club, Stirling Drive, Linwood 3.14 The above noted application relates to the erection of a residential development comprising 64 dwellings with associated road and drainage infrastructure. 3.15 The application was approved subject to conditions and a S75 agreement at a meeting of the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board in November 2023. 3.16 The S75 agreement is required to secure the following: Financial contribution in respect of enhancements to an offsite play park to the north of Gilmartin Road, Linwood and associated tree planting; Financial contribution in respect of education provision within the school catchment; and The provision of affordable housing in line with the respective LDP policies. Page 137 of 238
Page 144
PUBLIC 3.17 Following the March 2024 meeting of the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board, the representatives of the applicant have been in touch to commence discussions in relation to the S75 agreement. 3.18 Discussions have been ongoing, however no agreement has yet been reached. In this regard, the application in question is being returned to Board with a revised recommendation which would enable the obligations to be secured via condition. A separate report relating to this matter forms part of the agenda. ___________________________________________________________________ Implications of the Report 1. Financial – Should the S75 agreements be signed and registered planning consent will be issued and thereafter any financial contributions will require to be paid to the council in line with the respective agreement. Payments received would then be released to the appropriate service as required to meet the obligations set out in the associated legal agreement or returned to the applicant where applicable. 2. HR & Organisational Development – None. 3. Community/Council Planning – None. 4. Legal – S75 agreements require to be negotiated in line decision made at the respective board meeting and thereafter registered as appropriate following agreement and signing. Thereafter obligations will require to be discharged or varied where appropriate when monies have been spent or returned. 5. Property/Assets - None 6. Information Technology - None 7. Equality & Human Rights - The Recommendations contained within this report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’ human rights have been identified arising from the recommendations contained in the report. If required following implementation, the actual impact of the recommendations and the mitigating actions will be reviewed and monitored, and the results of the assessment will be published on the Council’s website. 8. Health & Safety - None 9. Procurement - None 10. Risk - None 11. Privacy Impact – None Page 138 of 238
Page 145
PUBLIC 12. Climate Risk – None. 13. Children’s Rights – not applicable. 14. COSLA Policy Position - None. ___________________________________________________________________ Author: David Love, Chief Planning Officer Tel: 07483410182; Email: david.love@renfrewshire.gov.uk Page 139 of 238
Page 146
Page 140 of 238
Page 147
PUBLIC ___________________________________________________________________ To: Planning and Climate Change Policy Board On: 4 November 2025 ___________________________________________________________________ Report by: Chief Executive ___________________________________________________________________ Heading: Service Standards – Planning ___________________________________________________________________ 1. Summary 1.1 This report seeks to outline the proposed service standards as they apply to the Planning Service. ___________________________________________________________________ 2. Recommendations 2.1 It is recommended that the Board agree the Service Standards outlined in Appendix 1 of this report. _________________________________________________________ 3. Service Standards 3.1 The Planning Service is a statutory function and is responsible for delivering a wide range of services. 3.2 The service is primarily responsible, via the respective teams, for the following matters: the preparation of the Local Development Plan and associated guidance; the processing and determination of planning and other such applications; and the investigation of potential breaches of planning control and undertaking appropriate action to resolve any identified breach. Item 8 PACC041125 Page 141 of 238
Page 148
PUBLIC 3.3 In order to ensure the service provides a high-quality customer service and meets key performance indicators it is considered important to outline the service standards which apply to the Planning Service at Renfrewshire Council. 3.4 Appendix 1 outlines the service standard as it applies to both the Development Standards and Strategy and Place Teams. Development Standards 3.5 The Service Standards as they apply to the Development Standards Team seek to ensure that the service is responsive, helpful and meeting the needs of all our customers. 3.6 In order to ensure planning and other such applications are processed in an efficient and effective manner the service standards outline what can be expected when submitting an application. 3.7 In addition, it should be noted that the service standards outline circumstances whereby applications will be returned, or potentially refused, owning to invalid submissions or the lack of information provided. 3.8 The Service Standard also outlines what customers can expect when submitting representations in respect of live applications. 3.9 Expectations are also detailed in relation to potential breaches of planning control. Strategy and Place 3.10 The Service Standards as they apply to the Strategy and Place Team set out what can be expected by customers. 3.11 It should be noted that the team will publish the development plan and associated guidance on the Council’s website together with the Development Plan Scheme outlining the timetable and programme for the preparation of the new Local Development Plan. 3.12 In addition, the Service Standard sets outs what can be expected when participating in consultations relating to the emerging development plan and associated guidance. _________________________________________________________ 4. Monitoring and Review 4.1 The Service Standards will be monitored and reviewed on a regular basis to ensure they remain fit for purpose and meet the needs of both the service and our customers. Page 142 of 238
Page 149
PUBLIC 4.2 In the first instance it should be noted that a future revision will be presented to a future meeting of the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board which will incorporate Service Standards as they apply to Building Standards and Roads Development Control. ___________________________________________________________________ Implications of the Report 1. Financial – None. 2. HR & Organisational Development – None 3. Community/Council Planning – None. 4. Legal – None. 5. Property/Assets – None. 6. Information Technology – None. 7. Equality & Human Rights - The Recommendations contained within this report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’ human rights have been identified arising from the recommendations contained in the report 8. Health & Safety – None. 9. Procurement – None. 10. Risk – None. 11. Privacy Impact – None. 12. Climate Risk – None. 13. Children’s Rights – not applicable. 14. Cosla Policy Position – None. Author: David Love, Chief Planning Officer. Tel: 07483410182; Email: david.love@renfrewshire.gov.uk Page 143 of 238
Page 150
PUBLIC APPENDIX 1: SERVICE STANDARDS Introduction This Charter details what the Planning Service does and sets out what our customers can expect when engaging with us in relation to planning matters. The Planning Service is responsible for delivering a wide range of services and is split into two separate teams: Development Standards The Development Standards Team is responsible for the processing, consideration and determination of applications for planning permission and other such related permissions such as listed building consent, conservation area consent and treeworks. In addition, the team is responsible for investigating and seeking resolutions to reports of potential breaches in planning control. Strategy and Place The Strategy and Place Team is responsible for the preparation of the local development plan and associated guidance. In addition, the team also support the delivery of the Strategic Housing Investment Programme and the Local Housing Strategy. Page 144 of 238
Page 151
PUBLIC Overall Expectations We will: Always be polite, respectful, professional and helpful; Deal with all customers equally; Ensure that suitably experienced staff are able to deal with each respective query; Seek, where possible, to resolve enquires at the first point of contact; Direct customers to the relevant person/department should the Planning and Building Standards Service not be able to assist; Use plain English when communicating with customers and avoid the use of any technical language or jargon; Direct customers to further information which may be available online; Be honest, open and accountable for our actions; Listen to our customers and consult with others; and Promote a culture of continuous improvement in our processes, procedures and services. If you contact us by telephone, we will: Answer your call promptly; Introduce ourselves; Help you immediately if we can; Direct you to further information online where relevant, including online forms and guidance; and Where we are unable to resolve your query immediately we will take further details and call you back at a convenient time. We will return calls between 9am-12.30pm, Monday to Friday. If you write or email, we will: Provide a full response within 10 working days, or we will tell you if a longer timescale will apply; Reply in plain English which is free from technical language or jargon; Direct you to further information online where relevant, including online forms and guidance; and Provide the name and contact details of the person dealing with your query. If you visit us, we will: Agree an appointment time which is convenient to you; Wear identification badges; Direct you to further information online where relevant, including online forms and guidance; and Provide follow up details within a timescale agreed at the meeting. When we visit you, we will: Visit at a time which is convenient to you; Wear identification badges; and Seek to keep our appointment time, however should this not be possible or we are delayed we will inform you as soon as it is possible to do so. Page 145 of 238
Page 152
PUBLIC Development Standards The Development Standards Team are responsible for the processing and determination of all applications received including applications for planning permission, listed building consent, advertisement consent and applications for treeworks. We encourage everyone to submit all applications via the Scottish Government ePlanning website at https://www.edevelopment.scot/eDevelopmentClient/default.aspx. What you can expect from us when submitting an application: Within 3 working days of submitting your application we will aim to acknowledge receipt of your application. Within 5 working days of submitting your application we will aim review your application and advise of any issues which would prevent the application being registered as a valid application. It should be noted that it is the responsibility of the applicant to ensure that all submitted applications meet the validation criteria. In addition, should any application not be submitted in our expected format the application will be returned. Appendix 1 details our additional expectations when submitting a planning application. In the event that a submitted application is invalid, we will write to you and advise of what you require to do for the application to be registered and validated. We will set a deadline for the submission of further details. Should the additional information not be submitted within the deadline provided we will return your application together with the application fee. Confirmation of validation will be issued within 3 working days of applications being made valid. Within 3 working days of any application being validated we will aim to issue the required neighbour notification and consult on the application, where relevant. Within 20 working days of any application being validated we will aim to undertake a site visit, where required. In the event that the requirement for further information is identified as part of the consideration of the application, we will write to you to request the additional information and set a deadline for the submission of the information in question. Should the information not be submitted by the set deadline, we will consider how best to proceed which may include refusing the application due to a lack of information. We will aim to issue decisions relating to all applications within the timeframes set out within legislation or within the timeframes agreed in related processing agreements and/or time extensions. Expected timeframes for each type of application are detailed within Appendix 2. What you can expect from us when commenting on an application: All validated applications will be available to view on the portal immediately after they are validated. All documentation submitted with the application will be available to view Comments relating to an application can be submitted via the planning portal. A guide detailing how to comment on applications can be found here. Page 146 of 238
Page 153
PUBLIC You will receive an automatic email acknowledgement when commenting on an application using the planning portal. In the event that your comment is submitted by letter or email, we will aim to acknowledge receipt of your comment within 3 working days. We will aim to publish all comments received on the planning portal, including name and address, within 3 workings days of receipt. We will not accept any late comments. We will not accept any anonymous comments. We will re-notify you of any changes to the application if they raise any new planning issues. If the application is to be considered and determined by the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board we will notify you of the date/time of the meeting. Following the determination of an application we will aim to notify you of the outcome within 3 working days. What you can expect from us when reporting a potential breach in planning control: Within 5 working days of submitting a report of a potential breach in planning control we will aim to acknowledge receipt of your report. An investigation into the reported matter will be undertaken and a response updating the complainant will be provided within 28 working days of the initial acknowledgment. This response will also advise what proposed action will be taken, if any. This may include the need for additional investigation prior to deciding on a course of action or if the matter does not involve a breach of planning control or if it is not intended to take any further action. We will aim to keep people informed about significant stages in the progress of the reported case. Where there has been no progress for a period of 28 working days, the case officer will provide an update. Where a planning breach cannot be resolved and action is justified, a formal notice will be served. The Council will write to the developer / applicant / landowner in advance of serving any notice warning of the intent to do so. Thereafter, the recipient of the notice will be advised as to what action is required, the timescales involved and the available options to resolve the issue. Page 147 of 238
Page 154
PUBLIC Strategy and Place The planning system operates within legislation, guidance and advice which, at a national level, is set by The Scottish Government. Further details can be found at https://www.gov.scot/policies/planning- architecture/. In Scotland, the planning system is considered to be a plan led system – that means that development plans are prepared which set out the principles for where the development of land would be acceptable and where land should be protected. In Renfrewshire the development plan consists of the following: National Planning Framework 4 Local Development Plan (adopted December 2021) What can you expect from us: We will make the development plan and associated guidance available on our website. We will prepare an annual Development Plan Scheme which will set out the timetable and programme for the preparation of the new Local Development Plan. We will use a range of consultation methods to provide opportunities for everyone to engage, influence and get involved in the preparation of the new Local Development Plan. We will aim to acknowledge responses to development plan and guidance consultations within 5 working days of them being received. Where appropriate we will publish summaries of consultation responses received and the Council’s response to these. Sometimes this will be done within statutory documents associated with the local development plan process. Page 148 of 238
Page 155
PUBLIC Planning and Climate Change Policy Board: 4 November 2025 Supplementary Report by Chief Planning Officer Reference No 25/0370/PP Application Type Planning Permission (Local) Proposal Erection of 8 holiday cottages with associated landscaping and infrastructure works Location Site 350 Metres Northeast of Fodstone Farm, Kilmacolm Road, Bridge of Weir Ward 11 – Bishopton, Bridge of Weir and Langbank Community Council Bridge of Weir Community Council Applicant Mr Douglas Lyle Recommendation Refuse All plans, reports, documents and representations relating to this application can be viewed in full online at https://pl-bs.renfrewshire.gov.uk/online- applications/applicationDetails.do?activeTab=summary&keyVal=SWIEUWMWI9900 This supplementary report should be read together with the original report of handling considered by the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board on the 26 August 2025. Appendix 1 details the original report of handling. Background The Planning and Climate Change Policy Board at its meeting on 26 August 2025 considered the attached report of handling and decided to continue the consideration of the report to allow a site visit to take place and to allow the Planning Service to consider additional information submitted by the applicant. The following drawings and documentation have subsequently been submitted by the applicant and reviewed by the Planning Service: Existing and Proposed Site Layout (22-47-PL-04C) Existing and Proposed Area 1 (22-47-PL-05C) Proposed Site Plan Area 3 (22-47-PLC) Existing and Proposed Area 2 (22-47-PL-07C) Proposed Road Sections Passing Bay Details (22-47-PL-11B) Farm and Business Context Masterplan (22-47-PL-12A) Proposed Entrance Detail (22-47-PL-13B) Site Selection Background Information (22-47-PL-13B) Site Selection Detailed Analysis (22-47-PL-15) Site Selection Site A+B (22-47-PL-16) Supplementary Planning Statement Supplementary Transport Statement Additional Supporting Information Site Visit A site visit took place on 28 October 2025 and those members attending viewed the application site and its surroundings. The site visit was conducted in accordance with the Protocol for Site Visits, and members attending did not discuss the merits of the proposal. Additional Letters of Representation An additional six letters of support have been submitted. Four are from businesses located in Bridge of Weir, Houston, Crosslee and Erskine while the other two are from the applicant and his sister. Item 9(a) PACC041125 Page 149 of 238
Page 156
PUBLIC Additional Information The package of additional information received has been carefully considered by the Planning Service but following review this does not substantially change the findings or recommendations set out in the report of handling presented to the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board at its meeting on 26 August 2025. Scottish Gas Networks (SGN) have removed their objection to the proposal subject to the application of various conditions and so this does address reason 6 forming part of the recommended reasons for refusal. Notwithstanding this, the Planning Service continues to be of the view that the proximity of the development to Bridge of Weir and the distance between the cottages and the farm itself raises issues in respect of the adopted spatial strategy and that the proposal would contribute to the erosion of the settlement boundary in this location. Furthermore, the lack of sustainable or active travel options raised by Roads Development remains a concern given those staying in the cottages would need to leave the site to access services throughout their stay. A detailed assessment of the proposed development is included in the attached report of handling. Recommendation It is recommended that the application is refused for the reasons set out in the report of handling which was considered by the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board on 26 August 2025, minus reason six which related to the now resolved objection from Scottish Gas Networks (SGN). Schedule of Plans Reviewed Drawing Number Revision Drawing/Document Title 22-47-PL-04 (REV C) Existing and Proposed Site Layout 22-47-PL-05 (REV C) Existing and Proposed Area 1 22-47-PL-06 (REV C) Proposed Site Plan Area 3 22-47-PL-07 (REV C) Existing and Proposed Area 2 22-47-PL-11 (REV B) Proposed Road Sections Passing Bay Details 22-47-PL-12 (REV A) Farm and Business Context Masterplan 22-47-PL-13 (REV B) Proposed Entrance Detail 22-47-PL-14 Site Selection Background Information 22-47-PL-15 Site Selection Detailed Analysis 22-47-PL-16 Site Selection Site A+B - Supplementary Planning Statement - Supplementary Transport Statement - Additional Supporting Information For further information please contact James McCafferty, Development Standards Team, Email: james.mccafferty@renfrewshire.gov.uk Page 150 of 238
Page 157
PUBLIC APPENDIX 1 Planning and Climate Change Policy Board: 26 August 2025 Report by Chief Planning Officer Reference No 25/0370/PP Application Type Planning Permission (Local) Proposal Erection of 8 holiday cottages with associated landscaping and infrastructure works Location Site 350 Metres Northeast of Fodstone Farm, Kilmacolm Road, Bridge of Weir Ward 11 - Bishopton, Bridge of Weir and Langbank Community Council Bridge of Weir Community Council Applicant Mr Douglas Lyle Recommendation Refuse All plans, reports, documents and representations relating to this application can be viewed in full online at https://pl-bs.renfrewshire.gov.uk/online- applications/applicationDetails.do?activeTab=summary&keyVal=SWIEUWMWI9900 This report fulfils the requirements of regulation 16, Schedule 2, paragraphs 3(c) and 4 of The Town and Country Planning (Development Management Procedure) (Scotland) Regulations 2013. The report is presented to the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board in line with the Council's Scheme of Delegation. In this instance, Cllrs McCulloch, Airlie-Nicolson and James MacLaren have requested that the application be determined by the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board due to the impact the development would have on the green belt. Proposal This application seeks planning permission for the erection of eight holiday lodges and associated infrastructure and landscaping on land to the north of Kilmacolm Road (A761), Bridge of Weir. The cottages would be divided into two groups, with four located at the northern end of the site and four at its eastern end. The single storey cottages would all be of a similar design and would, at their maximum extent, measure approximately 12 metres in width by 11 metres in depth. The buildings would each feature a cross-gable slate roof that would measure 3 metres in height to the eaves and 6.1 metres to the ridge. Passing spaces would be formed along an existing track within the site that would be used to link the northern group of cottages to Kilmacolm Road. A new 130-metre-long track would be formed to link the eastern group of cottages with the existing track. Space to park six cars would be formed at the intersection of the two tracks. A new junction linking the site to Kilmacolm Road would be formed, with entrance pillars and walls erected on either side to formalise the entrance. Areas of landscaping would be created across the site. Site Description The application site is located to the west of Bridge of Weir, with access taken from Kilmacolm Road, a national speed limit A road, to the south. The site rises gently from south to north. Woodland covers the section of the site that runs north from Kilmacolm Road to where the northernmost cottages would be located while the eastern leg of the site is an open field. Page 151 of 238
Page 158
PUBLIC The application site is part of a much larger area of land owned by Scart Farm which is found approximately 800 metres to the west along Kilmacolm Road. Pre-Application Consultation with Officers The Scottish Government strongly encourages constructive pre-application discussions between prospective applicants and the planning authority. Pre-application discussions seek to identify key planning considerations at an early stage and help inform what supporting information is required to support a subsequent application. Pre-application discussions have taken place, focusing on whether the development would be acceptable given the green belt designation. The applicant was advised that it would be difficult to support the proposal given the green belt location and lack of justification for tourism related facilities within the area. Negotiated Improvements No changes have been negotiated. Site History The planning history for the site is as follows; if no history is listed then planning has no record of previous applications for the site. Application No: 21/1747/PP Description: Erection of farm shop and cafe and formation of children's play area and secured dog park. Decision: Refused. Application No: 24/0909/PP Description: Erection of 8 holiday cottages Decision: Withdrawn. Consultations Bridge of Weir Community Council - objects on the grounds that the development would undermine the greenbelt, that no market analysis has been undertaken to demonstrate the need for the development and that there are existing buildings that should be converted instead. The objection also raises road safety concerns, the lack of pedestrian and cycle provision, that the ecological survey was conducted at the wrong time of year and wider biodiversity concerns. Chief Executive's (Roads Development) - object on the grounds that it has not been demonstrated that the access into the site would be safe, the impact the development would have on an existing layby, the lack of a swept path analysis and the lack of pedestrian and cycle provision. Concerns have also been raised regarding the lack of information on how surface water runoff will be prevented from discharging onto the public road. Environment, Health and Infrastructure (Environmental Protection) - no objection, subject to a condition relating to the remediation of the site. Scottish Gas Networks (SGN) (High Pressure Gas Mains) - object as the impact the development would have on a high pressure gas pipeline that runs through the site is not understood. West of Scotland Archaeology Service (WoSAS) - no objection subject to a condition relating to programme of archaeological works carried out in accordance with a written Page 152 of 238
Page 159
PUBLIC scheme of investigation that has been agreed in advance with the West of Scotland Archaeology Service. Health And Safety Executive - do not advise against the development. Representations The application has been publicised in line with the requirements of the relevant legislation. The following representations were received: Object - 21 Support - 1 Neutral - 0 The issues raised in support of the application can be summarised as follows: 1. The development would boost the local economy. 2. The proposal would strengthen the tourist offering in the area. 3. The development would be sympathetic to the character of the village. The issues raised by the objectors can be summarised as follows: 1. Existing road infrastructure is not suitable. 2. No safe pedestrian or cycle route serves the site. 3. The development would have a negative impact on biodiversity. 4. The development would undermine the green belt in this location. 5. Neighbour notification was not undertaken. 6. The setting of a nearby listed building would be negatively impacted. 7. The ownership details are incorrect. 8. No evidence of market demand for the cottages. 9. The ecological assessment was undertaken at the wrong time of the year. 10. Existing buildings should be converted to holiday accommodation instead. 11. Access will not be allowed via Gryffe Castle. 12. The development would set an undesirable precedent. 13. The ecological assessment is insufficient. 14. Holiday cottages could cause anti-social behaviour. 15. Disposal of wastewater from the development could negatively impact the Gryffe. Policy Context In making any determination under the Planning Acts, regard is to be had to the development plan unless material considerations indicate otherwise. In this instance the Development Plan consists of National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4) and the Renfrewshire Local Development Plan (2021) (LDP). The following provisions of the Development Plan are considered relevant to the determination of this application: National Planning Framework 4 Policy 3 - Biodiversity Policy 4 - Natural places Policy 7 - Historic assets and places Policy 8 - Green belts Policy 13 - Sustainable transport Policy 18 - Infrastructure first Policy 22 - Flood risk and water management Policy 23 - Health and safety Policy 27 - City, town, local and commercial centres Page 153 of 238
Page 160
PUBLIC Policy 30 - Tourism Full details relating to the policies of the NPF4 can be found online. Renfrewshire Local Development Plan Policy C2 - Development outwith Renfrewshire's Network of Centres Policy E4 - Tourism Policy ENV1 - Green Belt Policy ENV2 - Natural Heritage Policy ENV3 - Built and Cultural Heritage Policy I1 - Connecting Places Policy I3 - Flooding and Drainage Full details relating to the policies of the LDP can be found online. Other relevant policies and guidance Delivering the Economic Strategy - Tourism Delivering the Centres Strategy - Development Out with Renfrewshire's Network of Centres Delivering the Infrastructure Strategy - Connecting Places Delivering the Infrastructure Strategy - Flooding and Drainage Delivering the Places Strategy - Creating Places Delivering the Environment Strategy - Green Belt Development Criteria Delivering the Environment Strategy - Trees, Woodlands and Forestry Delivering the Environment Strategy - Biodiversity Delivering the Environment Strategy - Listed Buildings Delivering the Environment Strategy - Pipelines and Major Hazards New Development in the Countryside 2022 NatureScot standing advice for planning consultations (Bats) Submitted Reports and Assessments The following reports and assessments were submitted in support of the application: Planning Statement - sets out the applicant's rationale for the proposal. Heritage Impact Statement - considers the impact the development would have on the nearby Gryffe Castle, a B-listed building. Ecological Appraisal Report - examines the impact the development would have on nature, including protected species, and outlines measures to improve biodiversity in line with the requirements of NPF4. Traffic Survey Report - details the results of a traffic count carried out on Kilmacolm Road. Transport Statement - justifies the proposal in terms of road safety and active travel. Response to Public Representations - responds to issues raised in representations received from members of the public. Scottish Ministers Direction In determining a planning application, the Council is required to provide details of any Direction made by Scottish Ministers under Regulation 30 (Directions requiring consultation), Regulation 31 (Directions requiring information), Regulation 32 (Directions restricting the grant of planning permission) and Regulation 33 (Directions requiring consideration of condition) of Page 154 of 238
Page 161
PUBLIC The Town and Country Planning (Development Management Procedure) (Scotland) Regulations 2013, or under Regulation 50 (that development is EIA development) of The Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) (Scotland) Regulations 2017. None. Planning Assessment The main issues that must be considered are the impact the tourism related development would have on the green belt and on the Bridge of Weir as a Local Service Centre. Other matters such as the impact on the environment and existing infrastructure must also be considered. Green Belt and Tourism Policy 8 of NPF4 provides support for tourism uses within the green belt provided all additional criteria set out within section ii) of the policy are met. As the application is for eight holiday cottages within the green belt it complies with the initial requirements of Policy 8 but can be assessed against the additional criteria set out in ii) as follows: Reasons are provided as to why a green belt location is essential and why it cannot be located on an alternative site outwith the green belt The applicant's supporting statement notes that Scart Farm has sought to diversify in recent years, offering a range of services and activities that support the main farming operations. The statement lists a dog daycare facility, activity days such as off-road quad biking, a coffee kiosk, farm tours, educational workshops, seasonal events and an events space as facilities that are now offered at the farm. The supporting statement notes that holiday cottages offer the opportunity to further support and expand the business. However, no justification is provided as to why a green belt location is essential and why the development cannot be located on an alternative site outwith the green belt. While it is acknowledged that the land in question is owned by Scart Farm, land ownership is not a material planning consideration. No site selection data has been provided, and no attempt has been made to discount land within the Bridge of Weir settlement boundary. Given that Bridge of Weir lies immediately to the east of the application site and is no further from the farm itself than the northernmost cottages would be, a detailed analysis to discount existing sites within the settlement is required. Arguments in favour of viewing the development as supplementary to the existing offering at Scart Farm are also undermined by the fact that the cottages themselves would be 1.2 kilometres away from the farm. In addition, no justification has been provided as to why overnight residential accommodation is required for the activities offered at the farm given they are not typically activities that take place over more than one day and the activities have been able to take place up until now with no associated accommodation. The applicant points to information that suggests that there is a lack of overnight accommodation within Bridge of Weir, but this in itself does not justify development outwith the settlement in the green belt. Given the above, the proposal is contrary to Policy 8 ii) of NPF4 in that reasons as to why a green belt location is essential and why the development cannot be located on an alternative site outwith the green belt have not been provided. The purpose of the green belt at that location is not undermined Page 155 of 238
Page 162
PUBLIC The development would take place at the margins of the field and within cleared areas of woodland so would not prevent the land from being used for agricultural purposes should the landowner wish to do so. The proposal is compatible with the surrounding established countryside and landscape character As the cottages would be small in size and would be split into two groups of four, they would not stand out in the landscape when viewed from Kilmacolm Road or the nearby National Cycle Route. The traditional render and slate roof finish would also help minimise the impact the development would have on the established character of the countryside in this location. Furthermore, the existing woodland and proposed planting that would take place across the site would soften the impact the development would have on the landscape. The new track would not be highly visible within the landscape while junctions of a similar design to the one that would be formed to connect the development to Kilmacolm Road are found along the length of the road. The proposal has been designed to ensure it is of an appropriate scale, massing and external appearance, and uses materials that minimise visual impact on the green belt as far as possible The small scale of the cottages coupled with the proposed planting and render and slate finish means the development would not look out of place within a countryside setting. Full details of the finishing materials to be used across the development could be requested either prior to determination or via condition but as the proposal is unacceptable for the reasons discussed above this has not been progressed. The nearest cottage would be approximately 80 metres away from Gryffe Castle, a B listed building. However, the separation distance, the small scale of the development and the fact that the two are separated by well-established tree cover means the proposal would not have an unacceptable impact on the setting of the listed building. The proposal complies with Policy ENV3 of the LDP and Policy 7 of NPF4 in this regard. There will be no significant long-term impacts on the environmental quality of the green belt The track that would link the northernmost cottages to Kilmacolm Road and the cottages themselves would sit within an area of ancient woodland. However, the ecological appraisal submitted by the applicant notes that no trees would be removed as the proposal would make use of an existing track and clearing. If the proposal was considered acceptable in all other respects a condition covering tree felling could have been added to further protect the woodland. In addition, native woodland planting would take place across the site to increase tree cover. The proposal is considered to comply with Policy ENV2 of the LDP and Policy 6 of NPF4 in this regard. The ecological appraisal submitted by the applicant notes that three trees within close proximity to the site have preliminary roosting features for individual bats. While it is acknowledged that the trees are not near the cottages and the track in this location already exists, the proposal would result in an increase in activity in the area both during construction and when the site is operational. Standing advice from NatureScot states that a bat roost survey should be carried out in such circumstances. No bat roost survey has been undertaken but the matter has not been pursued given the proposal is considered unacceptable. The ecological appraisal raises no other concerns in respect of protected species in line with the requirements of Policy 4 of NPF4. Page 156 of 238
Page 163
PUBLIC Similarly, no information has been submitted to demonstrate how surface water or foul drainage will be dealt with in line with the requirements of the Development Plan but this has not been pursued given the Council cannot support the proposal for the reasons noted above. Grassland rich in flowering species and shrub planting would take place across the site to boost biodiversity in line with the requirements of Policy ENV2 of the LDP and Policy 3 of NPF4. While it is acknowledged that no trees would be removed to accommodate the proposal and additional planting would take place in an attempt to improve biodiversity, it has not been established, based on the information submitted by the applicant, that the development would not have a significant long term impact on the environmental quality of the green belt in respect of protected species and water quality. Given the above, the proposal is contrary to Policy 8 of NPF4 as a whole in that, although for a tourism related use, reasons as to why a green belt location is essential and why the development cannot be located on an alternative site outwith the green belt have not been provided. Furthermore, it has not been demonstrated that there will be no significant long-term impacts on the environmental quality of the green belt. Separately, Policy ENV1 of the LDP provides support for tourism related development within the green belt provided the proposal is acceptable under Policy E4 of the LDP. Policy E4 states that proposals for sustainable tourism will only be supported where, among other criteria, the development can demonstrate a locational need. As discussed above, it has not been demonstrated that there is a site-specific locational need for the development. Policy ENV1 also provides support for developments that demonstrate diversification within the green belt and which promote new employment or tourism opportunities. However, such a provision does not exist within NPF4, which, as discussed above, requires additional justification for the green belt location beyond the fact the development is related to tourism. As NPF4 was adopted later it takes precedence and the opportunity to justify tourism related development within the green belt on that basis is no longer open to applicants. The proposal is therefore considered to be contrary to Policies E4 and ENV1 of the LDP and the associated supplementary guidance of both policies. Policy 30 a) of NPF4 provides support for tourist facilities in locations identified in the LDP. The adopted spatial strategy, which forms part of the adopted LDP, does not designate the land for tourism related uses while the green belt designation cannot be used to justify a tourism use for reasons discussed above. Policy 30 b) sets out additional criteria that should be considered when assessing tourism related development. The proposal would make a positive contribution to the local economy, with the applicant attempting to quantify the impact in their supporting statement. The proposal would also not raise any compatibility issues with the surrounding landscape for reasons discussed above and as a small scale newbuild development the proposal would not have a negative impact on the provision of homes or services for local people. Issues such as access for disabled people and measures to minimise carbon emissions could have been conditions and would also be dealt with through the building warrant process. The proposal would also make access into the natural environment easier for those staying in the cottages. However, Policy 30 also requires proposals to take opportunities for sustainable travel into account. There is no continuous footway along Kilmacolm Road between Bridge or Weir, the application site and Scart Farm. Given that Kilmacolm Road is a national speed limit A road it is considered unacceptable that there would be no segregated route for pedestrians to use. Page 157 of 238
Page 164
PUBLIC The applicant argues that the National Cycle Route 75 - which runs from Bridge of Weir past Scart Farm - caters for pedestrians and cyclists. However, there is no direct connection from the application site onto the Cycle Route and no connection from the Cycle Route into Scart Farm. Given the National Cycle Route is in 3rd party ownership the delivery of such connections would not be solely within the gift of the applicant. The proposal is therefore contrary to Policy I1 of the LDP and Policy 13 of NPF4 in that it would create a car dominated development that does not prioritise the needs of pedestrians and cyclists. Overall, while the proposal aligns with many of the criteria set out in Policy 30 b), the lack of a supporting designation within the adopted spatial strategy and the lack of active travel options for occupants means the development is ultimately considered contrary to Policy 30 of NPF4. Impact on Bridge of Weir Town Centre Policy C2 of the LDP and Policy 27 of NPF4 direct footfall generating development to Centre locations identified within the adopted spatial strategy. It is only acceptable for development to be located outwith the Centre if a sequential assessment to justify the location and it has been demonstrated that nearby Centres would not be negatively affected. No sequential assessment has been undertaken, and no evidence has been provided as to the impact on Bridge of Weir Village Centre beyond unsubstantiated figures around the potential economic impact of the development. The ability of visitors to travel into Bridge of Weir is made more difficult by the fact that there is no footway along Kilmacolm Road for most of the distance between the application site and the village. As such, the proposal is contrary to Policy C2 of NPF4 as well as Policy 27 of NPF4. Other Matters The West of Scotland Archaeology Service (WOSAS) have requested that a condition be applied requiring the implementation of a programme of archaeological works agreed in advance with WOSAS and the Planning Authority. Had the proposal been considered acceptable then this condition would have been applied to ensure the development complied with the requirements of Policy 7 of NPF4 and Policy ENV3 of the LDP in this regard. Roads Development has objected to the proposal on numerous road safety grounds. These include the design of both the access onto Kilmacolm Road and the tracks within the site, the impact increased use of the access would have on an existing layby and the lack of a swept path analysis to demonstrate how large refuse or emergency service vehicles would access the site. Roads Development has also raised the lack of active travel options that were discussed earlier in the report. Finally, a high-pressure gas transmission pipeline runs through the site. The Health and Safety Executive (HSE) have not advised against the granting of the application due to the low number of occupants and the distance between the cottages and the pipeline. However, Scottish Gas Networks have objected as the potential impact the development, including construction, would have on their infrastructure has not been established. The proposal is therefore contrary to Policies 18 and 23 of NPF4 and the New Development Supplementary Guidance on Pipelines and Major Hazards. Representations Neighbour notification was carried out in line with the requirements of the Town and Country Planning (Development Management Procedure) (Scotland) Regulations 2013. An advert was also published in the local newspaper for neighbour notification purposes in line with the requirements of the regulations. Land ownership information is acceptable in good faith by the Planning Authority as land ownership is not a material planning consideration. Page 158 of 238
Page 165
PUBLIC The fact there may not be market demand for the cottages or the fact that there could be existing buildings that should be converted instead are not material factors in the assessment of this application. In respect of the claim that the development would set an undesirable precedent, each application is assessed on its own merits. Although objectors note that no access would be allowed via Gryffe Castle, the development does not propose taking access via Gryffe Castle. All other issues have been addressed in the above report. Planning Obligations The Council is required to provide a summary of the terms of any planning obligation which is required to be entered into under Section 75 of the Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act in relation to the grant of permission for the proposed development: None. Conclusion In view of the above, the proposal is contrary to both Policy 8 of NPF4 and Policies E4 and ENV1 of the LDP in that adequate justification has not been provided as to why a location within the green belt and outwith the settlement boundary is required. The proposal is also contrary to Policy 30 of NPF4 as the land is not designated for tourist uses and opportunities for sustainable travel have not been incorporated into the proposal. The lack of sustainable travel options also means the proposal is contrary to Policy 13 of NPF4 and Policy I1 of the LDP. The proposal does not comply with Policy 27 of NPF4 and Policy C2 of the LDP in that no justification for the development's location outwith the nearby Centre has been provided. Finally, Scottish Gas Networks have objected as the impact the development would have on a high-pressure gas pipeline has not been established. Recommendation Refuse. Reason(s) for Recommendation 1. The proposed development is contrary to Policy 8 of National Planning Framework 4 in that although for a tourism related use, it has not been demonstrated that a green belt location is essential and that the development cannot be located on an alternative site outwith the green belt. In addition, it has not been demonstrated that there would be no significant long-term impacts on the environmental quality of the green belt. 2. The proposed development is contrary to Policy 30 of National Planning Framework 4 in that the land is not identified for tourist facilities within the adopted spatial strategy and does not provide opportunities for sustainable travel. 3. The proposed development is contrary to Policy E4 of the Local Development Plan and the New Development Supplementary Guidance on Tourism in that it has not been demonstrated that there is a site-specific locational need for the development. The proposal is therefore also contrary to Policy ENV1 of the Local Development Plan and the New Development Supplementary Guidance on Development within the Green Belt in that there is no justification for the development outwith the settlement boundary. Page 159 of 238
Page 166
PUBLIC 4. The proposed development is contrary to Policy 13 of National Planning Framework 4, Policy I1 of the Local Development Plan and the New Development Supplementary Guidance on both Connecting Places and Creating Places in that the transport requirements generated from the proposal have not been considered in line with sustainable travel hierarchies. 5. The proposed development is contrary to Policy 27 of National Planning Framework 4, Policy C2 of the Local Development Plan and the New Development Supplementary Guidance on Renfrewshire's Network of Centres in that the proposal is contrary to the town centre first approach and that no justification has been provided as to why the development should be located outwith a designated Centre. 6. The proposed development is contrary to Policies 18 and 23 of National Planning Framework 4 and the New Development Supplementary Guidance on Pipelines and Major Hazards in that Scottish Gas Networks has objected on the grounds that the development is within the vicinity of a high pressure gas transmission pipeline. The applicant has not demonstrated to the satisfaction of Scottish Gas Networks or the Planning Authority that the development would have no impact on the pipeline. Condition(s) 1. None required. Advisory Note(s) 1. None required. Schedule of Plans Drawing Number Revision Drawing/Document Title 22-47-EX-01A Site Location Plan 22-47-EX-02A Site Location Plan Supplementary 22-47-PL-04B Existing and Proposed Site Layout 22-47-PL-05B Existing and Proposed Area 1 22-47-PL-06B Proposed Site Plan Area 3 22-47-PL-07B Existing and Proposed Area 2 22-47-PL-08 Proposed Tourism Units 22-47-PL-09 Proposed Contextual Elevations 22-47-PL-10 Proposed Chalet No. 2 Landscape Plan 22-47-PL-11A Proposed Road Sections Passing Bay Details 22-47-PL-12 Farm and Business Context Masterplan 22-47-PL-13 Proposed Entrance Detail - Overall Planting Layout - Detail Planting Layout A - Detail Planting Layout B - Ecological Appraisal Report - Summary Ecological Appraisal and Biodiversity Enhancements - Heritage Impact Statement - Transport Statement For further information please contact James McCafferty, Development Standards Team, Email: james.mccafferty@renfrewshire.gov.uk Page 160 of 238
Page 167
PUBLIC Report by Chief Planning Officer Planning and Climate Change Policy Board: 4th November 2025 Reference No 22/0481/PP Application Type Planning Permission Proposal Erection of residential development comprising 64 dwellings with associated road and drainage infrastructure. Location Former St Brendans Social and Recreation Club, Stirling Drive Linwood Ward 10 – Houston, Crosslee and Linwood Community Council Linwood Community Council Applicant McTaggart Construction Recommendation Grant subject to conditions All plans, reports, documents and representations relating to this application can be viewed in full online at https://pl-bs.renfrewshire.gov.uk/online- applications/applicationDetails.do?activeTab=documents&keyVal=RT8ZHOMWGMY00 This supplementary report should be read together with the original report of handling considered by the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board on 7 November 2023. Appendix 1 details the original report of handling. Background Planning application 22/0481/PP for the erection of 64 dwellinghouse on the site of the former St Brendans Social and Recreational Club in Linwood was granted by the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board at the meeting on the 7th of November 2023 subject to conditions and a Section 75 legal agreement. The Section 75 legal agreement was required to secure the following planning obligations: Financial contribution in respect of enhancements to an offsite play park to the north of Gilmartin Road, Linwood and associated tree planting; Financial contribution in respect of education provision within the school catchment; and The provision of affordable housing in line with the respective LDP policies. At the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board meeting on the 5 November 2024 the application was referenced in the report titled Section 75 Agreements Update. The update noted that the representatives of the applicant had been in touch to commence discussions in relation to the Section 75 legal agreement and as such negotiations are ongoing. At the time of writing, the Section 75 legal agreement has not been concluded and as such, Renfrewshire Council has not yet issued a decision on the application. While discussions have been undertaken with the applicant, delays have occurred in respect of the ownership of the land and also in determining the value of the contributions being sought. At present the discussions have not yet led to a satisfactory agreement whereby the Section 75 legal agreement can be concluded, and the decision notice issued. The Planning Authority is of the view that the timescale for conclusion of this application should not continue to be delayed. The matter covered by the proposed legal agreement may be secured through the imposition of pre-commencement of development planning conditions. Consequently, the application is now being referred back to the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board with requirements for financial contributions and affordable housing, to be Item 9(b) PACC041125 Page 161 of 238
Page 168
PUBLIC secured through the imposition of revised and additional pre-commencement of development planning conditions. Assessment The assessment of this application remains unchanged from the report submitted to the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board on the 7 November 2023. The purpose of this supplementary report is to explain the reason for amending the route to issuing the decision notice for this application. The reason for amending the route to issuing the decision notice for this application primarily derives from Scottish Government guidance which has been issued recently in respect of the Housing Emergency and the Planning System. This includes: Letter from Cabinet Secretary for Housing and Minister for Public Finance dated 2 September 2025 noting that an emergency-led approach should be taken to the determination of planning applications, and the need for proportionality in the decision making process. Letter from Cabinet Secretary for Housing and Minister for Public Finance dated 30 September 2025 noting the culture of proportionality in the planning system and ways to avoid unnecessary costs and delays which have particular potential to impact the viability of proposals on smaller sites. Due weight requires to be given to the fact that Section 75 legal agreements are just one form of legal mechanism to secure contributions and other works associated with a development. There are other mechanisms which can be utilised to achieve the same outcome, and in light of the guidance from the Scottish Government noted above it is prudent for the Council to now consider whether any alternative mechanisms could apply in this instance in the interests of progressing the development. Addressing the matters noted above through the imposition of additional pre-commencement conditions is one such option, and in the context of this application it is considered to be a proportionate and pragmatic way for the Council to manage the contributions associated with the development. This will allow for the permission to be issued and a three-year time period for the submission of details to discharge these and the other matters which are the subject of the planning conditions. As development cannot commence until the suspensive aspect of the pre-commencement conditions are formally discharged, the Council will maintain a degree of control in order to ensure the requirements subject to the conditions are agreed and fulfilled. The recommended planning conditions are as per the report agreed by the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board on the 7 November 2023 with three additional conditions listed to cover the matters noted above. These additional conditions are listed in the recommendations section below. It should be noted that this approach does not remove the requirement for financial contributions and affordable housing to be provided, instead it is the mechanism by which the Council would agree these requirements with the applicant that is being amended. It may be that in due course a planning obligation will be entered into under Section 75 of The Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act or another form of legal agreement such as an agreement made under Section 69 of the Local Government (Scotland) Act, but this is not necessarily the case and the imposition of the conditions would allow flexibility to investigate alternative means within the three year timescale by which the contributions associated with the development could be secured. It should be noted for example that the provision of affordable housing is now recommended to be managed via a planning condition as opposed to forming part of the Section 75 legal agreement. It is anticipated that this more proportionate approach will reduce Page 162 of 238
Page 169
PUBLIC costs and further delays and in turn support the viability of the development in line with current Scottish Government guidance. Additionally, the approach whereby pre-commencement of development conditions are utilised will allow the decision notice for the planning permission to be issued more timeously and avoid the creation of a ‘legacy’ planning application. It should also be noted that the education contribution will be calculated in line with the Developer Contributions (Education) Planning Guidance August 2025 and after consultation with Children’s Services. Section 4.25 of the guidance references exceptions that could apply to education contributions, including proposals for one-bedroom flats and specific needs housing. The calculation will therefore take cognisance of the affordable homes strategy for the site, and any exceptions which apply on the basis of specific needs housing being proposed can be controlled for the life of the development via the affordable homes condition. Finally, it should also be noted that the original Section 75 obligation makes reference to a financial contribution in respect of enhancements to an offsite play park to the north of Gilmartin Road, Linwood. This offsite play park has now been delivered separately by the Environment, Housing & Infrastructure Service. As such the condition relating to the off site play provision contribution shall be amended to relate to enhancements to offsite play areas within the vicinity of the site. This could include for example future works at the new Gilmartin Road play park or the existing play park at Clippens Road. Recommendation It is recommended that the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board approve this application subject to conditions as per the report agreed by the Board on the 7November 2023 with additional conditions numbered 10 (affordable homes), 11 (off site play provision and trees) and 12 (education). Conditions 1. That the development hereby permitted must be begun within three years of the date of this permission. Reason: To be in compliance with Section 58 of The Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997 as amended by Section 32 of The Planning (Scotland) Act 2019. 2. That prior to the commencement of development on site, the developer shall provide a specification for the written approval of the Planning Authority detailing the location, design, materials and colour of all boundary fences, gates, walls, or other method of enclosure to be installed at the site. This includes the 2m acoustic fence and any retaining walls. Only the boundary fences, gates, walls, or other methods of enclosure within the approved specification shall thereafter be used in the development of the site. For the avoidance of doubt the 2m acoustic fence shall be fully installed before any of the properties on plots 1, 2 and 16-25 (inclusive) are occupied. Reason: To ensure the methods of enclosure are of a suitable design in the interests of visual amenity, and that noise mitigation is in place prior to the occupation of plots closest to the noise source. 3. That prior to the commencement of development, a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) shall be submitted to and approved in writing by the Planning Authority. The CEMP shall include (but not be limited to) provisions in respect of: mitigation measures for potential dust, noise, and vibration impacts on nearby properties, waste management, pollution control and mitigation, Page 163 of 238
Page 170
PUBLIC a plan showing existing drainage pipes and other utilities within the site and procedures for how they will be safeguarded during construction, surface water management, procedures for monitoring compliance and dealing with any breaches of the approved management plan, the formation of access from the public road to accommodate construction vehicles including geometry, surfacing, and sightlines the additional signage on both public roads where access will be taken to inform drivers of the construction vehicles. details of proposed temporary site compound for storage of materials, machinery, and designated car parking. The measures set out within the approved CEMP shall thereafter be implemented on site during the construction phase Reason: To ensure environmental impacts are mitigated during the construction phase, and that the construction phase is undertaken safely. 4. That prior to the commencement of development on site, the developer shall provide for the written approval of the Planning Authority a specification detailing the colour and texture of all finishing materials to be used on the external walls of the building hereby approved. This shall include windows and all rainwater goods The specification shall also provide confirmation of all properties within the layout which are to have an active gable elevation, and thereafter confirm the design of the gable elevation. Only the materials within the approved specification shall thereafter be used in the development of the site. Reason: To ensure the external materials are suitable for use in the interests of visual amenity. 5. No development shall take place until full details of soft and water landscaping works have been submitted to and approved in writing by the Planning Authority in consultation with Glasgow Airport Safeguarding. The details must comply with Advice Note 3 ‘Potential Bird Hazards from Amenity Landscaping and Building Design, and shall include the following. Confirmation of all existing trees, hedgerows, and other vegetation on the site, those that will be retained and measures for their protection during the construction phase, and those that shall be removed to accommodate the development. The species, number and spacing of all proposed trees and shrubs. Details including SUDS – such schemes must comply with Advice Note 6 ‘Potential Bird Hazards from Sustainable Urban Drainage Schemes’. All areas of hard standing including location and materials. A timetable for the implementation of the landscape strategy. A strategy for the future management and maintenance of all landscaped areas (including SUDS infrastructure) including provision for replacement of trees, shrubs, hedgerows and areas of grass/wildflower seeding and turfing if they were to become diseased, die, become seriously damaged or are removed within 5 years of being planted. No subsequent alterations to the approved landscaping scheme are to take place unless submitted to and approved in writing by the Planning Authority in consultation with Glasgow Airport. The scheme shall be implemented in accordance with the timetable, and maintained thereafter in accordance with the maintenance strategy. Reason: To ensure an appropriate scheme of landscaping is developed in the interests of visual amenity and the residential environment, and to avoid endangering the safe movement of aircraft and the operation of Glasgow Airport through the attraction of birds and an increase in the bird hazard risk of the application site. Page 164 of 238
Page 171
PUBLIC 6. No development shall commence on site until written approval of: a) a Site Investigation report (characterising the nature and extent of any soil, water and gas contamination within the site); and, if remedial works are recommended therein b) a Remediation Strategy and Implementation Plan identifying the proposed methods for implementing all remedial recommendations contained with the site investigation report prepared in accordance with current authoritative technical guidance, has been provided by the Planning Authority. Reason: To ensure that the site will be made suitable for its proposed use. 7. Prior to occupation of any unit: a) a Verification Report confirming completion of the works specified within the approved Remediation Strategy and Implementation Plan; and/or b) where remediation works are not required but soils are to be imported to site, a Verification Report confirming imported materials are suitable for use shall be submitted to the Planning Authority and approved in writing. Reason: To demonstrate that works required to make the site suitable for use have been completed. 8. That prior to the commencement of development on site, the developer shall provide a plan for the written approval of the Planning Authority which specifies the following improvement works: A street lighting design to include the proposed footpath connections to Clippens Road, Cowal Drive and Muirhead Drive, and a revised street lighting design for Stirling Drive to ensure the proposed footway fronting Stirling Drive is sufficiently illuminated The upgrading of any retained sections of footpath forming the connections to Clippens Road, Cowal Drive, and Muirhead Drive. Details of traffic calming and pedestrian crossings (uncontrolled) on Stirling Drive. The plan shall also include a timetable for the completion of these works. The approved works shall thereafter be implemented in accordance with the approved timetable to the satisfaction of the Planning Authority. Reason: To ensure the site can be accessed by pedestrians in a safe manner. 9. That prior to the commencement of development on site, the developer shall provide confirmation to the Planning Authority that Scottish Water have approved the drainage layout for the site and the associated connection to the public drainage network. Only the approved drainage strategy shall thereafter be implemented at the site. Reason: To ensure surface water is managed appropriately. 10. No development shall take place on the site until a scheme for the provision of affordable housing as part of the development has been submitted to and approved in writing by the Page 165 of 238
Page 172
PUBLIC Planning Authority. The affordable housing on the site shall be provided in accordance with the approved scheme and shall meet the definition of ‘affordable housing’ as set out in National Planning Framework 4. The scheme shall take account of the Council’s current guidance on affordable housing and shall include: a) Provisions for such other agreements (if any) as may be necessary for the delivery of affordable housing on the site, which affordable housing shall comprise not less than 25 per cent of the total number of homes (market value homes plus affordable homes) built on the site and which affordable housing will be provided within each phase or identified sub-phase of the development on the site or an agreed alternative (such as payment of contributions towards the provision of affordable housing). b) The types of home (such as house, maisonette or flat) and the size of the proposed affordable homes for rent; the density of the affordable homes; the design code (such as ‘Housing for Varying Needs – A Design Guide’ Parts 1 (Houses and Flats) and 2 (Housing with Integral Support)) (if any) for the proposed homes; the types of tenure for the affordable homes (namely, ‘social rented’, ‘low-cost housing for sale’ (both subsidised and unsubsidised) and ‘mid-market or intermediate rent’ as those terms are defined in the Scottish Government’s Planning Advice Note 2/2010: Affordable Housing and Housing Land Audits or any future Scottish Government document that replicates that advice) and the location of the affordable housing provision to be made on site; 5. c) The timing of the occupation of the market homes within each phase or sub-phase of the site and the delivery of the affordable homes in the relevant phase or sub-phase of the site; d) The arrangements for the transfer of affordable homes to an affordable housing provider or for the management of the affordable homes; e) The factoring and/or common maintenance regime (including charges) for affordable homes; f) The arrangements to ensure that any affordable home is affordable for both first and subsequent occupiers of the affordable home; and g) The occupancy criteria to be used for determining the identity of occupiers of the affordable homes and the means by which such occupancy criteria shall be enforced. The approved scheme for the provision of affordable housing shall thereafter be implemented on site and all affordable housing units once complete shall function and be let/rented, occupied and maintained in strict accordance with the approved scheme for the life of the development. No changes to the approved scheme shall take place without the prior written approval of the Planning Authority. Reason: To ensure that satisfactory arrangements are made for the provision of affordable housing on the site 11. No development shall take place until a scheme for the provision of a financial contribution in respect of enhancements to offsite play areas within the vicinity of the site and associated tree planting is submitted for the written approval of the Planning Authority. The scheme shall detail: a) The value of the financial contribution and the methodology by which the value has been calculated. The contribution in respect of the offsite play park shall be of the Page 166 of 238
Page 173
PUBLIC equivalent to that of a play park required to serve a development of 64 dwelling units taking cognisance of the Council’s Open Space standards as set out in the Residential Design Guide March 2015. The contribution in respect of trees shall be equivalent to that of 23 trees at 14-16cm girth including provision for double stacking and topsoil around the base of the tree and for grass seeding to ensure compensation for the net loss of trees associated with the implementation of the development. b) The mechanism by which the financial contribution shall be paid to the Council and the date that payment will be made including phasing of the payment where required. c) Associated arrangements governing how the Council shall manage the financial contribution with respect to how it will be saved, the duration within which it needs to be spent, and any mechanism for its return to the developer should it be unspent at the end of the agreed duration. Development shall not commence on site until the financial contribution has been paid in full and/or the Council has agreed a phased payment programme. Reason: To ensure that satisfactory arrangements are made for payment of financial contributions in respect of off-site play provision and trees 12. No development shall take place until a scheme for the provision of education provision within the school catchment for the written approval of the Planning Authority. The scheme shall detail: a) The value of the financial contribution. The contribution shall be calculated in line with the Councils Developer Contributions (Education) Planning Guidance August 2025 in consultation with Children’s Services, and shall take cognisance of the scheme for the provision of affordable housing submitted under condition 10. b) The mechanism by which the financial contribution shall be paid to the Council and the date that payment will be made including phasing of the payment where required. c) Associated arrangements governing how the Council shall manage the financial contribution with respect to how it will be saved, the duration within which it needs to be spent, and any mechanism for its return to the developer should it be unspent at the end of the agreed duration. Development shall not commence on site until the financial contribution has been paid in full and/or the Council has agreed a phased payment programme. Reason: To ensure that satisfactory arrangements are made for payment of financial contributions in respect of education provision within the school catchment. Page 167 of 238
Page 174
PUBLIC Appendix 1 REPORT OF HANDLING FOR APPLICATION 22/0481/PP SITE ADDRESS Former St Brendan’s Social and Recreation Club, Stirling Drive, Linwood PROPOSAL Erection of residential development comprising 64 dwellings with associated road and drainage infrastructure. RECOMMENDATION Grant subject to conditions and Section 75 legal agreement. PROPOSALS Planning permission is sought for the erection of a residential development of sixty four units, comprising cottage flats, a bungalow, wheelchair access properties and general needs housing, for a local registered social landlord, with associated access and drainage infrastructure at the former St Brendans Social and Recreation Club Stirling Drive, Linwood. The application site extends to approx. 2.17 hectares in area. The footprint of the former recreation club is visible on the western half of the site. The eastern half of the site features areas of grassland and a redundant multi use games area. There are two clearly defined footways through the eastern half of the site. They are arranged in a Y shape linking Stirling Drive with Clippens Road and Cowal Drive. The areas of grassland, the path network and the Stirling Road frontage of the site are lined by mature trees. The site is bound by residential development to the north, south, east and west, with commercial uses to the north east, including a Public House and retail units, on Clippens Road. The proposed development provides a frontage along Stirling Drive and Muirhead Drive. The interior of the site is laid out around a central loop road, with the sole vehicular access from Stirling Drive. Additional pedestrian footpaths are proposed east to Clippens Road, and south to Cowal Drive. The footpaths are located within landscaped corridors. There is also a SUDS area proposed within the central loop road. The proposed layout comprises a mix of bungalows, semi detached and terraced dwellinghouses, and cottage flats which will be managed by a Registered Social Landlord. SITE HISTORY Application No: 22/0301/EA Description: Request for Screening Opinion for proposed residential development. Decision: Environmental Assessment not Required. Application No: 22/0150/PN Description: Erection 64 dwellinghouses. Decision: Accepted CONSULTATIONS Communities & Housing Services (Environmental Protection Team) – No objection subject to conditions relating to the installation of Page 168 of 238
Page 175
PUBLIC the 2m acoustic fence, and the requirement for a site investigation and remediation strategy to address potential land contamination. Chief Executive’s Service (Roads Development) – No objections subject to conditions requiring: - the submission of a street lighting design to include footpath connections to Clippens Road, Cowal Drive and Muirhead Drive, and a revised street lighting design for Stirling Drive. - that all footpath connections to Clippens Road, Cowal Drive and Muirhead Drive shall be resurfaced to an adoptable standard - visitor bays when entering the site be relocated to a more appropriate location; - all access’s and driveways shall be formed as per the National Roads Development Guide; - parking to be provided as per the National Roads Development Guide; - the submission of a Construction Traffic Management Plan, and; - the submission of details of traffic calming and pedestrian crossings (uncontrolled) on Stirling Drive. Children’s Services – No objection subject to a contribution in respect of education provision. SEPA – No comments. Scottish Water – No objection. The Coal Authority – No objection. Glasgow Airport Safeguarding – No objection subject to condition relating to the submission of a landscaping scheme. REPRESENTATIONS Two letters of representation have been received which object to the proposed development. The points raised in the letters are summarised below. 1 – Loss of daylight and overshadowing 2 – Noise during building works 3 – Loss of privacy 4 – Traffic and safety 5 – Loss of green space Page 169 of 238
Page 176
PUBLIC DEVELOPMENT PLAN POLICIES Policy and Material Considerations Legislation requires planning decisions to be made in accordance with the Development Plan unless material considerations indicate otherwise. In this instance, the proposal must be assessed against the following: Development Plan National Planning Framework 4 NPF4: Policy 1 – Tackling the climate and nature crisis NPF4: Policy 3 – Biodiversity NPF4: Policy 6 - Forestry, woodlands and trees NPF4: Policy 9 – Brownfield land, vacant and derelict land, and empty buildings NPF4: Policy 13 – Sustainable transport NPF4: Policy 14 – Design, quality, and place NPF4: Policy 15 – Local living and 20 minute neighbourhoods NPF4: Policy 16 – Quality Homes NPF4: Policy 18 – Infrastructure first NPF4: Policy 20 – Blue and Green Infrastructure NPF4: Policy 21 – Play, recreation and sport Renfrewshire Local Development Plan LDP 2021: Policy P1 – Renfrewshire’s Places LDP 2021: Policy P2 – Housing Land Supply Sites LDP 2021: Policy P3 – Housing Mix and Affordable Housing LDP 2021: Policy P5 – Green/Blue Network LDP 2021: Policy P6 – Open Space LDP 2021: Policy I1 – Connecting Places LDP 2021: Policy I3 – Flooding and Drainage LDP 2021: Policy I7 – Zero and Low Carbon Buildings LDP 2021: Policy I8 – Developer Contributions LDP 2021: Policy ENV2 – Natural Heritage Supplementary Guidance Delivering the Environment Strategy Delivering the Infrastructure Strategy Delivering the Economic Strategy Material Considerations Renfrewshire Councils Residential Design Guide Scottish Government publications on Designing Streets and Designing Places Renfrewshire Planning & Development Tree Policy - 2022 PLANNING ASSESSMENT The application site is covered by Policies P1 and P2 of the Adopted Renfrewshire Local Development Plan (2021). In accordance with the Local Development Plan, housing would be an appropriate use which would contribute towards meeting Renfrewshire’s Housing Need and Demand. Page 170 of 238
Page 177
PUBLIC The principle of the proposal, redeveloping a vacant, previously used site in the middle of an existing place, would also be in line with Policy 9 and the Spatial Strategy outlined in the Adopted Renfrewshire Local Development Plan, ensuring that brownfield land in Renfrewshire’s existing places was used before green field land or green belt. Policy P3 set out in the Adopted Renfrewshire Local Development Plan is also applicable to the assessment of the proposals, as it seeks to ensure that on residential sites, a mix of housing types are encouraged to meet current and future housing needs and support sustainable mixed communities in Renfrewshire. In this regard, the entire development would be for a local social registered landlord and would therefore comprise an entirely affordable housing development, in compliance with Policy P3. It is considered that proposals demonstrate that they meet local housing need and demand by including a range and choice of types and sizes of units. This includes housing for older people and less able residents in the flatted properties and bungalow on the ground floor. It is considered that there is a mix of housing on this site which will add to the overall housing mix in the area. The proposal complies with Policy P3. The redevelopment of the site for residential use would comply with the development plan in principle. However detailed consideration of the proposed development against the provisions of the New Development Supplementary Guidance and the Residential Design Guide is required. These documents set out a range of considerations that form the basis of good places design. Each consideration will be assessed in turn. Context and Character The application site is located within an urban area predominantly characterised by two storey terraced and three storey flatted residential properties. The dominant finishing material is roughcast. However, there are some brick buildings on Cowal Drive to the south which adds variety to the streetscene. A local service centre which houses a mix of retail, professional and food related uses bounds the site to the northeast. The application site has previously been developed. Although the previous buildings have been demolished, the platforms are still visible. However, it is noted that previous buildings did not occupy the full extent of the site. The site also has areas of grassland and mature trees. There is also play equipment visible towards the southern boundary. There is also a well-defined network of footways through the site. Access and Connectivity Page 171 of 238
Page 178
PUBLIC Policy 15 advocates local living to encourage connected and compact neighbourhoods where people can meet most daily needs within a reasonable distance of their home. Policies 13 and I1 advocate good accessibility and connectivity to walking, cycling and public transport. The application site benefits from a range of amenities and services within a 20 minute walk or cycle. These include the local service centre which bounds the site to the north east, Woodlands and Our Lady of Peace Primary School to the east, Linwood and St Benedicts High School to the west, public transport connections along Clippens Road which provides onward connectivity to Linwood town centre and Paisley, and the National Cycle Network to the south west. The proposed layout has one singular vehicle point of access onto Stirling Drive. However the proposed layout ensures the existing network of footways is retained, with footway connections to Clippens Road, Cowal Drive and Muirhead Drive. This will enhance permeability and ensure appropriate accessibility for pedestrians and cyclists is retained. The Roads Development Officer has offered no objections to the development subject to the imposition of a range of conditions. These include measures for traffic calming and pedestrian crossing along Stirling Drive. The implementation of these measures will further enhance accessibility to the site for pedestrians. Layout and Built Form The layout integrates into the existing street network via the provision of an active frontage onto Stirling Drive and the north west end of Muirhead Drive. It will contribute positively to the place and the streetscene along these external frontages. Internally the layout of the site is focused around the loop road. The loop road makes suitable provision for pedestrian movement via 2m footways to both sides of the road. There is also provision for traffic calming and visitor parking. The SUDS pond is centrally located within the layout. This is welcomed as the SUDS pond will contribute positively to the character of the area, its landscape setting, and biodiversity. The footpath links to the east and south are also set within landscaped corridors. Environment and Community The reuse of brownfield sites is supported by Policy 9. However as noted above, the site also accommodates natural heritage assets in the form of mature trees and open grassland areas on the eastern half of the site. Policies 20, P5 and P6 seek to safeguard areas of open space and the green network. The open space is considered to be of amenity value, while the mature trees provide a landscaped setting to the space and contribute positively to the streetscene. Page 172 of 238
Page 179
PUBLIC It is acknowledged that as the development will result in the loss of this open space it does not fully comply with policies 20, P5 and P6. However the overriding factor in this instance is the sites P2 designation, and the delivery of affordable homes in a sustainable location. This is considered to justify the loss of the open space. It is noted that there are other areas of open space within walking distance of the site. Policy 6 and ENV2 and the Councils planning and development tree policy seek to ensure that due consideration is given to the safeguarding of trees as part of the proposed layout. Policy 3 also seeks to enhance biodiversity. The tree survey submitted with the application notes a total of 99 individual trees and 5 distinct tree groups. The individual trees are mostly of moderate quality, with 7 outstanding specimens and 28 low quality specimens recorded. The surveyed groups were predominantly of moderate quality. It is noted that the groups all include Ash trees which are showing signs of Ash dieback disease. The proposed landscaping scheme indicates that only two existing trees will be retained. The scheme makes provision for 74 new trees to be planted. The locations of the proposed trees are split between communal areas and front gardens. The proposed development has not made provision for retention of the trees on the site. It has also not made provision for compensatory planting of equal number. However, this must be balanced against the desirability of delivering affordable homes on a previously developed site within a sustainable location. The applicant will deliver 74 trees within the proposed landscaping layout for the site, and the proposed landscaping scheme is considered to be acceptable with respect to the enhancing the amenity within the residential layout. However, there is shortfall of 23 trees in comparison to the number of trees currently on the site. In this instance it is considered acceptable for these 23 trees to be planted in an off-site location again with respect to the desirability of providing affordable homes on the site. It is also noted that the development will result in the loss of play equipment at the site. There is no play equipment being proposed within the development. However, the applicant has agreed to contribute towards the installation of play equipment at an off site location. The Councils Play and Assets Officer has advised that plans are being developed for a new play area on land to the north of Gilmartin Road. This play area would be suitably located within a 10 minute walk of the application site via Pentland Avenue. The applicant has agreed in principle to providing a contribution towards development of this play area. The contribution would also factor in the requirement for off-site tree planting which can be undertaken as part of the delivery of the play area. This process can be Page 173 of 238
Page 180
PUBLIC managed via a Section 75 legal agreement and would allow the development to proceed in accordance with policies 18 and 21. Children’s Services have noted that they offer no objection subject to a developer contribution being made in respect of education provision. Policy I8 notes that contributions will be sought where there is an identified shortfall in infrastructure capacity as a result of the new development. The proposed development includes a sustainable strategy for drainage of surface water via a network of permeable paving, the central detention basin, and filter trenches. It is noted that surface water would ultimately drain into the existing public network. It is therefore recommended that the drainage scheme is not implemented until the applicant demonstrates that it has been approved by Scottish Water. It is noted that Scottish water have not objected to the number of units being proposed in terms of water supply and foul network capacity. The proposed layout has been reconfigured to mitigate noise impact from the adjacent local service centre. It also now includes a 2m high acoustic barrier along the north-eastern boundary. A condition will be used to ensure the acoustic barrier is installed on site prior to the adjoining dwellinghouses being occupied. Each plot within the development benefits from a sufficient area of useable garden ground. Plot depths have also been configured to ensure that privacy is maintained within each property. Garden ground will not be overlooked to an unacceptable degree. There are no instances where overshadowing or loss of daylight is likely to occur to a degree that would significantly impact amenity. With regard to the amenity of existing properties that border the development site, there is a 22m separation distance between the rear elevation of the properties on Muirhead Drive and the properties on the western edge of the development. The properties on the southern boundary have a minimum garden depth of 9.5m. This is sufficient to ensure that existing properties on Cowal Drive and Morar Drive will not be overlooked or overshadowed to an unacceptable degree. It is noted that the layout specifies the requirement for a retaining wall along the southern and western boundaries of the site. The applicant has provided section drawings to illustrate the relationship between the retaining wall and neighbouring properties at the points where the retaining wall would be highest. These sections demonstrate that the retaining wall and associated boundary treatment will not have an unacceptable impact on the outlook or the amenity of the neighbouring properties. Buildings and Design The development incorporates a mix of one bedroom flats, and two and three bedroom houses. The majority of the buildings are two storey, with one wheelchair accessible bungalow being proposed. Finishing materials comprise a mix of facing brick and render to the walls, with Page 174 of 238
Page 181
PUBLIC concrete tiles to the roof. Active gable windows are included on plots which overlook footways or open space. A Section 75 agreement will be used to ensure a 25% affordable housing requirement is met. The development will deliver a mix of properties at an appropriate location in accordance with Policies 16 and P3. The application also includes a Energy Design Analysis which demonstrates that the requirements of policy I7 will be met through improving the dwelling fabric performance prior to considering additional energy efficiency measures The development will ensure that quality homes are delivered as per the requirements of policy 16. A condition can be applied to ensure that a final materials specification is submitted for approval. The proposed development will support delivery of two of the overarching spatial principles set out in National Planning Framework 4 – Local Living and Compact Urban Growth. The application site is within a sustainable location, and its redevelopment in the manner proposed will contribute positively to the place. A Section 75 agreement will be used to ensure payment of a commuted sum in respect of play equipment and biodiversity net gain. In response to the points raised in the letters of objection. 1 and 3 – Matters relating to the potential impact on amenity of neighbouring properties has been addressed in the foregoing assessment. 2 – Noise levels during construction work can be controlled through the submission of a Construction and Environmental Management Plan. 4 – The Roads Development Officer has not objected to the development on the grounds of traffic or safety. 5 – Loss of the existing green space has been addressed in the foregoing assessment. In view of the above, it is considered that the proposal would accord with the relevant provisions of the Development Plan. There are no other material considerations. Planning permission should therefore be granted. RECOMMENDATION Grant subject to conditions and a Section 75 legal agreement. Reason for Decision The proposal accords with the provisions of the Development Plan and there were no material considerations which outweighed the presumption in favour of development according with the Development Plan. Conditions Page 175 of 238
Page 182
PUBLIC 1. That prior to the commencement of development on site, the developer shall provide a specification for the written approval of the Planning Authority detailing the location, design, materials and colour of all boundary fences, gates, walls, or other method of enclosure to be installed at the site. This includes the 2m acoustic fence and any retaining walls. Only the boundary fences, gates, walls, or other methods of enclosure within the approved specification shall thereafter be used in the development of the site. For the avoidance of doubt the 2m acoustic fence shall be fully installed before any of the properties on plots 1, 2 and 16-25 (inclusive) are occupied. Reason: To ensure the methods of enclosure are of a suitable design in the interests of visual amenity, and that noise mitigation is in place prior to the occupation of plots closest to the noise source. 2. That prior to the commencement of development, a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) shall be submitted to and approved in writing by the Planning Authority. The CEMP shall include (but not be limited to) provisions in respect of: mitigation measures for potential dust, noise, and vibration impacts on nearby properties, waste management, pollution control and mitigation, a plan showing existing drainage pipes and other utilities within the site and procedures for how they will be safeguarded during construction, surface water management, procedures for monitoring compliance and dealing with any breaches of the approved management plan, the formation of access from the public road to accommodate construction vehicles including geometry, surfacing, and sightlines the additional signage on both public roads where access will be taken to inform drivers of the construction vehicles. details of proposed temporary site compound for storage of materials, machinery, and designated car parking. The measures set out within the approved CEMP shall thereafter be implemented on site during the construction phase Reason: To ensure environmental impacts are mitigated during the construction phase, and that the construction phase is undertaken safely. 3. That prior to the commencement of development on site, the developer shall provide for the written approval of the Planning Authority a specification detailing the colour and texture of all finishing materials to be used on the external walls of the building hereby approved. This shall include windows and all rainwater goods The specification shall also provide confirmation of all properties within the layout which are to have an active gable elevation, and thereafter confirm the design of the gable elevation. Only the materials within the approved specification shall thereafter be used in the development of the site. Reason: To ensure the external materials are suitable for use in the interests of visual amenity. 4. No development shall take place until full details of soft and water landscaping works have been submitted to and approved in writing by the Planning Authority in Page 176 of 238
Page 183
PUBLIC consultation with Glasgow Airport Safeguarding. The details must comply with Advice Note 3 ‘Potential Bird Hazards from Amenity Landscaping and Building Design, and shall include the following. Confirmation of all existing trees, hedgerows, and other vegetation on the site, those that will be retained and measures for their protection during the construction phase, and those that shall be removed to accommodate the development. The species, number and spacing of all proposed trees and shrubs. Details including SUDS – such schemes must comply with Advice Note 6 ‘Potential Bird Hazards from Sustainable Urban Drainage Schemes’. All areas of hard standing including location and materials. A timetable for the implementation of the landscape strategy. A strategy for the future management and maintenance of all landscaped areas (including SUDS infrastructure) including provision for replacement of trees, shrubs, hedgerows and areas of grass/wildflower seeding and turfing if they were to become diseased, die, become seriously damaged or are removed within 5 years of being planted. No subsequent alterations to the approved landscaping scheme are to take place unless submitted to and approved in writing by the Planning Authority in consultation with Glasgow Airport. The scheme shall be implemented in accordance with the timetable, and maintained thereafter in accordance with the maintenance strategy. Reason: To ensure an appropriate scheme of landscaping is developed in the interests of visual amenity and the residential environment, and to avoid endangering the safe movement of aircraft and the operation of Glasgow Airport through the attraction of birds and an increase in the bird hazard risk of the application site. 5. No development shall commence on site until written approval of: a) a Site Investigation report (characterising the nature and extent of any soil, water and gas contamination within the site); and, if remedial works are recommended therein b) a Remediation Strategy and Implementation Plan identifying the proposed methods for implementing all remedial recommendations contained with the site investigation report prepared in accordance with current authoritative technical guidance, has been provided by the Planning Authority. Reason: To ensure that the site will be made suitable for its proposed use. 6. Prior to occupation of any unit: a) a Verification Report confirming completion of the works specified within the approved Remediation Strategy and Implementation Plan; and/or Page 177 of 238
Page 184
PUBLIC b) where remediation works are not required but soils are to be imported to site, a Verification Report confirming imported materials are suitable for use shall be submitted to the Planning Authority and approved in writing. Reason: To demonstrate that works required to make the site suitable for use have been completed. 7. That prior to the commencement of development on site, the developer shall provide a plan for the written approval of the Planning Authority which specifies the following improvement works: A street lighting design to include the proposed footpath connections to Clippens Road, Cowal Drive and Muirhead Drive, and a revised street lighting design for Stirling Drive to ensure the proposed footway fronting Stirling Drive is sufficiently illuminated The upgrading of any retained sections of footpath forming the connections to Clippens Road, Cowal Drive, and Muirhead Drive. Details of traffic calming and pedestrian crossings (uncontrolled) on Stirling Drive. The plan shall also include a timetable for the completion of these works. The approved works shall thereafter be implemented in accordance with the approved timetable to the satisfaction of the Planning Authority. Reason: To ensure the site can be accessed by pedestrians in a safe manner. 8. That prior to the commencement of development on site, the developer shall provide confirmation to the Planning Authority that Scottish Water have approved the drainage layout for the site and the associated connection to the public drainage network. Only the approved drainage strategy shall thereafter be implemented at the site. Reason: To ensure surface water is managed appropriately. Page 178 of 238
Page 185
PUBLIC Page 179 of 238
Page 186
Page 180 of 238
Page 187
PUBLIC Planning and Climate Change Policy Board: 4 November 2025 Report by Chief Planning Officer Reference No 25/0365/PP Application Type Planning Permission Proposal Change of use of land and proposed expansion of van and sales centre (Sui Generis), with associated shed for use as workshop, office and welfare facilities, siting of containers for use as storage (Class 6), installation of prefabricated units for business use (Class 4) and associated access, hardstanding, SuDS basin and landscaping Location 4 Linwood Road, Paisley, PA1 2TN Ward 8 – Johnstone South and Elderslie Community Council Elderslie Community Council Applicant Classic Land and Property Ltd Recommendation Refuse All plans, reports, documents, and representations relating to this application can be viewed in full online at https://pl-bs.renfrewshire.gov.uk/online- applications/simpleSearchResults.do?action=firstPage This report fulfils the requirements of regulation 16, Schedule 2, paragraphs 3(c) and 4 of The Town and Country Planning (Development Management Procedure) (Scotland) Regulations 2013. The report is presented to the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board in line with the Council's Scheme of Delegation. In this instance, the Chief Planning Officer has declined to exercise delegated powers in light of the planning history which relates to the application site. Proposal This application seeks planning permission to change the use of land to facilitate the proposed expansion of a van sales centre with the associated erection of a shed for use as a workshop, office and welfare facilities, siting of containers for use as storage, installation of prefabricated units for business use, and associated access, hardstanding, Suds basin and landscaping. The existing van sales centre is located on Linwood Road. It is located within a former filling station which has a footprint of approximately 1,400 square metres. This primarily comprises of hard standing used as a forecourt for the display of vehicles. It also includes a canopy and sales office. There is an access and an egress from Linwood Road. The proposed change of use relates to an area of land approximately 9,950 square metres in area which is directly to the rear (east) of the existing van store premises. The land currently comprises of native woodland as noted in the Native Woodland Survey of Scotland. The proposed development would involve the removal of the woodland, with provision made for 12.5 metres deep landscape buffer along the eastern boundary with Whites Bridge Avenue, the northern boundary with Fisher Drive and the western boundary with the rear of 6 and 8 Linwood Road. A 5-metre-deep buffer would be formed to the side of 6 Linwood Road. The buffers would be replanted with a mix of 93 medium trees (Birch, Hawthorn, Crab Apple and Hazel), 20 Alder Trees, 6 Lime trees, a native mixed hedge and an understorey mix of Hazel, Juniper, and Willow. Item 9(c) PACC041125 Page 181 of 238
Page 188
PUBLIC An L shaped area of approximately. 2,100 square metres will be used for van storage. This area is located directly to the rear of the existing van centre and wraps around the rear of numbers 6 and 8 Linwood Road. The existing sales office will be repositioned within this area and adjacent to the side boundary with number 6 Linwood Road. The proposed workshop and valet shed will also be positioned within this area. This building has a footprint of approximately. 238 square metres. The workshop incorporates a dual pitched roof measuring 5.8 metres in height at the eaves and 8.1 metres in height at the ridge, with a canopy measuring 3.1 metres in height at the eaves forming the valet area. The 10 units for Class 4 business use are located in the southeast corner of the site. They are housed in 5 double prefabricated portacabins which measure 2.6 metres in height, with a footprint of approximately 47 square metres. The proposed Class 6 storage part of the development comprises of one hundred 20-foot containers and five 40 foot containers. 30 containers are located to the south of the van storage area, and immediately adjacent to the southern boundary of the site. They are double stacked in one group of six and three groups of eight. The remainder of the containers are located in the eastern half of the site. They are single stacked in groups of between four and ten. These containers are also arranged around a SuDS basin which is approximately 567 square metres in area. Boundary treatment comprises of a palisade fence, with an acoustic barrier also proposed along the northern and eastern boundaries. Site Description The application site has a total area of approximately 11,350 square metres. It is located in a predominantly residential area, with residential properties bounding the site on Whites Bridge Avenue to the east, Fisher Drive to the North, and Linwood Road to the northwest. Elderslie substation bounds the site to the south. As noted above the application site includes the existing van sales centre and the land to the east which comprises of native woodland. Pre-Application Consultation with Officers The Scottish Government strongly encourages constructive pre-application discussions between prospective applicants and the planning authority. Pre-application discussions seek to identify key planning considerations at an early stage and help inform what supporting information is required to support a subsequent application. Pre-application advice was initially provided under reference 23/0519/PREAPP. Key considerations noted in the response related to amenity of neighbouring properties, loss of trees and biodiversity, flooding and drainage, accessibility and placemaking. An application for a similar development was then submitted to the Council under reference 24/0252/PP. This application was withdrawn to allow further consideration of a number of matters that had been raised during the assessment period. This included loss of the woodland, biodiversity, compatibility with neighbouring properties and drainage. A meeting was held in December 2024 during which a revised site layout was presented. It was noted that while the revisions (including deeper landscape buffers and a reduction in the number and height of the storage containers) went some way to addressing some of the previous matters, those relating to loss of woodland, biodiversity and drainage would still require to be addressed as part of a revised planning application. Page 182 of 238
Page 189
PUBLIC Negotiated Improvements Following submission, the following changes have been negotiated between officers and the applicant: No changes have been negotiated. Site History Application: 24/0252/PP Description: Change of use of vacant land to van storage and sales centre, with associated shed for use as workshop, office and welfare facilities, installation of containers for use as self storage (Class 6), installation of prefabricated modular units for business use (Class 4) and associated access, hardstanding and landscaping. Decision: Withdrawn. Consultations Glasgow Airport Safeguarding – No objection. Advisory note required with regard to the use of cranes. Environment, Housing & Infrastructure (Environmental Protection) – No objection subject to conditions relating to implementation of acoustic barrier and submission of lighting scheme. National Air Traffic Services (NATS) – No objections. Chief Executive's Service (Roads Development) – No objections subject to conditions relating to access and parking provision. Scottish Power Networks (Transmission Sites) – No comments. Scottish Power Networks (Distribution Sites) – No objections. Scottish Water – No objections. Forestry and Land Scotland – Scottish Government Policy on Control of Woodland Removal applies, and there is a presumption against permanent removal of native woodland. Scottish Environmental Protection Agency (SEPA) – No objections. Ironside Farrar Ltd (IFL) (Council’s Independent Consultants) – IFL were asked by the Council to audit the following documents: Preliminary Ecological Appraisal by Wild Surveys dated 29th February 2024 – IFL advise that the report would have been strengthened by giving greater consideration to the loss of the wet woodland species. The timing of the botanical survey is also a limitation as mid-February would not be optimal and may lead to under representation of invasive plants and priority plant species that may be present. A biodiversity Action Plan would be beneficial to support this document. Botanical Survey by Kirsty Menzies dated 17th June 2025 – IFL advise that this is a valuable supporting document when considered alongside the PEA. The document demonstrates that the woodland supports a large, possibly regionally significant population of common wintergreen, is likely to support additional protected species, and overall the sites biodiversity value is likely higher than that indicated in the PEA. The likelihood of achieving genuine Page 183 of 238
Page 190
PUBLIC biodiversity net gain through compensation is low given the unique value of the wet woodland and its rare flora and fauna. Tree Survey Report including Tree Constraints Plans by Julian A Morris dated January 2025 – IFL advise that the report follows a logical structure and provides a clear picture of the site and its naturally regenerated relatively young woodland. Noted that there appears to be no reason why established areas of woodland cannot be retained within the landscape buffer. Further survey work is required to facilitate accurate tree protection. One category A tree exists on site and would merit further detailed survey to facilitate retention. Dougall Baillie Associates (DBA) (Councils Independent Drainage Consultants) – DBA were asked by the Council to audit the following documents: Level 3 Flood Risk Assessment by Terrenus Land and Water – Report No. 1141-235, Revision 1, Dated 3rd July 2023 – No comment on Flood Risk Assessment subject to the proposed drainage strategy demonstrating sufficient management of surface water to mitigate surface water flood risk. With regard to the drainage strategy, further detail is sought for both the proposed foul and surface water connections to determine if they are suitable. This includes detail on percolation testing, approval from Sottish Water to connect to combined sewer, proposed increase in site levels, permeable surfacing, and suds. Representations The application has been publicised in line with the requirements of the relevant legislation. The following representations were received: Object - 135 Support - 1 Neutral – 1 The points raised in the letters of objection can be summarised as follows. 1 – Impact on protected species and loss of biodiversity, and surveys submitted by applicant were not undertaken at optimum time. 2 – Loss of woodland. 3 – Surface water drainage and increased flood risk to adjacent properties. 4 – Visual impact. 5 – Impact on residential amenity including noise, privacy, lighting. 6 – Traffic and parking and lack of infrastructure to support the development. 7 – Matters raised in the pre-application response have not been responded to. 8 – Proposed development would contradict the terms of the compulsory purchase order of the land by Renfrewshire Council. 9 – There are other brownfield sites where this development would be more suitable. 10 – There are already other self store developments and workshop capacity within the area, with no demand for further development of this nature. 11 – Air pollution. 12 – The development does not comply with relevant development plan and net zero policies. 13 – The development is not compatible with the predominantly residential area. 14 – Loss of property value. 15 – Possibility of hazardous materials being stored on site. 16 – Accessibility for pedestrians and difficulty crossing Linwood Road Page 184 of 238
Page 191
PUBLIC 17 – Spread of invasive non native species. 18 – Approval of this application could lead to further proposals for expansion in the future including stacking of the containers. 19 – Suitability of the neighbour notification undertaken. 20 – Proposal is of no benefit to local community. 21 – Security concerns. The points raised in the letter of support can be summarised as follows: 1 – The development will bring investment and employment to the area. The points raised in the letter neither objecting nor supporting the application can be summarised as follows: 1 – Query the clearance of the site and replacement planting within buffer zones when existing trees could be retained. 2 – A pedestrian crossing on Linwood Road should be provided. Policy Context As noted above the Council is a consultee in the consenting process and not the determining authority. To inform the Council’s consultation response an assessment against the Development Plan is required. In this instance the Development Plan consists of National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4) and the Renfrewshire Local Development Plan (2021) (LDP). The following provisions of the Development Plan are considered relevant to this submission. National Planning Framework 4 Policy 1 – Tackling the climate and nature crisis Policy 2 - Climate mitigation and adaptation Policy 3 – Biodiversity Policy 4 - Natural places Policy 6 - Forestry, woodland and trees Policy 9 – Brownfield land, vacant and derelict land and empty buildings Policy 13 - Sustainable transport Policy 14 - Design, quality, and place Policy 15 – Loal living and 20 minute neighbourhoods Policy 22 - Flood risk and water management Policy 26 – Business and industry Full details relating to the policies of the NPF4 can be found online. Renfrewshire Local Development Plan Policy P1 – Renfrewshire’s Places Policy ENV2 - Natural Heritage Policy I1 - Connecting Places Policy I3 - Flooding and Drainage Full details relating to the policies of the LDP can be found online. New Development Supplementary Guidance Delivering the Places Strategy – Creating Places Delivering the Environment Strategy – Natural heritage, Trees, Forestry and Woodland Delivering the Infrastructure Strategy – Connecting Places, Flooding and Drainage Page 185 of 238
Page 192
PUBLIC Other relevant policies and guidance The Scottish Governments Policy on Control of Woodland Removal Renfrewshire Biodiversity Action Plan 2024 Submitted Reports and Assessments A summary is provided of the following reports and assessments which were submitted in support of the application: Tree Survey Report including Tree Constraints Plans (by Julian A Morris dated January 2025) – A total of 30 individual trees on the site were recorded however there are many more recorded in groups. Likely that the woodland has developed from landlocked abandoned agricultural land to current tree cover in around 45 years, with population comprising almost entirely of waterlogging tolerant pioneer species. However, does not include any of the plant communities characteristic of a wet woodland habitat, and is a poor fit for the recognised definition of wet woodland. Statutory constraints and other woodland constraints around the removal of woodland are noted. Preliminary Ecological Appraisal (by Wild Surveys dated 29th February 2024) – The site contains suitable habitat for foraging and commuting bats, birds, amphibians and small mammals. However no further survey work is required to inform the planning application. Pre construction surveys would be required. Various mitigation measures are also proposed to minimise impact on protected species during the construction phase. A suite of biodiversity enhancement measures are also proposed. Civil and Structural Engineering Desk Study (by Goodson Associates dated January 2019) - Relates to a feasibility study for a residential development on the site. Comments are made with regard to land contamination, radon, ground conditions, coal mining, flood risk, ecology, archaeology, air quality and noise. Flood Risk Assessment (by Terrenus Land and Water, report number 1141-235 revision 1 dated 3rd July 2023) – Concludes that the site is not at risk of flooding from the sea, fluvial, failure in local drainage, or from groundwater. Localised ponding may occur. However the development should include an appropriate drainage strategy which will manage direct rainfall on the site as well as run off from the adjacent land. Significant on site attenuation is likely to be required prior to a feasible outfall connection being formed. Design Statement (Revision 250514) – The statement provides a background to the proposed development. The proposed expansion of the existing business would enable the forecourt to be less congested and enable a larger stock of vehicles to be traded from the site. The proposals would also create storage and business space for small businesses in the area to operate from consequently creating further employment. A site description and site history are provided alongside an analysis of the constraints and opportunities. A response is provided to representations submitted under the previous application and to the applicable development plan policies. It is noted that the site is of low ecological value, the trees are of poor value and the site is self-seeded scrubland. NPF4 requires to be read and applied as a whole, and there must be a debate over the best use of land within urban areas. Finally, the development concept is outlined, and this also includes a sustainability checklist, and commentary on matters relating to access and transport. Noise Impact Assessment (by Bureau Veritas, ref 22449837/rmg/R1 dated 7th June 2024) – A site visit has been undertaken to establish background sound levels. A noise model Page 186 of 238
Page 193
PUBLIC was prepared to predict the impact of the development with regard to daytime noise from the site, and as such represents a worst-case scenario. A 2m high acoustic barrier was also included in the model. It is concluded that the site would be suitable for the new development Scottish Ministers Direction In determining a planning application, the Council is required to provide details of any Direction made by Scottish Ministers under Regulation 30 (Directions requiring consultation), Regulation 31 (Directions requiring information), Regulation 32 (Directions restricting the grant of planning permission) and Regulation 33 (Directions requiring consideration of condition) of The Town and Country Planning (Development Management Procedure) (Scotland) Regulations 2013, or under Regulation 50 (that development is EIA development) of The Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) (Scotland) Regulations 2017. None. Planning Assessment The application site is covered by Policy P1 within the Local Development Plan (LDP). Policy P1 states that there will be a general presumption in favour of a continuance of the built form. However new development proposals within these areas should make a positive contribution to the Place and be compatible and complementary to existing uses and character as set out by the New Development Supplementary Guidance and Renfrewshire’s Places Design Guidance. In this regard, Policy P1 goes on to state that all development proposals should also: Avoid causing unacceptable impacts on the environment and/or biodiversity or a loss of amenity within the surrounding area and/or a significant adverse effect on neighbouring properties, in terms of use, scale, noise, disturbance and statutory air quality objectives, and, Ensure that the infrastructure, connections and services required to support the development are in place including: footpath connections; provision for waste storage, recycling and collection; lighting; access to public transport; open space provision and access to local services and amenities. Regarding impact on the environment and biodiversity, the Council’s Independent Ecology Consultants Ironside Farrar Ltd (IFL) have reviewed both the Preliminary Ecological Appraisal (PEA) submitted by the applicants and a botanical survey submitted by a representee. They have advised that together these documents provide an accurate picture of the ecological and biodiversity value of the site. IFL have advised the Council that the biodiversity value of the site is higher than that presented within the PEA, and the likelihood of achieving genuine biodiversity net gain through compensation is low given the unique value of the wet woodland and its rare flora and fauna. Policy 3 of NPF4 states that proposals for local development will include appropriate measures to conserve, restore and enhance biodiversity in accordance with national and local guidance. Measures should be proportionate to the nature and scale of the development. The proposed development would require the site to be cleared of all existing vegetation. While the proposals included landscape buffers which would be planted with a native tree and shrub mix, the overall biodiversity value of the site would not be conserved or enhanced and in fact it is likely there would be a net reduction in biodiversity value in order to accommodate the development. On this basis, the proposal is considered to be contrary to policy 3 of NPF4. Page 187 of 238
Page 194
PUBLIC The application site is predominately characterised by tree coverage, and appears on the Scottish Forestry Native Woodland Survey of Scotland as a wet woodland habitat type. The applicants tree survey advises that the current tree cover has likely developed over the last 45 years, with the population comprising almost entirely of waterlogging tolerant pioneer species. As noted above, the proposed development involves the clearance of the woodland from the site in order to accommodate the proposed development. Policy 6 of NPF4 states that development proposals involving woodland removal will only be supported where they will achieve significant and clearly defined additional public benefits in accordance with the Scottish Governments Policy on Control of Woodland Removal. The Scottish Government policy states that there is a strong presumption in favour of protecting Scotland’s woodland resources. Woodland removal should be allowed only where it would achieve significant and clearly defined additional public benefits (these being social, economic or environmental benefits). In some cases, a proposal for compensatory planting may form part of this balance. The proposed development would facilitate the growth and expansion of an established business and would provide a facility with associated units for self-store and business use. While this may create jobs directly associated with the management and operation of the site and indirectly via third parties utilising the proposed business and storage units, the applicant has not provided any specific or tangible details on the anticipated associated employment or economic and social benefits in this regard that would support the development. However, notwithstanding this, ultimately it is not considered that a development of this nature would bring about the required significant additional public benefits with respect to social, economic or environmental considerations that would outweigh the retention of the woodland or the presumption in favour of retaining the woodland. The proposed development does not therefore outweigh the presumption in favour of protecting the woodland, and would not be supported by Policy 6 of NPF4. In addition to the above, the provisions of Policy 1 of NPF4 must also be considered which states that significant weight to the global climate and nature crisis. It is not considered that the loss of woodland and associated biodiversity value of the site would align with Policy 1 of NPF4 in this regard. In addition, Policy 4 of NPF4 also states that development proposals which by virtue of their type, location or scale will have an unacceptable impact on the natural environment will not be supported. Policy ENV2 of the LDP also states that development proposals will consider the potential impacts on natural heritage. All proposals should protect, and where possible enhance, biodiversity and trees. For the reasons outlined above, the proposed development is also considered to be contrary to Policy ENV2. With regard to the remaining considerations set out under Policy P1, it is noted that the policy requires development proposals to make a positive contribution to the place. This requirement is echoed by Policy 14 of NPF4 which states that development proposals will be designed to improve the quality of an area whether in urban or rural locations and regardless of scale. The impact of the development on neighbouring properties has been considered in respect of potential loss of amenity. Environment, Housing & Infrastructure (Environmental Protection) have not objected to the development. The Noise Impact Assessment submitted by the applicant has been accepted, and a condition requiring the installation of the 2m high acoustic barrier is recommended by Environmental Protection in their consultation response. A Page 188 of 238
Page 195
PUBLIC landscaped buffer is proposed which in time would screen the visual impact of the development. A condition requiring a lighting scheme to be submitted is also recommended by Environmental Protection. The Chief Executive's Service (Roads Development) have also not objected to the development with regard to infrastructure provision although conditions are recommended with respect to the design of the access. Conditions could also be applied to address and consider frontage treatment including boundaries and proximity of the storage containers to the road. However, ultimately the matter to which most weight is attached is the unacceptable impact the development would have on natural heritage. It is not considered that the expansion of the van centre in the manner proposed and the consequential loss of the woodland and biodiversity resource would improve the quality of the area or have a positive impact on the place. For these reasons the development is also ultimately considered to be contrary to Policy P1 of the LDP and 14 of NPF4. Policy 26 of NPF4 seeks to encourage, promote and facilitate business and industry uses and to enable alternative ways of working such as home working, live-work units and micro- businesses. Policy 26 states that development proposals for business, general industrial and storage and distribution uses outwith areas identified for those uses in the LDP will only be supported where: I. It is demonstrated that there are no suitable alternatives allocated in the LDP or identified in the employment land audit; and II. The nature and scale of the activity will be compatible with the surrounding area. Additionally, all development proposals for business and industry will take into account: I. Impact on surrounding residential amenity, sensitive uses and the natural and historic environment; II. The need for appropriate site restoration at the end of a period of commercial use. It is acknowledged that the site is not located in an area allocated in the LDP for business, general industrial and storage and distribution uses. However, in this instance the development constitutes the expansion of an existing business premises, and this provides site specific justification for the development in principle with regard to policy 26. Notwithstanding this, it is noted that matters relating to compatibility, residential amenity, sensitive uses and the natural environment must be considered. A detailed assessment has been undertaken above, and it is concluded that the development would have a significant detrimental impact on the natural environment. Again, this impact is not outweighed by any benefits associated with the proposed business use, and on this basis the development is not supported by policy 26. It is not considered that there are any material considerations in support of the development that would outweigh non-compliance with the policies noted above. While a desire to grow and expand the established business operation is recognised, on balance, justification has not been provided which demonstrates that the development would generate significant economic, social or environmental benefits with regard to matters such as job creation. While need and demand for a type of development or use are not always a determining factor in a planning assessment, it should be noted that a self-store development has been approved (planning reference: 22/0054/PP) and is now operational to the rear of the ALDI store on Page 189 of 238
Page 196
PUBLIC Fulbar Road approximately 350 metres to the southeast of the application site. There is also existing provision for business uses within the Phoenix Business Park to the northwest. In this regard, it is acknowledged there are already similar developments operating within the vicinity of the site in this regard, and in this respect this current proposal is not introducing a new type of use which would add to the vitality of the offering to the area or bring about any significant form of new bespoke social or economic benefit to the area. Turning to the remaining development plan policies as noted above, Policy 2 of NPF4 seeks to encourage, promote and facilitate development that minimises emissions and adapts to the current and future impacts of climate change. The Scottish Government Guidance Note on this policy states that a proportionate approach which supports innovation and good practice will be important. In this instance it is not considered that the proposed development given its nature and operation will give rise to significant emissions. On this basis, demonstration that emissions have been mitigated is not a fundamental component of the assessment. With regard to adaptation by siting or design, matters relating to the siting of the development have been considered at length above and it is concluded that the development does not comply with policies 1, 3, 4, 6 and 14 of NPF4 and P1 and ENV2 of the LDP. As the development is contrary to the development plan with regard to its sitting and location, there is no requirement thereafter to discuss detailed matters such as design adaptations. Policy 9 of NPF4 states that development proposals that will result in the sustainable reuse of brownfield land including vacant and derelict land and buildings will be supported. The applicants design statement provides a history of the site however does not demonstrate that the site has previously been developed. The statement advises that “The general conclusion can be reached that up until the 1980’s the site was bare and undeveloped but has subsequently been subdivided by a fence, surrounded by new development on all sides and possibly used formally or informally for purposes that did not require buildings but may have left some contamination and dumping of materials”. The Tree Survey advises that it is likely that the woodland has developed from landlocked abandoned agricultural land to current tree cover in around 45 years, with population comprising almost entirely of waterlogging tolerant pioneer species. There is no evidence to demonstrate that the site has previously been developed and should be considered as brownfield land, and on this basis the provisions of policy 9 do not apply. However, it should be noted that even if the site was previously developed, policy 9 states that the biodiversity value of brownfield land which has naturalised should be taken into account. Matters relating to the biodiversity value of the site are of primary consideration in this case and have been discussed at length above. With regard to policies 13 of NPF4 and I1 of the LDP relating to sustainable transport and connecting places, it is noted that the Chief Executives Service (Roads Development) Service has not objected to the development subject to conditions relating to the design of the site access, and parking provision. It is considered that the application site can be accessed by a range of transport modes. Additional travel generation is not considered to be significant, and the Chief Executives Service (Roads Development) has not raised any concern with respect to accommodating additional travel on the existing transport network within significant detriment to its operation. The development would comply with policies 13 and I1 in this regard subject to agreement of revised plans for the site access and parking provision. Policy 15 of NPF4 states that development proposals will contribute to local living including, where relevant, 20-minute neighbourhoods. This includes local access to employment. In principle the development would align with policy 15 through the provision of additional Page 190 of 238
Page 197
PUBLIC employment opportunities and business space in a locally accessible location. However, this does not outweigh non-compliance with the policies related to natural heritage and place as noted above. Additionally, as noted above the employment opportunities generated by the development are not considered to be significant, and there are already similar developments within the vicinity of the site. With regard to policies 22 of NPF4 and I3 of the LDP relating to flood risk and drainage, it is noted that SEPA have not objected to the development on flood risk grounds. Additionally, the Councils Independent Consultants (DBA) have not made any comments on the Flood Risk Assessment submitted with the application. However, it is noted that DBA have made comments on the proposed surface water drainage strategy and that this has not yet been approved. The sustainable management of surface water is a key consideration given existing ponding on the site, proposed changes to site levels, proximity of residential properties and historical surface water flooding in the area. The applicant would be required to demonstrate that surface water can be managed sustainably to mitigate surface water flood risk to neighbouring properties. While this has not yet been comprehensively demonstrated, it is noted that a drainage strategy has been submitted and is under review however it has not been pursued to a conclusion given the fundamental issues noted above which render the principle of the development unacceptable. The development has been screened against The Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) (Scotland) Regulations 2017, and it was determined that an Environmental Impact Assessment was not required. Representations The majority of the matters raised in the letters of representation have been addressed in the foregoing assessment however a summary of the points raised is also set out below with a response below each highlighted in bold. The points raised in the letters of objection can be summarised as follows: 1 – Impact on protected species and loss of biodiversity, and surveys submitted by applicant were not undertaken at optimum time. This matter has been addressed in the foregoing planning assessment. 2 – Loss of woodland. This matter has been addressed in the foregoing planning assessment. 3 – Surface water drainage and increased flood risk to adjacent properties. This matter has been addressed in the foregoing planning assessment. 4 – Visual impact. This matter has been addressed in the foregoing planning assessment. 5 – Impact on residential amenity including noise, privacy, lighting. This matter has been addressed in the foregoing planning assessment. Page 191 of 238
Page 198
PUBLIC 6 – Traffic and parking and lack of infrastructure to support the development. This matter has been addressed in the foregoing planning assessment. 7 – Matters raised in the pre-application response have not been responded to. All pre-application advice is informal and does not prejudice the eventual decision on any subsequent planning application. 8 – Proposed development would contradict the terms of the compulsory purchase order of the land by Renfrewshire Council. This is not material to the planning assessment. 9 – There are other brownfield sites where this development would be more suitable. The presence of alternative sites which may be more favourably located does not in itself render the proposed development unacceptable. Each development must be assessed on its own merits. 10 – There are already other self store developments and workshop capacity within the area, with no demand for further development of this nature. This matter has been addressed in the foregoing planning assessment. 11 – Air pollution. The Environment, Housing & Infrastructure (Environmental Protection) section have not raised any concerns with regard to air pollution. 12 – The development does not comply with relevant development plan and net zero policies. This matter has been addressed in the foregoing planning assessment. 13 – The development is not compatible with the predominantly residential area. This matter has been addressed in the foregoing planning assessment. 14 – Loss of property value. This is not material to the planning assessment. 15 – Possibility of hazardous materials being stored on site. This is not material to the planning assessment. 16 – Accessibility for pedestrians and difficulty crossing Linwood Road The Chief Executive's Service (Roads Development) have not made comment on this matter and have not raised any objection on the grounds of pedestrian accessibility. Page 192 of 238
Page 199
PUBLIC 17 – Spread of invasive non native species. This would be a separate matter for the land owners to address. 18 – Approval of this application could lead to further proposals for expansion in the future including stacking of the containers. Any further applications for expansion would require to be assessed on their own merits and concerns over future potential expansion would not be a reason to refuse the development proposal as submitted through this application. 19 – Suitability of the neighbour notification undertaken. Neighbour Notification has been undertaken in accordance with the relevant regulations and statutory requirements. 20 – Proposal is of no benefit to local community. This matter has been addressed in the foregoing planning assessment. 21 – Security concerns. This would be a separate matter for the site operator to address. The points raised in the letter of support can be summarised as follows: 1 – The development will bring investment and employment to the area. This matter has been addressed in the foregoing planning assessment. The points raised in the letter neither objecting nor supporting the application can be summarised as follows. 1 – Query the clearance of the site and replacement planting within buffer zones when existing trees could be retained. The development has been assessed on the basis of the information submitted as part of the application. 2 – A pedestrian crossing on Linwood Road should be provided. The Chief Executive's Service (Roads Development) have not made comment on this matter and have not raised any objection on the grounds of pedestrian accessibility. Planning Obligations The Council is required to provide a summary of the terms of any planning obligation and any associated legal agreement and/or mechanism required to secure it including those provisions under The Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act in relation to the grant of permission for the proposed development: None required. Page 193 of 238
Page 200
PUBLIC Conclusion The proposed development will have a significant and detrimental impact on the natural heritage value of the application site, namely the existing established woodland and biodiversity identified. The development is contrary to policies 3, 4 and 6 of NPF4 and ENV2 of the LDP on this basis. Loss of the natural heritage value and replacement with the proposed development would also have detrimental impact on the place. The development is contrary to policies 14 of NPF4 and P1 of the LDP. Finally, it is not considered that the loss of woodland and associated biodiversity value of the site would align with Policy 1 of NPF4 in this regard which attaches significant weight to the nature and climate crisis. It is not considered that there are any material considerations such as overriding economic or social benefits in support of the development that would outweigh non-compliance with the policies noted above. Recommendation Refuse. Reason(s) for Recommendation The proposed development will result in the loss of woodland and biodiversity and have a consequential significant detrimental impact on the ecological value of the site and will not make a positive contribution to the place. There are no significant and clearly defined additional benefits associated with the development which would outweigh the adverse impact on woodland and biodiversity. The development is therefore contrary to policies 1, 3, 4, 6 and 14 of National Planning Framework 4, and policies P1 and ENV2 of the Local Development Plan. There are no material considerations in support of the development proposal that would outweigh non-compliance with these policies. Schedule of Plans Reviewed Drawing Number Revision Drawing/Document Title 3673/L/101 Topographic Survey 3673/L/200 Site Plan as Existing 3673/P/206 Proposed Site Plan – 12.5m landscape buffer 3673/P/300 Proposed Workshop and valet Shed Floor Plan and Elevations 3673/P/500-A Storage Unit Elevations 3673/P/501 Portakabins Elevations 3673/P/900 Palisade Fencing Elevation 696.01.01 a Landscape Proposal 250514 Design Statement 3673/L/100 Location Plan P15936-GOO-XX-XX-SK-C- 0511 P01 Proposed levels Layout P15936-GOO-XX-XX-SK-C- 1001 P01 Proposed Surfacing Layout Tree Survey Report including Tree Constraints Plans (by Julian A Morris dated January 2025) Preliminary Ecological Appraisal (by Wild Surveys dated 29th February 2024) Civil and Structural Engineering Desk Study (by Goodson Associates dated January 2019) Page 194 of 238
Page 201
PUBLIC Flood Risk Assessment (by Terrenus Land and Water, report number 1141-235 revision 1 dated 3rd July 2023) For further information please contact James Weir, Development Standards Team, Email: james.weir@renfrewshire.gov.uk. Page 195 of 238
Page 202
Page 196 of 238
Page 203
PUBLIC Planning and Climate Change Policy Board: 4 November 2025 Report by Chief Planning Officer Reference No 25/0510/PP Application Type Planning Permission (Major) Proposal Erection of new-build 3 storey Teaching Annex Building and 2 storey P.E. Annex Building, single-storey Dining Extension to existing School building courtyard. Associated landscape works including canopy over amphitheatre steps, canopy to external courtyard dining area and seating. Alteration and extension of bus parking area and car parking. New electrical substation with GRP enclosure adjacent to existing Energy Centre. Location Renfrewshire Council, Main Building, Park Mains High School Ward 12 - Erskine and Inchinnan Community Council Erskine Community Council Applicant Children's Services, Renfrewshire Council Recommendation Grant Subject to Conditions All plans, reports, documents and representations relating to this application can be viewed in full online at https://pl-bs.renfrewshire.gov.uk/online- applications/applicationDetails.do?activeTab=summary&keyVal=SYNQ9TMWJBZ00 This report fulfils the requirements of regulation 16, Schedule 2, paragraphs 3(c) and 4 of The Town and Country Planning (Development Management Procedure) (Scotland) Regulations 2013. The report is presented to the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board in line with the Council's Scheme of Delegation. In this instance, the application relates to a major development as defined within the Town and Country Planning (Hierarchy of Development) (Scotland) Regulations 2009. Proposal This application seeks planning permission for the erection of a 3-storey teaching annex building, 2 storey physical education (PE) annex building and a single storey dining extension at Park Mains High School, Erskine. The proposal would also include other associated works including landscaping, a canopy over the amphitheatre steps and external courtyard dining area. The existing bus parking and car parking area would also be altered and extended and a new electrical substation with a Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP) enclosure would also be installed adjacent to an existing Energy Centre. Both annexes and the single storey extensions would be located to the rear of the school. The 3 storey annex building would have a rectangular footprint and would measure approximately 21m x 45m x 14.3m and would comprise of a flat roof enclosed by a 1.1m high parapet. The teaching annex would include flexible teaching spaces, breakout areas and circulation zones. The proposed PE annex would also have a flat roof and would measure approximately 33m x 38m x 10.5m. The PE annex would include two multi-use sports halls, changing villages with office space. The proposed dining extension would increase the school's dining capacity and would comprise of a flat roof single storey in-fill extension with a floor area of approximately 208sqm. The dining extension would be located within the existing school courtyard, adjacent to the internal 'street'. A sheltered dining space would also be located adjacent to the existing PE block. Item 9(d) PACC041125 Page 197 of 238
Page 204
PUBLIC Finishing materials for the teaching and PE annexes would be a mixed palette of grey and bronze metal cladding to the upper levels with facing brick to the ground floor elevations. The dining extension would be finished with facing brick to match the existing building. Vehicular access and drop off would remain as present with direct access via Rashieholm Roundabout. Within the school grounds, the entrance road from the roundabout would be widened and a new pedestrian footway formed on the eastern side of the access road to connect the external footpath network to the school's internal path network. An additional staff carpark would be formed adjacent to the existing carpark to provide 77 parking spaces including provision of shelters for 80 cycles. Alterations to the bus-drop off area would also provide space for 16 x 12-15m buses, 1 x 12m bus and 1 space for a minibus. Other associated works include landscaping, formation of sensory garden, allotments, habitat area and formation of canopies within the grounds. Site Description The application site relates to Park Mains High School, which is located to the south-west of Rashieholm Roundabout, Erskine. The school is a flat roofed building comprising of a central atrium with three wings to the rear of the building. The current pupil capacity of Park Mains High School is currently 1,717 pupils taking account of temporary modular classrooms. The proposed extensions would result in a maximum capacity of 2,000 pupils. Pre-Application Consultation with Officers The Scottish Government strongly encourages constructive pre-application discussions between prospective applicants and the planning authority. Pre-application discussions seek to identify key planning considerations at an early stage and help inform what supporting information is required to support a subsequent application. Pre-application discussions have taken place, focusing on the following matters: Principle of development. Documents that would be necessary in the submission of the planning application. Required consultations. Negotiated Improvements No changes have been negotiated. Site History The planning history for the site is as follows; if no history is listed then planning has no record of previous applications for the site. Application No: 24/0690/PAN Description: Erection of extension to school Decision: Accepted; Application No: 05/0009/RD Description: Construction of synthetic surfaced football pitch with associated fencing and floodlighting. Decision: Deemed Consent: Consultations Dougall Baillie Associates (DBA) (Councils Independent Drainage Consultants) – Request that further information is provided with regards to attenuation. This information can be secured through the imposition of an appropriate condition. Page 198 of 238
Page 205
PUBLIC Glasgow Airport Safeguarding – No objections subject to conditions. Environment, Health and Infrastructure (Environmental Protection) – No objections subject to conditions. Scottish Water – No objections. Chief Executive's (Roads Development) – Advise of no objection subject to conditions with regards to further details being submitted with respect to sustainable transport modes. Sports Scotland – No objections. Bishopton Community Council – Object. The size of the extension is inadequate with regards to the potential pupil intake from Bishopton and Dargavel. The capacity of Park Mains is capped at 2,000 pupils which includes the proposed extension. This is inadequate given the potential intake from Dargavel. The financial and environmental cost is also incalculable due to busing 1,800 pupils to and from Erskine. The process is also flawed as the Council made a decision on the Park Main extensions before the latest census was released and before the latest forecast of pupil numbers. Representations The application has been publicised in line with the requirements of the relevant legislation. 228 representations have been received with 226 objections, one neutral and one in support. The following concerns have been raised through objection: Extensions not big enough to accommodate pupils in catchment area, a new school is required in Dargavel/Bishopton and development does not take account of roll projections; Impact on traffic congestion and increase in vehicular movements is not sustainable; Road safety; No direct transport links; Children lacking teaching attention in a 'super sized' school including degradation and access to extra curriculum activities; Carbon emissions from extra buses, negative impact on environment; Walking to school should be encouraged; Development doesn't meet education provision for Renfrewshire; Financial outlay for taxpayers; Undermining of Council's climate commitments; Lack of statutory consultation with the public and also teachers; Site not suitable for school expansion; Bridgewater Shopping Centre being 'swamped' at lunchtime with pupils. No comments were made in the supporting representation whilst the neutral representee only commented that a new school is required. Policy Context In making any determination under the Planning Acts, regard is to be had to the development plan unless material considerations indicate otherwise. In this instance the Development Plan consists of National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4) and the Renfrewshire Local Development Plan (2021) (LDP). The following provisions of the Development Plan are considered relevant to the determination of this application: Page 199 of 238
Page 206
PUBLIC National Planning Framework 4 Policy 3 - Biodiversity Policy 13 - Sustainable transport Policy 14 - Design, quality and place Policy 21 - Play, recreation and sport Policy 22 - Flood risk and water management Full details relating to the policies of the NPF4 can be found online. Renfrewshire Local Development Plan Policy P1 - Renfrewshire's Places Policy P6 - Open Space Policy ENV2 - Natural Heritage Policy I1 - Connecting Places Policy I3 - Flooding and Drainage Full details relating to the policies of the LDP can be found online. New Development Supplementary Guidance Delivering the Places Strategy - Creating Places - Open Space Submitted Reports and Assessments The following reports and assessments were submitted in support of the application: Design and Access Statement - Provides details of the site location, description, wider site appraisal, design approach, access and movement, landscaping. Pre-application consultation (PAC) Report - Provides details on PAC process including scope of event, publicity, attendance, feedback etc. Noise Impact Assessment and Noise Survey - Provides details on the method and results of noise surveys carried out and an assessment of noise to the neighbouring dwellings. Travel Strategy - Provides details of consideration given to travel connections that would serve the extended school. Transportation Assessment and associated Technical Addendum - Provides details on the increased traffic associated with the proposed development and active travel review. Drainage Strategy Report and Flood Risk Assessment - Provides details on existing and proposed drainage including treatment and attenuation and maintenance of the surface water drainage system. Ground Investigation Report - Provides details on the review of existing ground investigations. Civil and Structural Works Report - Provides details on ground investigations and outcomes, including drainage. Environmental Screening Checklist - A request for a screening opinion determined that though the proposal would fall within Schedule 2 of the Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact assessment) (Scotland) Regulations 2017, it is not likely that the proposed works would have a significant environmental impact which would require an Environmental Impact Assessment to be undertaken. Page 200 of 238
Page 207
PUBLIC Scottish Ministers Direction In determining a planning application, the Council is required to provide details of any Direction made by Scottish Ministers under Regulation 30 (Directions requiring consultation), Regulation 31 (Directions requiring information), Regulation 32 (Directions restricting the grant of planning permission) and Regulation 33 (Directions requiring consideration of condition) of The Town and Country Planning (Development Management Procedure) (Scotland) Regulations 2013, or under Regulation 50 (that development is EIA development) of The Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) (Scotland) Regulations 2017. None. Planning Assessment National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4) provides the long-term national spatial strategy for planning in Scotland. It sets out the Scottish Government's current view on delivering sustainable, liveable, and productive places through the application of spatial principles. The application relates to the extension of an existing school within school grounds and the development does not introduce a new land use. As such, the principle of the school in this location has already been established and it is not under assessment within this application and consideration concerns only the acceptability of the proposed extension and other associated works within the school grounds. The application site is covered by policy P1 (Renfrewshire's Places) of the LDP which states that within these areas, there will be a general presumption in favour of a continuance of the built form. New development proposals within these areas should make a positive contribution to the place and be compatible and complimentary to existing uses and character. Similarly, policy 14 (Design, Quality and Place) also seeks to ensure that proposals will be designed to improve the quality of an area whether in urban or rural locations and requires development proposals to be designed to improve the quality of an area and be consistent with the six qualities and placemaking policy framework set out in the New Development Supplementary Guidance which set out a range of considerations that form the basis of good places design. Each consideration will be assessed in turn. Context and Character As detailed above, the application site relates to an existing school with extensive grounds. The proposed extensions would be located to the rear of the existing school, and it is considered that the development could easily be accommodated within the school grounds whilst maintaining open space and recreational areas within the site. It is also considered that formation of the canopy area and sensory garden would also enhance the outdoor space associated with the school. As such, it is considered that the proposed development would be compatible to the context and character of the site. Adequate services are also in place to serve the proposals. Access and Connectivity Policy 15 (Local Living and 20 minute Neighbourhoods) advocates local living to encourage connected and compact neighbourhoods where people can meet most daily needs within a reasonable distance of their home. Policies 13 (Sustainable Transport) and I1 (Connecting Places) advocate good accessibility and connectivity to walking, cycling and public transport. As discussed above, the principle of the school in this location or the pupil catchment area is not under assessment within this application and consideration concerns only the acceptability of the proposed extension. Due to residential development within Bishopton and Erskine, the Page 201 of 238
Page 208
PUBLIC pupil capacity requirement for the catchment has increased at the High School and as such, the extension is required to facilitate this. The Transport Assessment submitted with the application states that travel by school bus is the highest mode of transport with walking, the second most popular. Given the distance to the existing school from Dargavel and the provision of the school bus, it is considered that walking is unlikely from this area. However, the catchment area for the school is not a planning matter and is not something that can be taken into consideration in the assessment of this application. Alterations to the bus-drop off area are proposed to facilitate the increase in school bus transport. The Travel Strategy submitted with the application also gives consideration to various interlinking travel connections that will serve the extended school including aspirational shared use footway links. Details are also provided of public transport services in the area and the school transport provision. Cycle shelters would also be provided on-site with provision for 80 spaces. The Council's Chief Executive's (Roads Development) also advise of no objection subject to conditions with regards to further details being submitted with respect to sustainable transport modes. Children’s Services also advise that Transport has been a key consideration as part of the development and the Council will continue to investigate all avenues to ensure that transport is as sustainable as possible. Transport requirements are expected to gradually increase over the 5 plus years and an appraisal will be undertaken to determine which avenue offers the Council best financial and sustainable value. In view of the above, it is considered that the proposal has given due consideration to access and connectivity in line with policies 13, 15 and I1. Layout and Built Form It is considered that the design of the proposed extensions would be complimentary to the vernacular of the existing school and the new annexes would have a palette of external finishes to give them their own identity from the existing school whilst the extended dining area would be finished in materials to match the existing building. It is considered that the proposal would also improve the appearance and use of the external courtyards with the canopy over the amphitheatre steps, sensory garden etc. As such, it is considered that the proposal would comply with Policy 14. Environment and Community In response to Policies 22 (Flood Risk and Water Management) and 13 (Flooding and Drainage), a Drainage Strategy and Flood Risk Assessment were reviewed by the Council's Drainage Consultant who advise that further information is provided with regards to attenuation. These details could be secured through the imposition of an appropriate condition. With regards to the Noise Impact Assessment (NIA), mitigation is recommended. The Council's Environment, Housing and Infrastructure (Environmental Protection) were consulted and advised of no objections subject to conditions. However, it is considered appropriate to attach an informative for the applicant to seek advice from Environment, Housing & Infrastructure in this regard. Policies P6 (Open Space) and 21 (Play Recreation and Sport) are similar in that they seek to protect areas of recreational and functional open space and development proposals which result in the loss of outdoor sports facilities will only be supported where it can be Page 202 of 238
Page 209
PUBLIC demonstrated that there is clear excess of provision to meet current and anticipated demand in the area, and that the site would be developed without detriment to the overall quality of provision. The school grounds includes 2 full size synthetic grass pitches, an athletics oval and a full size grass pitch. The proposed works would result in the loss of the grass pitch. Sport Scotland were consulted and advise of no objections. The applicant advises that consultation has been undertaken with the school, local community and sports groups who use the 3G pitches and no concerns have been raised about the loss of the grass pitch. On this basis, Sport Scotland consider that the proposal would accord with criterion iv) of policy 21 and the site can be developed without detriment to the overall capacity of provision in the area. It is therefore considered that the proposal would accord with Policies P6 and 21. Policy ENV 2 (Natural Heritage) states that development proposals should consider the potential impact on natural heritage. A Preliminary Ecological Appraisal was submitted with the application where habitats within the site were considered to be of relatively low ecological importance and no specific constraints in this regard were identified in terms of the habitats likely to fall within the footprint of the development. Bat roost emergence surveys were recommended for the main school building that will be affected by the development. This could addressed by the imposition of an appropriate condition in this regard. Policy 3 (Biodiversity) also seeks to enhance biodiversity. Proposed landscaping areas including a sensory garden, allotments, wildflower meadow and tree planting would take place within the site to enhance the external amenity space around the school. Buildings and Design As discussed above, it is considered that the design, scale and finish of the buildings are sympathetic to the character and appearance of the surrounding area and in an appropriate location in accordance with Policy 14 (Design, Quality and Place). The design and materials of the building also been chosen to deliver thermal comfort and overall energy performance in line with Policies 1 (Tackling the Climate and Nature Crisis) and I7 (Zero and Low Carbon Buildings). Representations The majority of the matters raised in the letters of representation have been addressed in the foregoing assessment however a summary of the points raised is also set out below with a response below each highlighted in bold: Extensions not big enough to accommodate pupils in catchment area, a new school is required in Dargavel/Bishopton; and development does not take account of roll projections; The issue of roll projections is fundamentally for Children's Services to consider and is not a planning matter. Notwithstanding this, Children's Services advise that projections are based on specialist modelling used across the UK. The methodology factors in a wide range of data, including population data, school census information and known future house-building, as well as school intake and transition rates. It is also advised that the latest detailed long-term projections, produced in partnership with industry experts show the extended Park Mains High School will have enough capacity for pupils expected from within the catchment over the years ahead. In 2023, the Council agreed to extend Park Mains to 2,000 by considering the pupil projection forecasts as well as undertaking an assessment on the viability of both extending Park Mains, or constructing a new secondary school. This assessment found that the option of constructing a new school could not be justified due to the significant Page 203 of 238
Page 210
PUBLIC additional yearly cost to the Council, when comparing both options. Park Mains is the Council’s newest secondary school, and a decision to build an additional secondary school for Dargavel/Bishopton would have resulted in Park Mains being significantly under capacity. The Council’s latest pupil projection forecast, published in late October 2025 continues to show that an extended Park Mains can accommodate all catchment demand for the years ahead. Impact on traffic congestion and increase in vehicular movements is not sustainable; Road safety; The Council’s Chief Executive’s (Roads Development) have no objections to the proposal. This issue has also been addressed above. No direct transport links; The development relates to the extension of an existing school and as such the principle of pupils accessing the school through various transport modes has already been accepted. As discussed above, the Transport Assessment submitted with the application states that travel by school bus is the highest mode of transport with walking, the second most popular. Given the distance to the existing school from Dargavel and the provision of the school bus, it is considered that walking is unlikely from this area. However, the catchment area for the school is not a planning matter and is not something that can be taken into consideration in the assessment of this application. Alterations to the bus-drop off area are proposed to facilitate the increase in school bus transport. The Travel Strategy submitted with the application also gives consideration to various interlinking travel connections that will serve the extended school including aspirational shared use footway links. Details are also provided of public transport services in the area and the school transport provision. Cycle shelters would also be provided on-site with provision for 80 spaces. Children lacking teaching attention in a 'super sized' school including degradation and access to extra curriculum activities; This is a matter for Children's Services and is not a planning consideration. Notwithstanding this, Children's Services advise that the proposed development which includes new PE and teaching facilities would increase subject choice, and a greater range of ways to support pupils with attainment and wellbeing. Children’s Services also advise that there will be no change to current class sizes and Park Mains will remain within the agreed national policy of class size maximums. As a result of increased pupil numbers, the extension will provide additional teaching spaces and the recruitment of additional staff. Pupils will not be taught in classes of larger numbers, therefore retaining current pupil to teacher ratios in line with all secondary schools in the authority. An increase in capacity through an extended Park Mains High School will also come with increased pastoral and management staff across the school, ensuring that young people and families are fully supported in their education journey. Carbon emissions from extra buses, negative impact on environment; Walking to school should be encouraged; As discussed above, the principle of pupils accessing the school through various transport modes including school buses has already been accepted through the development of the existing school and the proposed extensions are required to facilitate the pupil capacity within the catchment area. Page 204 of 238
Page 211
PUBLIC Development does not meet education provision for Renfrewshire; This is a matter for Children's Services and is not a material planning consideration. Financial outlay for taxpayers; This is not a material planning consideration. Notwithstanding this Children's Services advise that the financial case for extending Park Mains High School was publicly set out in 2023. That analysis showed a new secondary school in Bishopton could cost £90m to build, meaning net additional annual costs of £5.5m every year. This would not have been best value for public funds. Undermining of Council's climate commitments; As detailed above, the principle of pupils accessing the school through various transport modes including school buses has already been accepted through the development of the existing school. Lack of statutory consultation with the public and also teachers; The application has been publicised in line with the statutory requirements of the relevant planning legislation. Other consultation beyond that required as part of this planning application process is a matter for Children Services. Notwithstanding this, Children's Services advise that, for the past two years the proposal has been moving forward, with the support of parent groups from throughout the catchment, who, along with staff and pupils, have been fully engaged in the redesign. Site not suitable for school expansion; For the reasons set out in this report, it is considered that the proposed development would be of an appropriate scale and could easily be accommodated within the curtilage of the site without detriment to amenity. Bridgewater Shopping Centre being 'swamped' at lunchtime with pupils. This issue of pupils use and activity of and in surrounding facilities is not a planning matter. With regards to the specific concerns raised by Bishopton Community Council with regards to roll projections and financial outlay, these issues have been addressed above. Planning Obligations The Council is required to provide a summary of the terms of any planning obligation and any associated legal agreement and/or mechanism required to secure it including those provisions under The Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act in relation to the grant of permission for the proposed development: None required. Conclusion In view of the above, it is considered that the proposal would accord with the relevant provisions of the Development Plan. There are no other material considerations. Planning permission should therefore be granted subject to conditions. Page 205 of 238
Page 212
PUBLIC Recommendation Grant Subject to Conditions Reason(s) for Recommendation 1. The proposal accords with the provisions of the Development Plan and there were no material considerations which outweighed the presumption in favour of development according with the Development Plan. Condition(s) 1. That the development hereby permitted must be begun within three years of the date of this permission. Reason: To be in compliance with Section 58 of The Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997 as amended by Section 32 of The Planning (Scotland) Act 2019. 2. Prior to the commencement of any construction works on site the developer shall provide for the written approval of the Planning Authority: a) a Site Investigation Report (characterising the nature and extent of any soil, water and gas contamination within the site); and, if remedial works are recommended therein. b) a Remediation Strategy and implementation Plan identifying the proposed methods for implementing all remedial recommendations contained within the Site Investigation report and including (where relevant) a materials management plan, a monitoring and maintenance plan and a phasing plan showing how the site is to be subdivided for the purposes of remedial implementation and/or verification reporting, prepared with current authoritative guidance has been submitted to and approved in writing by the Planning Authority. Reason: To ensure that the site will be made suitable for its proposed use. 3. Prior to the occupation of the annexes and extension: a) a Verification Report confirming completion of the works specified within the approved Remediation Strategy and Implementation Plan; and/or b) where remediation works are not required but soils are to be imported to site, a Verification Report confirming imported materials are suitable for use shall be submitted to and approved in writing by Renfrewshire Council as Planning Authority. Reason: To demonstrate that the works necessary to make the site suitable for use have been completed. 4. That the approved Bird Hazard Management Plan, Park Mains High School, Erskine, 29 August 2025, shall be implemented and adhered to at construction and operational phase and there shall be no changes to the approved plan unless otherwise agreed in writing by Renfrewshire Council as Planning Authority in consultation with Glasgow Airport. Reason: In the interests of Aerodrome Safeguarding. Page 206 of 238
Page 213
PUBLIC 5. That the landscaping as detailed in 'Planting Strategy - 23020-OOB-ZZ-00-DR-L- 000040 Rev 03' shall be implemented and maintained in accordance with the 'Landscape Management Plan - 23030-OOB-XX-XX-RP-L006100 P02' to the satisfaction or Renfrewshire Council as Planning Authority. Reason: To ensure a suitable landscape strategy is developed for the site in the interests of visual amenity and biodiversity. 6. That the recommendations detailed in 'Preliminary Ecological Appraisal and Preliminary Roost Assessment dated March 2024' shall be implemented to the satisfaction of the Council as Planning Authority. For the avoidance of doubt, this shall include details and findings of any Bat Roost Surveys including any necessary mitigation undertaken and during the course of the development, details demonstrating the implementation of the recommendations and mitigation measures carried out shall be submitted for the written approval of Renfrewshire Council as Planning Authority. Reason: To protect the natural environment. 8. That, prior to the commencement of development, a detailed schedule of the proposed external finishes for the annexes and extension, together with a plan and schedule of the surface treatments to be used on the roads and footpaths within the site shall be submitted for the written approval of Renfrewshire Council as Planning Authority. Thereafter, the annexes, extension, roads and footpaths shall be constructed only in accordance with such details as may be approved to the satisfaction of Renfrewshire Council as Planning Authority. Reason: In the interest of the amenity of the area. 9. That prior to the commencement of the development hereby approved, a Drainage Impact Assessment shall be submitted and approved by Renfrewshire Council as Planning Authority. The Drainage Impact Assessment shall accord with the 'Council's Drainage Assessment - Notes for Guidance'. Thereafter, the Assessment as approved shall be implemented prior to the completion of the development and maintained thereafter to the satisfaction of Renfrewshire Council as Planning Authority. Reason: To ensure adequate provision for drainage associated with the development. 10. That prior to the commencement of development and the approved Transport Assessment, a Supplementary Report, detailing the Dargavel construction timetable, shall be submitted and approved in writing by Renfrewshire Council as Planning Authority. Any approved mitigation measures identified in the Supplementary Report shall be submitted for the consideration of Renfrewshire Council as Planning Authority. Thereafter, any identified mitigation measures shall be implemented unless otherwise agreed in writing by Renfrewshire Council as Planning Authority. Reason: To ensure that the Transport Assessment reflects the revised Dargavel construction timetable. 11. That prior to the occupation of the annexes and extension hereby approved, a Travel Plan to encourage sustainable modes of transport to the school shall be submitted to and approved in writing by Renfrewshire Council as Planning Page 207 of 238
Page 214
PUBLIC Authority. The Travel Plan shall include a system of management, monitoring, review and reporting, in respect of the sustainable modes of transport identified. The measures identified in the plan together with any measures identified for implementation shall thereafter be submitted for the consideration of Renfrewshire Council as Planning Authority. Thereafter, any agreed measures shall be implemented unless otherwise agreed in writing by Renfrewshire Council as Planning Authority. Reason: To ensure that a cohesive approach is taken to sustainable travel. Advisory Note(s) 1. The applicant is advised to seek advice from the Council's Environment, Housing & Infrastructure with regards to noise mitigation for operational plant (Air Source Heat Pumps, Kitchen Extract and Air Handling Plant. 2. The applicant is advised that Bird Hazard records should be made available to Glasgow Airport on request. There is also no need to inform, Glasgow Airport prior to the dispersal of birds. Schedule of Plans Drawing Number Revision Drawing/Document Title Stamped Drawing Location Plan 23020- OOB- ZZ- 00- DR- L- 000001 OVERALL SITE PLAN 23020- OOB- ZZ- 00- DR- L- 000091 PHASE 1- ADVANCE WORKS 23020- OOB- ZZ- 00- DR- L- 000092 PHASE 2 - BUS LOOP 23020- OOB- ZZ- 00- DR- L- 000093 PHASE 3 - MAIN WORKS 23020-DSSR-ET-XX-DR- M-90001 PROPOSED SITE PLAN - PROPOSED SITE WIDE EXTERNAL SERVICES PLAN 23020-DSSR-ET-XX-DR- M-90002 PROPOSED SITE WIDE EXTERNAL LIGHTING AND SECURITY LAYOUT 23020-HML-00-00-DR-A- 10100 GA FLOORPLAN - LEVEL 00 23020-HML-00-01-DR-A- 10101 GA FLOORPLAN - LEVEL 01 23020-HML-00-02-DR-A- 10102 GA FLOORPLAN - LEVEL 02 23020-HML-00-ZZ-DR-A- 10321 ELEVATIONS - DINING EXTENSION 23020-HML-01-00-DR-A- 10100 FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 00 Page 208 of 238
Page 215
PUBLIC 23020-HML-01-01-DR-A- 10110 FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 01 23020-HML-01-02-DR-A- 10120 FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 02 23020-HML-01-R1-DR-A- 10190 ROOF PLAN 23020-HML-01-ZZ-DR-A- 10200 SECTIONS 23020-HML-01-ZZ-DR-A- 10300 ELEVATIONS 23020-HML-02-00-DR-A- 10100 FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 00 23020-HML-02-01-DR-A- 10110 FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 01 23020-HML-02-R1-DR-A- 10190 ROOF PLAN 23020-HML-02-ZZ-DR-A- 10200 SECTIONS 23020-HML-02-ZZ-DR-A- 10300 ELEVATIONS 23020-HML-ZZ-ZZ-VS-A- 10701 VISUALISATION - DINING EXTENSION VIEW FROM PLAYGROUND 23020-OOB-ZZ-00-DR-L- 000010 EXISTING AND PROPOSED CONTOURS WITH EXISTING TREES PLANTING STRATEGY SITE SECTIONS TYPICAL DETAILS CANOPY DETAILS SITE LOCATION PLAN SITE TOPOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WITH SEWER ANNEX FOOTPRINTS 23020-SCE-XX-XX-DR-S- 52001 PROPOSED BUS STANCE EXTENSION - PROPOSED DRAINAGE ALTERATIONS 23020-SCE-XX-XX-DR-S- 52011 PROPOSED CAR PARK EXTENSION - PROPOSED DRAINAGE ALTERATIONS 23020-SCE-XX-XX-DR-S- 52021 PROPOSED BUILDING EXTENSION - PROPOSED DRAINAGE ALTERATIONS Page 209 of 238
Page 216
PUBLIC 23020-SCE-XX-XX-DR-S- 90001 PROPOSED BUS STANCE EXTENSION TOPO OVERLAY 23020-SCE-XX-XX-DR-S- 90002 PROPOSED CAR PARK EXTENSION TOPO OVERLAY 23020-SCE-XX-XX-DR-S- 90003 PROPOSED BUILDING EXTENSION TOPO OVERLAY 23020-SCE-XX-XX-DR-S- 90010 PROPOSED ALTERATIONS TO MAIN VEHICLE ENTRANCE AND PEDESTRIAN GATE 23020-SCE-XX-XX-DR-S- 90011 PROPOSED BUS STANCE EXTENSION - PROPOSED LEVELS LAYOUT 23020-SCE-XX-XX-DR-S- 90012 PROPOSED CAR PARK EXTENSION - PROPOSED LEVELS LAYOUT 23020-SCE-XX-XX-DR-S- 90013 PROPOSED BUILDING EXTENSION - PROPOSED LEVELS LAYOUT 23020-SCE-XX-XX-DR-S- 90051 PROPOSED BUS STANCE EXTENSION AND PROPOSED BUS TRACKING 23020-SCE-XX-XX-DR-S- 90052 PROPOSED BUILDING EXTENSION - PROPOSED FIRE TENDER TRACKING 5270-HML-00-ZZ-DR-A- 10321 ELEVATIONS - DINING EXTENSION CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL DESIGN NARRATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT - SCREENING CHECKLIST IFA - GROUND INVESTIGATION REPORT - DECEMBER 2009 IFA - GROUND INVESTIGATION REPORT – OCTOBER 2023 IFA - PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT - PART 1 IFA - PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT – PART 2 IFA - PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT – PART 3 IFA - PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT – PART 4 IFA - PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT – PART 5 Page 210 of 238
Page 217
PUBLIC IFA - PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT – PART 6 IFA - PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT – PART 7 SCHOOL TRAVEL STRATEGY 025440-R01 NOISE SURVEY REPORT 025440-R03-A NOISE IMPACT ASSESSMENT 23020 PMHS EXTENSION PAC REPORT 23020- OOB- ZZ- 00- DR- L- 000030 ACCESS AND SECURITY STRATEGY 23020-HML-ZZ-ZZ-RP-A- 61110_01 DESIGN AND ACCESS STATEMENT 23020-HML-ZZ-ZZ-RP-A- 61110_02 DESIGN AND ACCESS STATEMENT 23020-HML-ZZ-ZZ-RP-A- 61110_03 DESIGN AND ACCESS STATEMENT 23020-HML-ZZ-ZZ-RP-A- 61110_04 DESIGN AND ACCESS STATEMENT 23020-HML-ZZ-ZZ-RP-A- 61110_05 DESIGN AND ACCESS STATEMENT 23020-HML-ZZ-ZZ-RP-A- 61110_06 DESIGN AND ACCESS STATEMENT 23020-HML-ZZ-ZZ-RP-A- 61110_07 DESIGN AND ACCESS STATEMENT 23020-HML-ZZ-ZZ-VS-A- 10700 VISUALISATION - TEACHING ANNEX VIEW FROM PLAYGROUND 23020-OOB-XX-XX-RP-L- 006100 LANDSCAPE MANAGEMENT PLAN 23020-OOB-ZZ-00-DR-L- 000015 DEMOLITION PLAN 25115 TRANSPORTATION ASSESSMENT SCOPING REPORT 3279GEG-MCS-L01 GI COVERING STATEMENT AELSC0721 PRELIMINARY ECOLOGICAL APPRAISAL AND PRELIMINARY ROOST ASSESSMENT D 501_C8 PROPOSED SURFACE WATER AND FOULD WATER DRAINAGE LAYOUT Page 211 of 238
Page 218
PUBLIC WS5345 25 BIRD HAZARD MANAGEMENT PLAN 1045-244 PARK MAINS HIGH SCHOOL LEVEL 3 FRA 3279 - 140825 DRAINAGE DESIGN STATEMENT 3279 DRAINAGE_STRATEGY_REPO RT DUSK EMERGENCE SURVEY AND INNS WALKOVER TRANSPORT ASSESSMENT JULY 2025 TRANSPORT ASSESSMENT TECHNICAL ADDENDUM For further information please contact Fiona Knighton, Development Standards Team, Email: fiona.knighton@renfrewshire.gov.uk Page 212 of 238
Page 219
PUBLIC Planning and Climate Change Policy Board: 4 November 2025 Report by Chief Planning Officer Reference No 25/0405/LB Application Type Listed Building Consent Proposal Demolition of listed building Location Speirsfield House Residential Home, 34 Stevenson Street, Paisley Ward 4 - Paisley Northwest Community Council Paisley West and Central Community Council Applicant Mr Lakhbir Sidhu Recommendation Grant Subject to Conditions All plans, reports, documents and representations relating to this application can be viewed in full online at https://pl-bs.renfrewshire.gov.uk/online- applications/applicationDetails.do?activeTab=summary&keyVal=SX9Q58MWIL600 The report is presented to the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board in line with the Council's Scheme of Delegation. In this instance, this is a listed building application which seeks consent to demolish a category B listed building. Proposal This application seeks Listed Building Consent for the demolition of Speirsfield House on Stevenson Street in Paisley. The B-listed villa, which dates from the 1870s, is a two-storey sandstone property with a slate roof and timber framed windows. The building was extensively damaged during a fire in August 2024. Site Description Speirsfield House is located within a primarily residential area, just beyond the northern boundary of the Castlehead Conservation Area. The building fronts onto a driveway to the east, is bound by residential properties to the south and borders a sheltered housing complex to the north. The application site backs onto an area of greenspace, beyond which is a care home and multistorey flats. Pre-Application Consultation with Officers The Scottish Government strongly encourages constructive pre-application discussions between prospective applicants and the planning authority. Pre-application discussions seek to identify key planning considerations at an early stage and help inform what supporting information is required to support a subsequent application. Pre-application discussions have taken place, focusing on the damage caused by the fire, the planning process in respect of the demolition of listed buildings and the requirements of Historic Environment Scotland as a statutory consultee. Negotiated Improvements No changes have been negotiated. Site History The planning history for the site is as follows; if no history is listed then planning has no record of previous applications for the site. Item 9(e) PACC041125 Page 213 of 238
Page 220
PUBLIC Application No: 22/0151/PP Description: Erection of 4 semi-detached dwellinghouses Decision: Withdrawn Application No: 22/0800/PP Description: Change of use from care home to dwellinghouse and house in multiple occupancy with associated external alterations, parking and paths Decision: Grant subject to conditions Application No: 22/0826/LB Description: External and internal alterations associated with change of use from care home to dwellinghouse and house in multiple occupancy Decision: Grant subject to conditions Application No: 23/0304/PP Description: Erection of detached dwellinghouse and creation of two openings in boundary wall Decision: Pending Consideration Application No: 24/0674/LB Description: Demolition of listed building Decision: Withdrawn Application No: 20/0557/PP Description: Change of use from care home to eight flats and one maisonette Decision: Returned Invalid Application No: 21/0069/PP Description: Conversion of vacant care home to form 9 flatted dwellings Decision: Returned Invalid Application No: 18/0401/LB Description: Removal of floor, ceiling and wall coverings to treat dry rot. Decision: Grant subject to conditions Application No: 16/0626/LB Description: Works associated with the conversion including formation of hard standing, access ramps and landscaping. Decision: Grant subject to conditions Application No: 16/0630/PP Description: Erection of three storey extension to side of residential college, part demolition of existing extension with erection of an additional storey to existing two storey extension, external alterations to existing extension with formation of hard standing and Decision: Grant subject to conditions Application No: 15/0319/CL Description: Certificate of lawfulness for proposed use of premises as a residential college and alterations to the internal layout of proposed extension. Decision: Grant Application No: 12/0612/PP Description: Conversion of dwellinghouse to 2 no. flats Decision: Grant Page 214 of 238
Page 221
PUBLIC Application No: 13/0214/PP Description: Erection of 2 storey extension to nursing home, part demolition and extension of existing single storey extension, re-landscaping to provide car parking and erection of perimeter fence to north of site Decision: Grant subject to conditions Application No: 10/0871/LB Description: Erection of 2 storey extension to nursing home, part demolition and extension of existing single storey extension, re-landscaping to provide car parking and erection of perimeter fence to north of site Decision: Refused Application No: 10/0870/PP Description: Erection of 2 storey and single storey extension to nursing home, formation of car parking and landscaping works. Decision: Refused Application No: 97/1097/LB Description: Installation of replacement windows and repairs. Decision: Withdrawn Application No: 92/1185/LB Description: Internal alterations and erection of external lift, lifthousing and ramp. Decision: Grant subject to conditions Application No: 06/0279/PP Description: single storey extension to the rear of a single storey detached dwelling house Decision: Grant subject toa Section 75 agreement Consultations Historic Environment Scotland (HES) - queried some of the assumptions made in the various reports submitted in support of the application but ultimately advised that the proposal does not raise historic environment issues of national significance and therefore they do not object. In addition, HES did not object following a meeting between them, the Planning Service and the applicant's quantity surveyor to discuss the figures in more detail. HES's consultation response refers to national and local policies on listed buildings and related policy guidance that should be used to reach a decision. Representations The application has been publicised in line with the requirements of the relevant legislation. The following representations were received: Object - 1 Support - 0 Neutral - 0 The issues raised can be summarised as follows: 1. The building should not have been allowed to become derelict Policy Context In making any determination under the Planning Acts, regard is to be had to the development plan unless material considerations indicate otherwise. In this instance the Development Plan Page 215 of 238
Page 222
PUBLIC consists of National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4) and the Renfrewshire Local Development Plan (2021) (LDP). The following provisions of the Development Plan are considered relevant to the determination of this application: National Planning Framework 4 Policy 7 - Historic assets and places Full details relating to the policies of the NPF4 can be found online. Renfrewshire Local Development Plan Policy ENV3 - Built and Cultural Heritage Full details relating to the policies of the LDP can be found online. Other relevant policies and guidance Delivering the Environment Strategy - Listed Buildings Historic Environment Scotland: Managing Change in the Historic Environment Guidance (Demolition of Listed Buildings) Submitted Reports and Assessments The following reports and assessments were submitted in support of the application: Development Deficit Report - sets out the applicant's justification for the demolition in the context of the damage sustained in the fire. Structural Inspection Report (January 2025) - details the condition of the building following the fire. Cost Estimate (April 2025) - sets out the estimated costs associated with repairing the building so it can be used as a single dwelling. The report concludes that the cost of these repairs, including the erection of a temporary façade retention system, would be £3.55 million. Cost Estimate (July 2025) - sets out the estimated costs associated with constructing 6 flats behind the retained façade. The report also explores the costs associated with constructing 20 flats and a single dwelling within the grounds of the building as a means to offset the conservation deficit generated by constructing flats behind the retained façade. This report has been superseded by the October 2025 cost estimate that proposes 8 flats are constructed behind the façade to try and improve economic viability. Cost Estimate (October 2025) - sets out the estimated costs associated with retaining the façade, demolishing the rest of the building, constructing 8 flats behind the retained façade and tying the two structures together. The report concludes that the cost of these works would be £3.35 million, before allowances are made for preliminaries, contingencies, VAT and professional fees. The report also explores the costs associated with constructing 20 flats and a single dwelling within the grounds of the building as a means to offset the conservation deficit generated by constructing flats behind the retained façade. The report estimates that the cost of constructing the 21 units would be £5.78 million. Valuation Report (April 2025) - details the possible market value of the building once it is restored to a standard befitting a listed building and returned to use as a single dwelling. The report estimates that the building would be worth approximately £950,000. Page 216 of 238
Page 223
PUBLIC Valuation Report (July 2025) - details the possible market value of flats constructed both behind the retained façade and in the grounds to the front of Speirsfield House. The report estimates that flats constructed behind the façade could sell for £240,000 while the units within the curtilage could sell for £190,000. A development consisting of 29 units would have an overall estimated market value of £5.91 million. Planning Assessment The Town and Country Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas) (Scotland) Act 1997 states that in considering whether to grant listed building consent special regard must be had to the desirability of preserving the listed building and its setting as well as any features of special architectural or historic merit. The Development Plan is a material consideration in the assessment of such applications. Speirsfield House was extensively damaged by a fire in August 2024. The Structural Inspection Report submitted by the applicant notes that the roof and sections of the first floor have been destroyed while stonework across the building has been damaged. The three gables on the front elevation are freestanding as there is no support from the roof structure. Internally, many of the features of special architectural merit have either been destroyed in the fire or saturated when the fire was extinguished to the point that they are beyond saving. The loss of the roof has meant the interior of the building has been exposed to the elements since the day of the fire. Any attempt to restore the building is therefore likely to be a technically complex and costly endeavour. Both Policy 7 of NPF4 and Policy ENV3 of the Local Development Plan state that the demolition of listed buildings will only be supported where it has been demonstrated that there are exceptional circumstances and that all reasonable efforts have been made to retain, reuse and/or adapt the building. Historic Environment Scotland's "Managing Change in the Historic Environment" guidance note on the demolition of listed buildings also supports these principles, with the document advising that demolition should only be approved as a last resort and typically at the end of a process that has considered and discounted all other feasible options. Both policies and the guidance note set out criteria to be considered when assessing whether an application for the demolition of a listed building is acceptable. Demolition may only be considered acceptable if it is demonstrated that the proposal accords with one of the following: The building is not of special interest. The building is incapable of repair. The repair of the building is not economically viable, having been marketed at a price reflecting its location and condition to potential restoring purchasers for a reasonable period. The demolition of the building is essential to delivering significant benefits to economic growth or the wider community. In light of the context set out above, the demolition of Speirsfield House can be assessed against the four tests as follows: The building is not of special interest Prior to the fire, the building was a high-quality example of a late 19th Century sandstone villa that contained both internal and external features of architectural merit. While the structure of the building was severely damaged by the fire and a number of the original features were lost, restoring the building would return it to a state where it is again a high-quality example of a Victorian villa. Page 217 of 238
Page 224
PUBLIC The building therefore has the potential to be of special interest again following a comprehensive restoration, albeit it is acknowledged that many of the original features have been lost and would need replacing with modern replicas. The building is incapable of repair The Structural Inspection Report provided by the applicant details the condition of the building following the fire. The report has been written by a structural engineer and makes use of photography from a drone to assess the condition of the structure. The survey notes that the building is in poor condition and that repairs would be expensive but ultimately concludes that "repairs are theoretically achievable". The building is therefore not incapable of repair. The repair of the building is not economically viable, having been marketed at a price reflecting its location and condition to potential restoring purchasers for a reasonable period A cost estimate submitted as part of the application details the costs associated with the full reinstatement of Speirsfield House for use as a single dwelling. The report has been produced by a qualified quantity surveyor who notes that in addition to works directly required to restore the building, the damage sustained is so severe that interim façade retention works costing approximately £530,000 would be required to protect the sandstone exterior while the rest of the building is reinstated. The report estimates that the total cost of restoring Speirsfield House to a standard befitting a B listed building would be £3.55 million. The applicant has also submitted a valuation report. This has been produced by a chartered surveyor and notes that the estimated value of the reinstated property would be approximately £950,000. Based on both reports, reinstating Speirsfield House for use as a single dwelling would result in a conservation deficit of approximately £2.6 million. Historic Environment Scotland have not objected to the figures used in these calculations or countered the justification provided by arguing that such a repair would be economically viable. As such, it is clear that restoring the building for use as a single dwelling would not be economically viable. However, the Planning Service and Historic Environment Scotland also asked the applicant to explore if the conservation deficit could be offset by constructing a residential development within the curtilage of the property. The applicant proposed that 20 flats and a single dwelling could be constructed within the grounds to the front of the house. Given restoring Speirsfield House for use as a single dwelling produced such a large conservation deficit, the applicant proposed to construct individual flats behind the retained façade as part of these calculations in an attempt to improve the financial viability of the project. A cost estimate with 6 flats was submitted initially before the number was increased to 8 flats in another attempt to improve overall financial viability. It is important to note that the proposed residential development is speculative and planning does not necessarily endorse the construction of such a development at the site. Instead, the proposal has been developed to allow consideration to be given as to whether the cost of building 8 flats behind a retained façade could be offset through the construction of a larger residential development within the curtilage of the building. The cost of erecting a façade retention system, demolishing the remainder of Speirsfield House and clearing the site is estimated to be £505,000. The cost of constructing 8 flats behind a retained façade is estimated to be £3.35 million before allowances for contingencies, preliminaries, professional fees and VAT are made. The overall cost of constructing an 8 unit development behind the retained façade is estimated to be £3.85 million. Page 218 of 238
Page 225
PUBLIC The corresponding valuation report estimates that flats constructed behind the façade could sell for approximately £240,000 per unit. The overall market value of the 8 flats would therefore be £1.92 million, resulting in a conservation deficit of approximately £1.93 million. While this is less than the £2.6 million conservation deficit that would arise if the building was restored for use as a single dwelling, it is still clearly a substantial deficit for a building of this size. The same report estimates that the cost of constructing the residential development within the grounds of the Speirsfield House would be £5.78 million before allowances for contingencies, preliminaries, professional fees and VAT are made. The corresponding valuation report estimates that these properties could sell for £190,000 each, with an overall market value of £3.99 million. Based on these figures, a 21-unit development would generate a deficit of approximately £1.79 million. These figures suggest the proposed 21-unit development within the curtilage of the house would not, in itself, be economically viable. It may well be possible that costs could be reduced, or sale prices increased to the point that the construction of such a development breaks even. However, even if this point is reached an additional £1.93 million would still need to be found to cover the conservation deficit generated by the construction of 8 flats behind the retained façade. It is therefore clear that a 21-unit development within the grounds of the house would not generate sufficient profit to offset the conservation deficit generated by the development behind the retained façade and such an approach would not be economically viable. Substantially increasing the number of units built within the grounds of Speirsfield House has been considered to allow the conservation deficit to be shared across a greater number of properties and therefore increase the probability that the development breaks even. However, a substantial increase in the number of units within the grounds of Speirsfield House would not be encouraged from a planning perspective given it may result in the overdevelopment of the site. Overdevelopment would negatively impact on the setting of the retained façade, defeating the point of efforts to save the structure. Based on the above figures, it is clear that offsetting the conservation deficit by constructing a residential development within the grounds of the house would not be economically viable. Given how substantial the conservation deficits are for both the reinstatement of the building as a single dwelling and the retention of the façade as part of a wider residential development, it is not considered that marketing the property in the hope of finding another buyer would be reasonable or practical. Indeed, Historic Environment Scotland's guidance note confirms that demolishing a listed building on economic grounds will not rest solely on marketing but instead on a wider process where the viability of alternative options has taken place. The results of such a process have been discussed above. Historic Environment Scotland have considered the condition, character and appearance of the building along with the likely costs of a meaningful restoration, and whilst they raised a number of matters which they requested clarification on, they ultimately conclude that this proposal does not raise any significant historic environment issues and that on this basis they do not raise an objection to the reports or the proposal more broadly. Overall, having regard to the evidence submitted in support of this application, together with the overall position of Historic Environment Scotland, it is considered that the requirements of this test have been satisfactorily met. It is accepted that it would not be economically viable to reinstate Speirsfield House for use as a single dwelling. Constructing newbuild residential properties within the grounds of the house would not generate the capital needed to offset the conservation deficit generated when flats are constructed behind the retained façade. It is regrettably concluded that the damage sustained during the fire is so great that the building is beyond economic repair. Page 219 of 238
Page 226
PUBLIC The demolition of the building is essential to delivering significant benefits to economic growth or the wider community No planning application has been submitted at the present time that would require Speirsfield House to be demolished in order to unlock benefits to economic growth or benefits to the wider community. Summary In view of the above, it is clear that the restoration of Speirsfield House for use as a single dwelling would not be economically viable. The option of retaining the façade and incorporating it into a future development on the site also has been explored but would not be economically viable. All reasonable efforts have therefore been made to retain, reuse and/or adapt the listed building. The proposed demolition therefore complies with Policy 7 b) iii) of NPF4, Policy ENV3 of the Local Development Plan and the associated supplementary guidance on the demolition of listed buildings. The proposal also accords with Historic Environment Scotland's guidance note on the demolition of listed buildings. The Development Deficit Report notes that some of the features that have not been badly damaged may be of interest to salvage experts. It is therefore considered appropriate to add a condition requiring the applicant to demonstrate that the building has been surveyed by a salvage expert prior to demolition. This would ensure features of the building that are still of value can be saved and reused in the repair of similar buildings elsewhere. Representations While the condition of the building prior to the fire is regrettable, the Council has limited powers to force the repair or reuse of a listed building. Notwithstanding this, the Planning Service worked with the owner to grant the consents required to separate the unlisted modern annex from Speirsfield House and to convert the building into a single dwelling prior to the fire. Conclusion In view of the above, it is considered that the proposal would accord with the relevant provisions of the Development Plan. There are no other material considerations. Listed building consent should therefore be granted subject to conditions. Recommendation Grant Subject to Conditions Reason(s) for Recommendation 1. The proposal accords with the provisions of the Development Plan and there were no material considerations which outweighed the presumption in favour of development according with the Development Plan. Condition(s) 1. Prior to any demolition works taking place, a report shall be submitted to, and approved by, the Planning Authority demonstrating that the building has been surveyed by a salvage expert. The report shall itemise all material from the building that is to be salvaged, where the material will be stored and how it is intended the material will be reused. All material shall thereafter be salvaged and stored in line with the approved report. Reason: To ensure that architectural features of note are saved and capable of reuse. Page 220 of 238
Page 227
PUBLIC Advisory Note(s) 1. None required. Schedule of Plans Reviewed Drawing Number Revision Drawing/Document Title AE(0)100 Location Plan as Existing - Supporting Statement - Cost Estimate (April 2025) - Cost Estimate (July 2025) - Cost Estimate (October 2025) - Valuation Report (April 2025) - Valuation Report (July 2025) - Structural Inspection Report For further information please contact James McCafferty, Development Standards Team, Email: james.mccafferty@renfrewshire.gov.uk Page 221 of 238
Page 228
Page 222 of 238
Page 229
PUBLIC Planning and Climate Change Policy Board: 4 November 2025 Report by Chief Planning Officer Reference No 25/0643/TP Application Type Treeworks (TPO) Proposal Treeworks comprising of crown reduction of 5 trees, removal of 2 trees and associated maintenance works Location Ground Between Normandy Hotel and Blythswood Industrial Estate, West Lodge Road, Renfrew Ward 1 - Renfrew North and Braehead Community Council Renfrew Community Council Applicant Mr Ewan Mackay Recommendation Grant Subject to Conditions All plans, reports, documents and representations relating to this application can be viewed in full online at https://pl-bs.renfrewshire.gov.uk/online- applications/applicationDetails.do?activeTab=summary&keyVal=T0TYU5MWKD400 The report is presented to the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board in line with the Council's Scheme of Delegation. In this instance, Cllrs Shaw, Hughes and Campbell have requested that the application be determined by the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board due to local interest in tree conservation, particularly in the Blythswood area. Proposal This application seeks treeworks consent for works to nineteen trees on land off Inchinnan Road in Renfrew. The treeworks would consist of the following: Tree 4411 (lime) - Crown reduce by 30% & crown lift to 5m above ground level Tree 4413 (lime) - Remove basal suckers back to main trunk Tree 4414 (lime) - Remove Tree 4415 (lime) - Crown clean Tree 4416 (lime) - Crown reduce by 40% Tree 4417 (lime) - Remove basal suckers back to main trunk Tree 4418 (lime) - Remove basal suckers back to main trunk & crown clean Tree 4419 (lime) - Remove basal suckers back to main trunk & crown clean Tree 4420 (lime) - Remove basal suckers back to main trunk Tree 4421 (lime) - Remove basal suckers back to main trunk Tree 4422 (lime) - Remove basal suckers back to main trunk Tree 4423 (lime) - Remove basal suckers back to main trunk Tree 4424 (lime) - Remove basal suckers back to main trunk Tree 4425 (lime) - Crown reduce by 30% Tree 4426 (lime) - Crown reduce by 30% Tree 4427 (beech) - Remove Tree 4428 (beech) - Crown clean Tree 4429 (beech) - Crown clean Tree 4430 (beech) - Crown reduce by 25%, crown lift lowest eastern limb to trunk Site Description The application site is located off Inchinnan Road and is currently used for the storage of caravans and associated equipment. The Tree Preservation Order (TPO) in question was confirmed in 2004 and covers a mix of mainly deciduous specimens found in the grounds of the Normandy Hotel. The TPO also Item 9(f) PACC041125 Page 223 of 238
Page 230
PUBLIC covers two rows of lime trees that run parallel to the section of Inchinnan Road that provides access to Renfrew Golf Club as well as several deciduous specimens that are found at either end of the easternmost row of limes. Pre-Application Consultation with Officers The Scottish Government strongly encourages constructive pre-application discussions between prospective applicants and the planning authority. Pre-application discussions seek to identify key planning considerations at an early stage and help inform what supporting information is required to support a subsequent application. No pre-application discussions have taken place. Negotiated Improvements No changes have been negotiated. Site History The planning history for the site is as follows; if no history is listed then planning has no record of previous applications for the site. Application No: 19/0242/PP Description: Change of use from Class 1 (Retail) to composite Class 1 (Retail non-food) and Class 6 (Storage & Distribution) Decision: Grant Application No: 19/0529/PP Description: Change of Use from Class 1 (retail non-food) to partial Class 1 (members retail food store), Class 4 (processing) and Class 6 (storage and distribution) and external alterations Decision: Grant subject to conditions Application No: 24/0344/PP Description: Use of land for storage (Class 6), erection of fencing and associated works Decision: Grant subject to conditions Application No: 05/0919/PP Description: The use of the existing car park within the Blythswood Retail Park for overflow car park for the Normandy Hotel. (Retrospective) Decision: Grant subject to conditions Consultations No Consultations Required. Representations The application has been publicised in line with the requirements of the relevant legislation. The following representations were received: Object - 11 Support - 0 Neutral - 0 The issues raised can be summarised as follows: 1. The works would harm wildlife 2. The works would harm the visual amenity of the trees 3. The trees make a positive contribution to the character of the wider area Page 224 of 238
Page 231
PUBLIC 4. The amenity of the area has already been harmed by the caravan storage site 5. Approval of this consent would set a precedent 6. The trees have not been properly managed 7. The limes are of significant historical value 8. The tree surgeon who wrote the report stands to benefit from the works 9. The tree surgeon's report is out of date 10. The tree surgeon's report is limited and contradicts itself 11. Trees reduce air pollution and flood risk along with other environmental benefits Policy Context In making any determination under the Planning Acts, regard is to be had to the development plan unless material considerations indicate otherwise. In this instance the Development Plan consists of National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4) and the Renfrewshire Local Development Plan (2021) (LDP). The following provisions of the Development Plan are considered relevant to the determination of this application: National Planning Framework 4 Policy 6 - Forestry, woodland and trees Full details relating to the policies of the NPF4 can be found online. Renfrewshire Local Development Plan Policy ENV2 - Natural Heritage Full details relating to the policies of the LDP can be found online. Other relevant policies and guidance Delivering the Environment Strategy - Trees, Woodlands and Forestry Renfrewshire Planning & Development Tree Policy - 2022 Submitted Reports and Assessments The following reports and assessments were submitted in support of the application: Tree Survey - The survey sets out the arborist's professional opinion of the condition of the trees, details actions that should be taken in short term and also recommends longer term management aims. The tree survey submitted as part of the application is from March 2024 and states that a review is required in April 2025. However, the applicant has provided a letter dated October 2025 in which the tree surgeon stands by the findings of the original report. Planning Assessment Both Policy 6 of NPF4 and Policy ENV2 of the Local Development Plan outline a commitment to protect and improve tree cover for its nature conservation value while the relevant New Development Supplementary Guidance encourages the positive management of trees. Similarly, Renfrewshire's Planning & Development Tree Policy recognises the value of tree cover but states that felling can be justified where the application is accompanied by a report from an arborist confirming that the trees are or could become a danger to people or property. It is proposed that two trees are felled. The first, tree 4414, is a lime located within the row of limes that run along the section of Inchinnan Road that leads to Renfrew Golf Club. The arborist's report notes that the tree has extensive decay within the main trunk and recommends the specimen is either pollarded to 8 metres or removed. The applicant has confirmed that they wish to remove the specimen. Page 225 of 238
Page 232
PUBLIC It is not considered that pollarding this one specimen, that currently measures 19 metres in height, to 8 metres in height would be an appropriate action to take given no other limes in the row would be subjected to the same treatment. Pollarding to 8 metres would dramatically reduce the contribution this specimen makes to the wider line of lime trees and would require continued pollarding every few years so the tree would never return to its current size. Furthermore, pollarding would not remove the possibility that the tree would need to be felled in the future if its condition deteriorates further. On balance, it is accepted that felling the tree is an appropriate course of action given its condition and the issues with pollarding that have been set out above. This would remove the danger a failing tree with extensive decay could pose to both people and property. A condition can be added to secure compensatory planting to ensure the integrity of the TPO is not compromised over the longer term. The condition would require one tree, in the form of an extra heavy standard lime, to be planted in the gap created when the tree is felled to ensure the long-term continuity of the row of limes. In addition, it is considered prudent to require the planting of an additional heavy standard specimen elsewhere at the site to offset the loss of a mature specimen and to help increase overall tree cover. The arborist's report also recommends that tree 4427, a beech, measuring 16 metres in height is removed as it is growing through and interfering with an 8-metre-high telecoms pole and associated wiring. Given the low height of the tree in relation to the telecoms pole, any attempt to reduce the crown so that it no longer interferes with the equipment is likely to create a stump that would measure less than 8 metres in height with minimal branches or foliage remaining. The removal of this specimen is therefore accepted as a means to avoid damage to property. Compensatory planting in the form of two replacement specimens can again be sought via an appropriately worded planning condition to help preserve and enhance tree coverage at the location in the long term. Four limes - 4411, 4416, 4425 and 4426 - as well as one beech - 4430 - would be crown reduced by between 25% and 40%. The crown of tree 4411 would also be lifted to 5 metres above ground level while the east facing limb of tree 4430 would be reduced back to the main trunk. The arborist's report identifies several deficiencies with these specimens, including cavities, decay, old pruning wounds, canker and deadwood within the crowns. These works would improve the shape of the specimens as well as help safeguard their long-term future as addressing deficiencies now could avoid the trees being lost if their condition worsens. Finally, the remainder of the works involve the removal of basal suckers from nine specimens as well as clearing damaged or dead wood from the crowns of five specimens. The removal of basal suckers would help improve the vigour and health of the specimens in question as extra energy and nutrients would be directed to the main body of these trees. Removing damaged or dead wood would help reduce the danger posed to people and property but would not impact overall tree cover or reduce the contribution the trees make to the overall amenity of the area. The historic value of the trees that are subject to the TPO is acknowledged. However, as set out in the Council's Tree Policy it is sometimes necessary to carry out works or fell trees where there is a justified need to do so. The removal of two trees would be offset by compensatory planting to ensure the integrity of the row of limes and tree cover more broadly is preserved and enhanced while the other works would address deficiencies and should help ensure the contribution the trees make to the amenity of the area is protected in the longer term. Representations Page 226 of 238
Page 233
PUBLIC Given existing tree cover in the wider area, it is not considered that the works would have a significant impact on biodiversity, air quality or flood risk. Compensatory planting would ensure there is a net increase in tree cover, and therefore no loss of habitat, over the longer term which aligns with policy requirements. In addition, it would remain the responsibility of the applicant to ensure that all other relevant and applicable legislation, including The Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981, is complied with as the works are undertaken. In respect of the claim that the application would set a precedent, each application is assessed on its own merits. The impact that the nearby caravan storage sites have on the amenity of the wider area is not a material consideration in the determination of this treeworks application. The fact that the trees may not have been appropriately managed in the past is also not a material consideration. In respect of the claim that the tree surgeon who surveyed the trees stands to benefit from the works, the report has been produced by a qualified arborist and it is not guaranteed that they would be chosen to carry out the works. Finally, the tree survey is considered sufficiently detailed to allow the assessment of this application. The works are considered to strike a balance between carrying out necessary remedial works and protecting people and property while also preserving the long-term future of the individual trees and tree cover at the site more broadly. Other works discussed in the report are done so in the context of setting long-term tree management objectives. These have not been discussed with the applicant or assessed in this report. Conclusion In view of the above, it is considered that the proposal would accord with the relevant provisions of the Development Plan. There are no other material considerations. Consent should therefore be granted subject to conditions. Recommendation Grant Subject to Conditions. Reason(s) for Recommendation 1. The proposal accords with the provisions of the Development Plan and there were no material considerations which outweighed the presumption in favour of development according with the Development Plan. Condition(s) 1. Within three months of the date of consent, details of the position and species of the two trees to be planted for each tree that is felled shall be submitted in writing to, and approved by, Renfrewshire Council as Planning Authority. The submission will also include a timetable for the replanting. The replacement tree planting shall thereafter be implemented in accordance with the agreed scheme and timetable. Any replacement trees that die or are removed, damaged or diseased within five years shall be replaced in the next planting season to the satisfaction of the Planning Authority. For the avoidance of doubt, the compensatory planting shall include the planting of one extra heavy standard lime in the space created by the removal of the existing lime while all other trees will be heavy standard broadleaf specimens. Reason: In the interests of natural heritage and continuity of tree cover in the area. Advisory Note(s) Page 227 of 238
Page 234
PUBLIC 1. None required. Schedule of Plans Reviewed Drawing Number Revision Drawing/Document Title - Tree Plan - Tree Survey For further information please contact James McCafferty, Development Standards Team, Email: james.mccafferty@renfrewshire.gov.uk Page 228 of 238
Page 235
PUBLIC Planning and Climate Change Policy Board: 4 November 2025 Report by Chief Planning Officer Reference No 25/0724/PP Application Type Planning Permission (Local) Proposal Demolition of single storey commercial units and redevelopment of yard to form a single storey office and storage facility with associated access, parking and fencing Location 108 Hawkhead Road, Paisley, PA2 7BA Ward 5 - Paisley East and Central Community Council Paisley East and Whitehaugh Community Council Applicant Mr Greg Chalmers Lambert + Son Properties Ltd Recommendation Grant Subject to Conditions All plans, reports, documents and representations relating to this application can be viewed in full online at https://pl-bs.renfrewshire.gov.uk/online- applications/applicationDetails.do?activeTab=summary&keyVal=T22ET9MWKXU00 This report fulfils the requirements of regulation 16, Schedule 2, paragraphs 3(c) and 4 of The Town and Country Planning (Development Management Procedure) (Scotland) Regulations 2013. The report is presented to the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board in line with the Council's Scheme of Delegation. In this instance, Cllrs Mylet, Devine and Kenny MacLaren have requested that the application be determined by the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board due to the number of local objections received. Proposal This application seeks planning permission for the erection of a single storey office and storage facility with associated access, parking and fencing at a commercial yard off Hawkhead Road in Paisley. The structure would be located to the south of the site, with 8 parking spaces and an area of hardstanding found to the north of the building. Existing single storey commercial units located to the south of the site would be demolished to accommodate the proposal. The structure would measure approximately 16 metres in width by 24 metres in depth and would feature a shallow dual pitched roof that would measure 4.6 metres in height to the eaves and 5.2 metres to the ridge. A 2.4 metre high boundary fence would be erected along the eastern edge of the site while gates would be installed at the entrance. Site Description The application site is flat and is currently used as a commercial yard, with several single storey buildings that have been developed in a piecemeal fashion located to the south of the site. Access is taken onto Hawkhead Road from the northeast though the site does not front onto the public road. Residential properties are found on all sides. Commercial properties owned by the applicant are also found to the east. Pre-Application Consultation with Officers Item 9(g) PACC041125 Page 229 of 238
Page 236
PUBLIC The Scottish Government strongly encourages constructive pre-application discussions between prospective applicants and the planning authority. Pre-application discussions seek to identify key planning considerations at an early stage and help inform what supporting information is required to support a subsequent application. Pre-application discussions have taken place following the refusal of the last application in May 2025, focusing on whether a single storey structure would be acceptable. Negotiated Changes The first application for the redevelopment of the site was withdrawn by the applicant in January 2025 while a second application was refused by the Planning and Climate Change Policy Board in May 2025. Following submission of the first application, the overall height of the structure was reduced from 8.1 metres to 6.3 metres in light of concerns raised by the Planning Service that the structure was too tall. Following the refusal of the second application, the structure has been further reduced to a single storey that measures approximately 5.2 metres in height at its tallest point. In addition, in light of comments made by Roads Development in their consultation response from the last application, cycle storage has been provided and the entrance gates have been set into the site by a further 7 metres to help ensure vehicles do not block the public road. Site History The planning history for the site is as follows; if no history is listed then planning has no record of previous applications for the site. Application No: 24/0390/PP Description: Erection of two storey office, workshop and storage facility Decision: Withdrawn Application No: 24/0391/PP Description: Change of use of office (Class 4) to hot food take away (sui generis), shop (Class 1A) and two flats (sui generis) and associated external alterations Decision: Grant subject to conditions Application No: 25/0032/PP Description: Demolition of single storey commercial units and redevelopment of yard comprising of the erection of a two storey office, workshop and storage facility with associated access, parking, fencing and associated works Decision: Refused Consultations Environment, Housing and Infrastructure (Environmental Protection) - No objection, subject to conditions relating to the remediation of the site. Chief Executive's (Roads Development) - No objection. Scottish Environmental Protection Agency (SEPA) - No objection. SEPA referred the planning authority to their flood risk standing advice. Representations The application has been publicised in line with the requirements of the relevant legislation. The following representations were received: Page 230 of 238
Page 237
PUBLIC Object - 52 Support - 0 Neutral - 0 The issues raised can be summarised as follows: 1. The development is not suitable for the location. 2. The plot would become overdeveloped. 3. Nearby properties would be overshadowed. 4. Neighbouring properties would be overlooked. 5. The application site is not allocated for commercial activity. 6. Noise would negatively impact residential amenity. 7. House prices would be negatively impacted. 8. Flood risk would increase. 9. Insufficient parking is provided. 10. Road safety concerns. 11. The development should be located elsewhere. 12. The finishing materials are unacceptable. 13. Potential for air and water pollution. 14. Views from neighbouring properties would be impacted. Policy Context In making any determination under the Planning Acts, regard is to be had to the development plan unless material considerations indicate otherwise. In this instance the Development Plan consists of National Planning Framework 4 (NPF4) and the Renfrewshire Local Development Plan (2021) (LDP). The following provisions of the Development Plan are considered relevant to the determination of this application: National Planning Framework 4 Policy 2 - Climate mitigation and adaptation Policy 9 - Brownfield, vacant and derelict land and empty buildings Policy 11 - Energy Policy 13 - Sustainable transport Policy 14 - Design, quality and place Policy 22 - Flood risk and water management Policy 26 - Business and industry Full details relating to the policies of the NPF4 can be found online. Renfrewshire Local Development Plan Policy P1 - Renfrewshire's Places Policy I3 - Flooding and Drainage Policy I4 - Renewable and Low Carbon Energy Developments Full details relating to the policies of the LDP can be found online. Other relevant policies and guidance Delivering the Infrastructure Strategy - Flooding and Drainage Delivering the Infrastructure Strategy - Renewable and Low Carbon Energy Developments Delivering the Places Strategy - Creating Places SEPA's Flood Risk Standing Advice for Planning Authorities Page 231 of 238
Page 238
PUBLIC Submitted Reports and Assessments The following reports and assessments were submitted in support of the application: Supporting Statement - provides the applicant's justification for the development. Scottish Ministers Direction In determining a planning application, the Council is required to provide details of any Direction made by Scottish Ministers under Regulation 30 (Directions requiring consultation), Regulation 31 (Directions requiring information), Regulation 32 (Directions restricting the grant of planning permission) and Regulation 33 (Directions requiring consideration of condition) of The Town and Country Planning (Development Management Procedure) (Scotland) Regulations 2013, or under Regulation 50 (that development is EIA development) of The Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) (Scotland) Regulations 2017. None. Planning Assessment Policy 26 d) of NPF4 states that development proposals for business, general industrial and storage and distribution uses outwith areas identified for those uses in the LDP will only be supported where: i. It is demonstrated that there are no suitable alternatives allocated in the LDP or identified in the employment land audit; and ii. The nature and scale of the activity will be compatible with the surrounding area. While the application site is not allocated for business or industrial uses within the spatial strategy, it is acknowledged that commercial activity in the location is long established and that the site is currently occupied by the applicant. Given this specific context, it is not considered necessary for the applicant to demonstrate that there are no suitable alternative sites available elsewhere. In addition, Policy 26 c) provides support for business and industry uses where they are compatible with the primary business function of the area. Given the proposal involves the construction of office and storage space on land already used for such a use it is considered that the proposal complies with Policy 26 c). The main issue that must therefore be considered in respect of Policy 26 d) is whether the nature and scale of the activity would be compatible with the surrounding area. Policy 26 e) also requires consideration to be given to the impact the development would have on residential amenity while Policy 14 of NPF4 is relevant in that it requires proposals to be consistent the six qualities of successful places. Similarly, Policy P1 of the Local Development Plan supports the continuance of the built form, where the development would be compatible with and complementary to surrounding uses. The relevant Supplementary Guidance on Creating Places sets out five criteria for the creation of successful places. The application can be assessed against these five criteria to establish whether it complies with the relevant provisions of the Development Plan: Access and Connectivity The proposal would make use of an existing access off Hawkhead Road and is well served by the public road network. Sufficient parking within the curtilage of the development would be provided for the size of the building and the development would benefit from nearby public transport options in line with the requirements of Policy 13 of NPF4. Space to store 6 bikes would also be provided, with it Page 232 of 238
Page 239
PUBLIC possible to add a condition requiring the storage to be in place prior to the building being brought into use. As the site is already used for commercial purposes it is not considered that the development would place additional pressure on the existing road network. Roads Development have not objected to the proposal or requested that any conditions be applied. Environment and Community The building would be located within an existing commercial yard and would not introduce a new use into the area. Furthermore, the Hawkhead Local Industrial Area is found to the northeast of the site. Environmental Protection have not objected to the proposal subject to the application of conditions relating to the remediation of the site while the land is not within a high-risk area in respect of coal mining. Subject to conditions, the site is deemed to be safe for the proposed development in line with the requirements of Policy 9 of NPF4. Environmental Protection have not raised any concerns in respect of noise or odours while a condition can be added to control any lighting that may be installed. The application site is potentially at risk of flooding from the White Cart Water which is located approximately 290 metres to the southwest. However, Policy 22 of NPF4 supports the redevelopment of an existing site that is at risk of flooding for an equal or less vulnerable use, provided: all risks of flooding are understood and addressed there is no reduction in floodplain capacity, increased risk for others, or a need for future flood protection schemes the development remains safe and operational during floods flood resistant and resilient materials and construction methods are used future adaptations can be made to accommodate the effects of climate change These five points are expanded upon in SEPA's Flood Risk Standing Advice for Planning Authorities. Even when an allowance is made for the future impacts of climate change, the distance between the site and the Cart suggests flooding would only occur in an extreme event. SEPA's most recent flood maps confirm that the site is located towards the northern edge of the flood risk area even in a 1 in 200 year, plus climate change allowance, event, suggesting that floodwater would be relatively shallow and slower moving when compared with flooding experienced closer to the watercourse. Therefore, in the context of the redevelopment of an existing site for an equally vulnerable use, the flood risk posed by the White Cart is accepted and understood. As the application site is already developed and no land raising is proposed any loss of floodplain capacity would be negligible, the risk of flooding to others would not increase and no formal flood protection schemes would be required. It is unlikely the building would be occupied during an extreme flood event given the nature of the business so it is not necessary for the development to remain operational during severe flooding. Notwithstanding this, the use of flood resistant materials could be addressed during the building warrant process and future adaptations, such as the implementation of a management plan by the occupant, could be made to mitigate against any additional effects of climate change if required. Page 233 of 238
Page 240
PUBLIC Given the above, the proposal is considered to comply with Policy 22 of NPF4, SEPA's standing advice as well as Policy I3 of the LDP and the associated supplementary guidance. A condition can also be added to ensure surface water runoff from the development is dealt with in line with best practice within the industry as well as the requirements of Policies 22 and I3. In line with Policies 2 and 11 of NPF4 as well as Policy I4 of the LDP, solar panels and air source heat pumps would be installed to help reduce the carbon emissions of the building. A condition can be added to ensure full details of the technologies to be used are provided prior to installation. As the site already operates as a commercial yard, there are no concerns in respect of waste disposal. Buildings and Design The single storey structure would have a shallow dual pitched roof that would measure approximately 4.6 metres in height to the eaves and 5.2 metres to the ridge. Consequently, the section of building closest to the eastern and western site boundaries would be only 1.3 metres higher than existing buildings found at the site. While the combined footprint of structures within the site would increase from 330 square metres to 385 square metres, such an increase is not considered excessive and the extent of the development would remain acceptable given the overall size of the application site. In addition, the appearance of the site would improve as a result of the development as the new building would replace a collection of single storey units that have been developed in a piecemeal fashion. Consequently, the proposal would not result in the overdevelopment of the plot and would improve the general appearance of the site. Although the proposed structure is taller than the buildings it would replace, it would be set further back from both the eastern and western boundaries than the current buildings are. As such, a desktop daylight test shows that the overshadowing experienced by the properties to the west would remain the same while the overshadowing experienced by those to the east would decrease. In both instances, the overshadowing would also be limited in duration. Existing and proposed fencing would mean window and door openings would not raise any privacy concerns for neighbouring properties. A condition can be applied to ensure full details of all proposed fencing is supplied prior to the commencement of development and in place prior to the building being brought into use. The structure would be finished with grey cladding and would feature dark grey windows and doors while the shallow pitched roof would be finished in dark grey cladding. The choice of finishing materials raises no design concerns. Given the above the proposal is considered to comply with Policy P1 of the LDP as well as 26 of NPF4 in that the development would not have a significant impact on the amenity afforded to neighbouring properties. Given the development would not be detrimental to the amenity of the surrounding area in respect of design it is considered to comply with Policy 14 of NPF4. Context and Character Commercial activity is long established at the site and predates the construction of the residential development found to the north, south and west. Commercial activity can also continue to take place regardless of whether this application is approved. The commercial yard, and the larger Hawkhead Local Industrial Area found to the northeast, are therefore an integral part of the character of the wider area found along both sides of Hawkhead Road. Page 234 of 238
Page 241
PUBLIC It is considered that, within the context set out above, rationalising existing operations at the site by constructing a single storey structure would be consistent with the character of the area. Layout and Form The structure would be located to the south of the site and would replace a collection of existing single storey units that have been developed in a piecemeal fashion. Parking would be found to the north of the building and the amount of hardstanding within the site would not change as a result of the development. Such a layout is considered to make best use of the space available while protecting the amenity afforded to neighbouring properties. Representations The potential for the development to affect house prices or to impact views from nearby properties are not material planning considerations. Given the scale of the development and the existing use of the land it is not considered that the proposal would raise any air pollution concerns. All other issues have been addressed in the above report. Planning Obligations The Council is required to provide a summary of the terms of any planning obligation which is required to be entered into under Section 75 of the Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act in relation to the grant of permission for the proposed development: None. Conclusion In view of the above, it is considered that the proposal would comply with Policy P1 of the LDP as well as Policy 26 of NPF4 in that it would result in a single storey office and storage building being constructed within an existing commercial yard. The amenity afforded to neighbouring properties would not be compromised and there are no other material considerations. Planning permission should therefore be granted subject to conditions. Recommendation Grant Subject to Conditions. Reason(s) for Recommendation 1. The proposal accords with the provisions of the Development Plan and there were no material considerations which outweighed the presumption in favour of development according with the Development Plan. Condition(s) 1. That the development hereby permitted must be begun within three years of the date of this permission. Reason: To be in compliance with Section 58 of The Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997 as amended by Section 32 of The Planning (Scotland) Act 2019. 2. No development shall commence on site until written approval of: a) a Site Investigation report (characterising the nature and extent of any soil, water and gas contamination within the site); and, if remedial works are recommended therein Page 235 of 238
Page 242
PUBLIC b) a Remediation Strategy and Implementation Plan setting out the proposed methods for implementing all remedial recommendations contained with the site investigation report and including (where relevant) a materials management plan and a phasing plan showing how the site is to be subdivided for the purposes of remedial implementation and/or verification reporting prepared in accordance with current authoritative technical guidance, has been provided by the Planning Authority. Reason: To ensure that the site will be made suitable for its proposed use. 3. Prior to occupation of the unit: a) a Verification Report confirming completion of the works specified within the approved Remediation Strategy and Implementation Plan; and/or b) where remediation works are not required but soils are to be imported to site, a Verification Report confirming imported materials are suitable for use shall be submitted to the Planning Authority and approved in writing. Reason: To demonstrate that works required to make the site suitable for use have been completed. 4. Full details of any lighting to be installed at the site shall be submitted to, and approved by, the Planning Authority prior to installation. The submission shall include details of: - the height, type, shape, design and luminous flux of the lights - the luminance levels, both horizontal and vertical, on the illuminated part of the site to demonstrate that obtrusive light and glare does not adversely affect neighbouring properties - the direction and aiming angle of each light and the upward waste light ratio for each light - the Environmental Zone, as defined in the Institution of Lighting Engineers Publication - Guidance Notes for the Reduction of Obtrusive Light, within which the site falls Thereafter, only the approved lighting shall be installed. Reason: In the interests of residential amenity. 5. Prior to the commencement of development, confirmation shall be submitted in writing to the Planning Authority and certified by a suitable qualified person that a scheme to treat the surface water arising from the site has been prepared in accordance with the principles and practices contained in "The SuDS Manual" (CIRIA report C753, published in November 2015). Thereafter, the certified scheme shall be implemented prior to the completion of the development and maintained thereafter to the satisfaction of Renfrewshire Council as Planning Authority. Reason: In the interests of securing a suitable SuDs scheme for the treatment of surface water runoff. 6. Prior to the building being brought into use, the cycle store with space for 6 adult bikes shown on plan 02-001 (REV E) shall be installed to the front of the building and maintained thereafter for the lifetime of the development unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Planning Authority. Page 236 of 238
Page 243
PUBLIC Reason: To ensure the provision of adequate cycle parking facilities. 7. Prior to the commencement of development, full details of the design of all fences, walls and gates to be erected on the site shall be submitted to, and approved by, the Planning Authority. Reason: These details have not been submitted. 8. Prior to the building being brought into use, the 2.4 metre high fence shown on plan 02-001 (REV E) shall be installed and maintained thereafter for the lifetime of the development in accordance with the design approved under condition 7 to the satisfaction of the Planning Authority. Reason: In the interests of residential amenity. 9. Prior to the commencement of development, full details of all energy efficiency measures and technologies to be implemented at the site shall be submitted to, and approved by, the Planning Authority. Thereafter, the agreed measures and technologies shall be implemented to the satisfaction of the Planning Authority, unless otherwise agreed in writing. Reason: To promote and implement low carbon measures at the site. Advisory Note(s) 1. None required. Schedule of Plans Reviewed Drawing Number Revision Drawing/Document Title 00-001 Location Plan 00-002 A Block Plan as Existing & Proposed 00-003 F Site Section A-A as Proposed 02-001 E Site Plan as Proposed 02-002 C Ground Floor Plan as Proposed 02-004 C Roof Plan as Proposed 02-005 E North & West Elevations as Proposed 02-006 D South & East Elevations as Proposed For further information please contact James McCafferty, Development Standards Team, Email: james.mccafferty@renfrewshire.gov.uk Page 237 of 238
Page 244
Page 238 of 238